Odoo Translation Bot
14984 lines
732 KiB
Plaintext
14984 lines
732 KiB
Plaintext
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
|
||
# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A.
|
||
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
|
||
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
|
||
#
|
||
# Translators:
|
||
# Julián Andrés Osorio López <mcjulian1107@gmail.com>, 2022
|
||
# marcescu, 2022
|
||
# Pedro M. Baeza <pedro.baeza@tecnativa.com>, 2022
|
||
# Luis M. Ontalba <luis.martinez@tecnativa.com>, 2022
|
||
# Miguel Orueta <mo@landoo.es>, 2022
|
||
# Jesús Alan Ramos Rodríguez <alan.ramos@jarsa.com.mx>, 2022
|
||
# José Cabrera Lozano <jose.cabrera@edukative.es>, 2022
|
||
# Lina Maria Avendaño Carvajal <lina8823@gmail.com>, 2022
|
||
# jabelchi, 2022
|
||
# Mariela Moreno <mam@odoo.com>, 2022
|
||
# Patricia Gutiérrez Capetillo <pagc@odoo.com>, 2023
|
||
# Raquel Iciarte <ric@odoo.com>, 2023
|
||
# AleEscandon <alejandra.escandon@jarsa.com.mx>, 2023
|
||
# Pablo Rojas <rojaspablo88@gmail.com>, 2023
|
||
# Braulio D. López Vázquez <bdl@odoo.com>, 2023
|
||
# Lucia Pacheco, 2023
|
||
# Martin Trigaux, 2023
|
||
# Fernanda Alvarez, 2023
|
||
# Aimée Mendoza Sánchez, 2023
|
||
#
|
||
#, fuzzy
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n"
|
||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-05-15 06:38+0000\n"
|
||
"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n"
|
||
"Last-Translator: Aimée Mendoza Sánchez, 2023\n"
|
||
"Language-Team: Spanish (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n"
|
||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||
"Language: es\n"
|
||
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n == 1 ? 0 : n != 0 && n % 1000000 == 0 ? 1 : 2;\n"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Inventory & MRP"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:8
|
||
msgid "Inventory"
|
||
msgstr "Inventario"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:10
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Odoo Inventory** is both an inventory application and a warehouse "
|
||
"management system, with an advanced barcode scanner app. Learn how to manage"
|
||
" lead times, automate replenishments, and configure advanced routes like "
|
||
"drop-shipping, cross-docks, etc."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"**El inventario de Odoo** es tanto una aplicación de inventario como un "
|
||
"sistema de gestión de almacén, además de que incluye una aplicación muy "
|
||
"avanzada de lector de código de barras. Aprenda a gestionar los tiempos de "
|
||
"espera, automatice los reabastecimientos y configure rutas avanzadas, como "
|
||
"triangulación de envíos, cross-docking, etc."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:15
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"`Odoo Tutorials: Inventory <https://www.odoo.com/slides/inventory-24>`_"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"`Tutoriales de Odoo: Inventario <https://www.odoo.com/slides/inventory-24>`_"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:16
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:16
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"`Odoo Tutorials: Barcode Scanner <https://www.odoo.com/slides/barcode-30>`_"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"`Tutotiales de Odoo: Lector de código de barras "
|
||
"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/barcode-30>`_"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Barcodes"
|
||
msgstr "Códigos de barras"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Daily Operations"
|
||
msgstr "Operaciones diarias"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Process to an Inventory Adjustment with Barcodes"
|
||
msgstr "Proceso para un ajuste de inventarios con código de barras"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To process an inventory adjustment by using barcodes, you first need to open"
|
||
" the *Barcode* app. Then, from the application, click on *Inventory "
|
||
"Adjustments*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Para realizar un ajuste de inventarios utilizando códigos de barras necesita"
|
||
" abrir la aplicación \"Código de Barras\". Después, desde la aplicación, dar"
|
||
" click en \"Ajuste de Inventarios\""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:13
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you want to fully work with barcodes, you can download the sheet "
|
||
"*Commands for Inventory*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si desea trabajar completamente con códigos de barras, puede descargar la "
|
||
"hoja *Comandos para inventario*."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:16
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once you have clicked on *Inventory Adjustments*, Odoo will automatically "
|
||
"create one. Note that, if you work with multi-location, you first need to "
|
||
"specify in which location the inventory adjustment takes place."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Una vez que haya hecho clic en *Ajustes de inventario*, Odoo creará uno "
|
||
"automáticamente. Tenga en cuenta que, si trabaja con varias ubicaciones, "
|
||
"primero debe especificar en qué ubicación se realiza el ajuste de "
|
||
"inventario."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:24
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you don’t work with multi-location, you will be able to scan the "
|
||
"different products you want to include in the inventory adjustment."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si no trabaja con múltiples ubicaciones, podrá escanear los diferentes "
|
||
"productos que desea incluir en el ajuste de inventario."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:31
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you have 5 identical articles, scan it 5 times or use the keyboard to set"
|
||
" the quantity."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si tiene 5 artículos idénticos, escanee 5 veces o use el teclado para "
|
||
"establecer la cantidad."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:34
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Besides using the barcode scanner, you can also manually add a product if "
|
||
"necessary. To do so, click on *Add Product* and fill the information in "
|
||
"manually."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Además de usar el escáner de código de barras, también puede agregar "
|
||
"manualmente un producto si es necesario. Para hacerlo, haga clic en *Agregar"
|
||
" producto* y complete la información manualmente."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:44
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When you have scanned all the items of the location, validate the inventory "
|
||
"manually or scan the *Validate* barcode."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Cuando haya escaneado todos los artículos de la ubicación, valide el "
|
||
"inventario manualmente o escanee el código de barras *Validar*."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:3
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:6
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:6
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:6
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:6
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:6
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:6
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:6
|
||
msgid "Overview"
|
||
msgstr "Información general"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"There are different situations in which barcode nomenclatures can be useful."
|
||
" A well-known use case is the one of a point of sale which sells products in"
|
||
" bulk, in which the customers will scale their products themselves and get "
|
||
"the printed barcode to stick on the product. This barcode will contain the "
|
||
"weight of the product and help compute the price accordingly."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Existen diferentes situaciones en las que las nomenclaturas de códigos de "
|
||
"barras pueden ser útiles. Un caso de uso conocido es el de un punto de venta"
|
||
" que vende productos a granel, en el que los clientes escalarán sus "
|
||
"productos por sí mismos y obtendrán el código de barras impreso para pegarlo"
|
||
" en el producto. Este código de barras contendrá el peso del producto y "
|
||
"ayudará a calcular el precio debidamente."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:13
|
||
msgid "Create a Barcode Nomenclature"
|
||
msgstr "Crear una nomenclatura de código de barras"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:15
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo supports Barcode Nomenclatures, which determine the mapping and "
|
||
"interpretation of the encoded information. You can configure your barcode "
|
||
"nomenclature being in :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>`. To do so, go "
|
||
"to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Barcode Nomenclature`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Odoo es compatible con nomenclaturas del código de barras. Estas "
|
||
"nomenclaturas determinan el mapeo de la información encriptada. Puede "
|
||
"configurar su nomenclatura de código de barras en el :ref:`modo de "
|
||
"desarrollador <developer-mode>`. Para hacerlo, vaya a "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventario --> Configuración --> Nomenclatura del código de "
|
||
"barras`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:20
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can create a barcode nomenclature from there, and then add a line to "
|
||
"create your first rule."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Puede crear una nomenclatura de código de barras desde ese menú y luego "
|
||
"agregar una línea para crear su primera regla."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:26
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The first step is to specify the **rule name**, for example Weight Barcode "
|
||
"with 3 Decimals. You then have to specify the type for barcode nomenclature,"
|
||
" in our case it will be Weighted Product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"El primer paso es especificar el **nombre de la regla**, por ejemplo, Código"
|
||
" de barras de Peso con 3 decimales. Luego debe especificar el tipo de "
|
||
"nomenclatura de código de barras, en nuestro caso será peso del producto."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:33
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The Barcode Pattern is a regular expression that defines the structure of "
|
||
"the barcode. In this example 21 defines the products on which the rule will "
|
||
"be applied, those are the numbers by which the product barcode should start."
|
||
" The 5 “dots” are the following numbers of the product barcode and are there"
|
||
" simply to identify the product in question. The “N” define a number and the"
|
||
" “D” define the decimals."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"El patrón de código de barras es una expresión regular que define la "
|
||
"estructura del código de barras. En este ejemplo, 21 define los productos en"
|
||
" los que se aplicará la regla, esos son los números con los que debe "
|
||
"comenzar el código de barras del producto. Los 5 “puntos” son los siguientes"
|
||
" números del código de barras del producto y están ahí simplemente para "
|
||
"identificar el producto en cuestión. La “N” define un número y la “D” define"
|
||
" los decimales."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:40
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The encoding allows to specify the barcode encoding on which the rule should"
|
||
" be applied."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"La codificación permite especificar la codificación del código de barras en "
|
||
"la que se debe aplicar la regla."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:44
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can define different rules and order their priority thanks to the "
|
||
"sequence. The first rule which matches the scanned barcode will be applied."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Puede definir diferentes reglas y ordenar su prioridad gracias a la "
|
||
"secuencia. Se aplicará la primera regla que coincida con el código de barras"
|
||
" escaneado."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:49
|
||
msgid "Configure your Product"
|
||
msgstr "Configure su producto"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:51
|
||
msgid "The barcode of the product should start by “21”;"
|
||
msgstr "El código de barras del producto debe comenzar por “21”;"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:52
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The 5 “dots” are the other numbers of your product barcode, allowing to "
|
||
"identify the product;"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Los 5 “puntos” son los otros números del código de barras de su producto, lo"
|
||
" que permite identificar el producto;"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:53
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The barcode should contain 0’s where you did defined D’s or N’s. In our case"
|
||
" we need to set 5 zeros because we configured “21…..{NNDDD}”;"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"El código de barras debe contener 0 donde definió D o N. En este caso, "
|
||
"necesitamos establecer 5 ceros ya que configuramos “21…..{NNDDD}”;"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:54
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In EAN-13, the last number is a check number, use an EAN13 generator to know"
|
||
" which digit it should be in your case."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En EAN-13, el último número es un número verificador, use un generador EAN13"
|
||
" para saber qué dígito debería ser en su caso."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:59
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In case you weight 1,5 Kg of pasta, the balance will print you the following"
|
||
" barcode 2112345015002. If you scan this barcode in your POS or when "
|
||
"receiving products in your barcode application, Odoo will automatically "
|
||
"create a new line for the Pasta product for a quantity of 1.5 Kg. For the "
|
||
"point of sale, a price depending on the quantity will also be computed."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si pesa 1,5 kg de pasta, la balanza le imprimirá el siguiente código de "
|
||
"barras 2112345015002. Si escanea este código de barras en su punto de venta "
|
||
"o cuando reciba productos en su aplicación de código de barras, Odoo creará "
|
||
"automáticamente una nueva línea para el producto Pasta para una cantidad de "
|
||
"1.5 Kg. Para el punto de venta, también se calculará un precio que depende "
|
||
"de la cantidad."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:70
|
||
msgid "Rule Types"
|
||
msgstr "Tipos de reglas"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:72
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Priced Product**: allows you to identify the product and specify its "
|
||
"price, used in POS."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"**Producto con precio**: le permite identificar el producto y especificar el"
|
||
" precio utilizado en POS."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:73
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Discounted Product**: allows you to create one barcode per applied "
|
||
"discount. You can then scan your product in the POS and then scan the "
|
||
"discount barcode, discount will be applied on the normal price of the "
|
||
"product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"**Producto con descuento**: le permite crear un código de barras por "
|
||
"descuento aplicado. Luego puede escanear su producto en el punto de venta y "
|
||
"luego escanear el código de barras de descuento, el descuento se aplicará al"
|
||
" precio normal del producto."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:74
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Weighted Product**: allows you to identify the product and specify its "
|
||
"weight, used in both POS (in which the price is computed based on the "
|
||
"weight) and in inventory."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"**Producto con peso**: le permite identificar el producto y especificar su "
|
||
"peso, utilizado tanto en el punto de venta (en el que el precio se calcula "
|
||
"en función del peso) como en el inventario."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:75
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Client**: allows you to identify the customer, for example used with "
|
||
"loyalty program."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"**Cliente**: le permite identificar al cliente, por ejemplo, utilizado con "
|
||
"el programa de fidelización."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:76
|
||
msgid "**Cashier**: allows you to identify the cashier when entering the POS."
|
||
msgstr "**Cajero**: le permite identificar al cajero al ingresar al TPV."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:77
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Location**: allows you to identify the location on a transfer when multi-"
|
||
"location is activated."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"**Ubicación**: le permite identificar la ubicación en una transferencia "
|
||
"cuando se activa la ubicación múltiple."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:78
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Package**: allows you to identify packages on a transfer when packages are"
|
||
" activated."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"**Paquete**: le permite identificar paquetes en una transferencia cuando los"
|
||
" paquetes están activados."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:79
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Credit Card**: doesn’t need manual modification, exists for data from the "
|
||
"Mercury module."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"**Tarjeta de crédito**: no necesita modificación manual, existe para los "
|
||
"datos del módulo Mercury."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:80
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Unit Product**: allows you to identify a product for both POS and "
|
||
"transfers."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"**Producto unitario**: le permite identificar un producto tanto para POS "
|
||
"como para transferencias."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:83
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When the barcode pattern contains .*, it means that it can contain any "
|
||
"number of characters, those characters being any number."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Cuando el patrón de código de barras contiene. *, significa que puede "
|
||
"contener cualquier número de caracteres y estos caracteres pueden ser "
|
||
"cualquier número."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Process to Transfers"
|
||
msgstr "Proceso para transferencias"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:6
|
||
msgid "Simple Transfers"
|
||
msgstr "Transferencias simples"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To process a transfer from the *Barcode* app, the first step is to go to "
|
||
"*Operations*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Para procesar una transferencia desde la aplicación *Código de barras*, el "
|
||
"primer paso es ir a *Operaciones*."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:14
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, you have the choice to either enter an existing transfer, by going to "
|
||
"the corresponding operation type and manually selecting the one you want to "
|
||
"enter, or by scanning the barcode of the transfer."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Luego, tiene la opción de ingresar una transferencia existente. Para hacer "
|
||
"esto puede ir al tipo de operación correspondiente y seleccionar manualmente"
|
||
" la que desea ingresar, o puede escanear el código de barras de la "
|
||
"transferencia."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:24
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"From there, you will be able to scan the products that are part of the "
|
||
"existing transfer and/or add new products to this transfer. Once all the "
|
||
"products have been scanned, you can validate the transfer to proceed with "
|
||
"the stock moves."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Desde ahí, podrá escanear los productos que forman parte de la transferencia"
|
||
" existente y/o agregar nuevos productos a esta transferencia. Una vez que se"
|
||
" hayan escaneado todos los productos, puede validar la transferencia para "
|
||
"continuar con los movimientos de stock."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:33
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you have different storage locations in your warehouse, you can add "
|
||
"additional steps for the different operation types."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si tiene diferentes ubicaciones de almacenamiento en su almacén, puede "
|
||
"agregar pasos adicionales para los diferentes tipos de operación."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:37
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:50
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:45
|
||
msgid "Receipts"
|
||
msgstr "Recepciones"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:39
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When receiving a product in stock, you need to scan its barcode in order to "
|
||
"identify it in the system. Once done, you can either make it enter the main "
|
||
"location of the transfer, for example WH/Stock, or scan a location barcode "
|
||
"to make it enter a sub-location of the main location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Al recibir un producto en stock, debe escanear su código de barras para "
|
||
"identificarlo en el sistema. Una vez que haya realizado esto, puede hacer "
|
||
"que ingrese la ubicación principal de la transferencia, por ejemplo "
|
||
"WH/Almacén, o escanear un código de barras de ubicación para que ingrese una"
|
||
" sububicación de la ubicación principal."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:48
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you want the product to enter WH/Stock in our example, you can simply "
|
||
"scan the next product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si desea que el producto ingrese WH/Almacén en nuestro ejemplo, simplemente "
|
||
"puede escanear el siguiente producto."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:52
|
||
msgid "Delivery Orders"
|
||
msgstr "Órdenes de entrega"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:54
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When delivering a product, you have to scan the source location if it is "
|
||
"different than the one initially set on the transfer. Then, you can start "
|
||
"scanning the products that are delivered from this specific location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Al entregar un producto, debe escanear la ubicación de origen si es "
|
||
"diferente a la establecida inicialmente en la transferencia. Luego, puede "
|
||
"comenzar a escanear los productos que se entregan desde esta ubicación "
|
||
"específica."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:62
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the different products have been scanned, you have the possibility to "
|
||
"scan another location, such as WH/Stock, and another page will be added to "
|
||
"your delivery order. You can move from one to the other thanks to the "
|
||
"*Previous* and *Next* buttons."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Una vez que se han escaneado los diferentes productos, tiene la posibilidad "
|
||
"de escanear otra ubicación, como WH/Almacén, y se agregará otra página a su "
|
||
"pedido de entrega. Puede moverse de uno a otro gracias a los botones "
|
||
"*Anterior* y *Siguiente*."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:70
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now, you can validate your transfer. To do so, click on *Next* until you "
|
||
"reach the last page of the transfer. There, you will be able to validate it."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Ahora, puede validar su transferencia. Para hacerlo, haga clic en "
|
||
"*Siguiente* hasta llegar a la última página de la transferencia. Allí podrás"
|
||
" validarlo."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:78
|
||
msgid "Internal Transfers"
|
||
msgstr "Transferencias internas"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:80
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When realizing an internal transfer with multi-location, you first have to "
|
||
"scan the source location of the product. Then, you can scan the product in "
|
||
"itself, before having to scan the barcode of the destination location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Al realizar una transferencia interna con ubicación múltiple, primero debe "
|
||
"escanear la ubicación de origen del producto. Luego, puede escanear el "
|
||
"producto en sí mismo, antes de tener que escanear el código de barras de la "
|
||
"ubicación de destino."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:85
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If the source and destination of the internal transfers are already correct,"
|
||
" you don’t need to scan them."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si el origen y el destino de las transferencias internas ya son correctos, "
|
||
"no necesita escanearlos."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:89
|
||
msgid "Transfers with Tracked Products"
|
||
msgstr "Transferencias con productos rastreados"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:91
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you work with products tracked by lot/serial numbers, you have two ways "
|
||
"of working:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si trabaja con productos rastreados por lotes/números de serie, tiene dos "
|
||
"formas de trabajar:"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:94
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you work with serial/lot numbers taking all products into consideration, "
|
||
"you can scan the barcode of the lot/serial number and Odoo will increase the"
|
||
" quantity of the product, setting its lot/serial number."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si trabaja con números de serie o lote en todos los productos, puede "
|
||
"escanear el código de barras del lote/número de serie y Odoo aumentará la "
|
||
"cantidad del producto, configurando su número de lote o serie."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:99
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you have the same lot/serial number for different products, you can work "
|
||
"by scanning the product barcode first, and then the barcode of the "
|
||
"lot/serial number."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si tiene el mismo número de serie o lote para diferentes productos, puede "
|
||
"trabajar escaneando primero el código de barras del producto y luego el "
|
||
"código de barras del número de serie o lote."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Create a Transfer from Scratch"
|
||
msgstr "Crear una transferencia desde cero"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create a transfer from the *Barcode* application, you first need to print"
|
||
" the operation type barcodes. To do so, you can download the *Stock barcode "
|
||
"sheet* from the home page of the app."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Para crear una transferencia desde la aplicación *Código de barras*, primero"
|
||
" debe imprimir los códigos de barras del tipo de operación. Para hacerlo, "
|
||
"puede descargar la *Hoja de códigos de barras de inventario* desde la página"
|
||
" de inicio de la aplicación."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:12
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once done, you can scan the one for which you want to create a new document."
|
||
" Then, an empty document will be created and you will be able to scan your "
|
||
"products to populate it."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Una vez hecho esto, puede escanear el código de barras para el que desea "
|
||
"crear un nuevo documento. Luego, se creará un documento vacío y podrá "
|
||
"escanear sus productos para completarlo."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Setup"
|
||
msgstr "Configurar"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Set up your barcode scanner"
|
||
msgstr "Configurar su escáner de código de barras"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Getting started with barcode scanning in Odoo is fairly easy. Yet, a good "
|
||
"user experience relies on an appropriate hardware setup. This guide will "
|
||
"help you through the task of choosing and configuring the barcode scanner."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Aprender a trabajar con el lector de código de barras en Odoo es bastante "
|
||
"fácil. De igual manera, una buena experiencia de usuario depende de una "
|
||
"configuración adecuada de las herramientas. Esta guía le ayudará a través de"
|
||
" tareas de elección y configuración del escáner de código de barras. "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:11
|
||
msgid "Find the barcode scanner that suits your needs"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Encuentre el lector de código de barras que se adapte a sus necesidades"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:13
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The 3 recommended type of barcode scanners to work with the Odoo "
|
||
"**Inventory** and **Barcode Scanning** apps are the **USB scanner**, **the "
|
||
"bluetooth scanner** and the **mobile computer scanner**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Los 3 tipos recomendados de lectores de códigos de barras para trabajar con "
|
||
"los módulos de **Inventario** y **Lector de código de barras** de Odoo son "
|
||
"el **Lector por USB**, **El lector por bluetooth** y el **Lector móvil por "
|
||
"computadora**. "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:20
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you scan products at a computer location, the **USB scanner** is the way "
|
||
"to go. Simply plug it in the computer to start scanning. Just make sure when"
|
||
" you buy it that the scanner is compatible with your keyboard layout or can "
|
||
"be configured to be so."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si va a escanear los productos cerca de una computadora, el **lector por "
|
||
"USB** es la mejor manera de hacerlo. Simplemente conéctelo a la computadora "
|
||
"para empezar a escanear. Solo asegúrese cuando lo compre que el escáner es "
|
||
"compatible con su distribución de teclado o que se puede configurar para que"
|
||
" lo sea."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:25
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The **bluetooth scanner** can be paired with a smartphone or a tablet and is"
|
||
" a good choice if you want to be mobile but don't need a big investment. An "
|
||
"approach is to log in Odoo on you smartphone, pair the bluetooth scanner "
|
||
"with the smartphone and work in the warehouse with the possibility to check "
|
||
"your smartphone from time to time and use the software 'manually'."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"El **lector por bluetooth** se puede usar junto con un teléfono inteligente "
|
||
"o una tableta y es una buena opción si desea contar con movilidad pero no "
|
||
"necesita realizar una gran inversión. Una de las formas de hacerlo es "
|
||
"iniciar sesión en Odoo en su teléfono inteligente, emparejar el lector por "
|
||
"bluetooth con el teléfono inteligente y trabajar en el almacén con la "
|
||
"posibilidad de revisar su teléfono inteligente de vez en cuando y usar el "
|
||
"software 'manualmente'."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:32
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For heavy use, the **mobile computer scanner** is the handiest solution. It "
|
||
"consists of a small computer with a built-in barcode scanner. This one can "
|
||
"turn out to be a very productive solution, however you need to make sure "
|
||
"that is is capable of running Odoo smoothly. The most recent models using "
|
||
"Android + Google Chrome or Windows + Internet Explorer Mobile should do the "
|
||
"job. However, due to the variety of models and configurations on the market,"
|
||
" it is essential to test it first."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Para uso intensivo, el **lector móvil por computadora** es la solución más "
|
||
"práctica. Consiste en una pequeña computadora con un lector de código de "
|
||
"barras incorporado. Esta puede resultar una solución muy productiva, sin "
|
||
"embargo, debe asegurarse de que sea capaz de ejecutar Odoo sin problemas. "
|
||
"Podrá trabajar con los modelos más recientes que usan Android + Google "
|
||
"Chrome o Windows + Internet Explorer Mobile. Sin embargo, debido a la "
|
||
"variedad de modelos y configuraciones en el mercado, es esencial probarlo "
|
||
"primero."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:42
|
||
msgid "Configure your barcode scanner"
|
||
msgstr "Configurar su lector de código de barras"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:45
|
||
msgid "Keyboard layout"
|
||
msgstr "Diseño del teclado"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:50
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"An USB barcode scanner needs to be configured to use the same keyboard "
|
||
"layout as your operating system. Otherwise, your scanner won't translate "
|
||
"characters correctly (replacing a 'A' with a 'Q' for example). Most scanners"
|
||
" are configured by scanning the appropriate barcode in the user manual."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Un escáner USB de código de barras necesita estar configurado para usar la "
|
||
"misma distribución de teclado que su sistema operativo, su lector no puede "
|
||
"traducir los caracteres correctamente (remplazando una 'A' con una 'Q' por "
|
||
"ejemplo). La mayoría de los escáneres están configurados para escanear el "
|
||
"código de barras apropiado en el manual del usuario."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:57
|
||
msgid "Automatic carriage return"
|
||
msgstr "Retorno de carro automático"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:59
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By default, Odoo has a 50 milliseconds delay between each successive scan "
|
||
"(it helps avoid accidental double scanning). If you want to suppress this "
|
||
"delay, you can configure your scanner to insert a carriage return at the end"
|
||
" of each barcode. This is usually the default configuration and can be "
|
||
"explicitly configured by scanning a specific barcode in the user manual ('CR"
|
||
" suffix ON', 'Apply Enter for suffix', etc.)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Por defecto, Odoo tiene unos 50 milisegundos de retraso cada vez que escanea"
|
||
" productos consecutivamente (esto ayuda a evitar que escanee el código de "
|
||
"barras dos veces por accidente). Si quiere omitir este retraso, puede "
|
||
"configurar su lector para insertar un salto de línea al final de cada código"
|
||
" de barras. Usualmente esta es la configuración automática y se puede "
|
||
"configurar explícitamente para esto si escanea un código de barras "
|
||
"específico en el manual del usuario ('CR suffix ON', 'Apply Enter for "
|
||
"suffix', etc.)."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Activate the Barcodes in Odoo"
|
||
msgstr "Active los códigos de barras en Odoo"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The barcode scanning features can save you a lot of time usually lost "
|
||
"switching between the keyboard, the mouse and the scanner. Properly "
|
||
"attributing barcodes to products, pickings locations, etc. allows you to "
|
||
"work more efficiently by controlling the software almost exclusively with "
|
||
"the barcode scanner."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Las funciones de lectura de códigos de barras pueden ahorrarle tiempo que "
|
||
"generalmente pierde cambiando entre el teclado, el ratón y el escáner. "
|
||
"Atribuir adecuadamente los códigos de barras a productos, ubicaciones de "
|
||
"recolección, etc. le permite trabajar de manera más eficiente controlando el"
|
||
" software casi exclusivamente con el escáner de códigos de barras."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:12
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:14
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:13
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:16
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:45
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:14
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:9
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:18
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:16
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:11
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:42
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:18
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:18
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:84
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:16
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:13
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:15
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:13
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:17
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:14
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:23
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:9
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:10
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:31
|
||
msgid "Configuration"
|
||
msgstr "Configuración"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:14
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To use this feature, you first need to activate the *Barcode* functionality "
|
||
"via :menuselection:`Inventory --> Settings --> Barcode Scanner`. Once you "
|
||
"have ticked the feature, you can hit save."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Para usar esta función, primero debe activar la funcionalidad *Código de "
|
||
"barras* a través de :menuselection: `Inventario -> Configuración -> Código "
|
||
"de Barras`. Una vez que haya marcado la función, puede presionar guardar."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:22
|
||
msgid "Set Product Barcodes"
|
||
msgstr "Establecer códigos de barras de productos"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:24
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can easily assign barcodes to your different products via the "
|
||
"*Inventory* app. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure "
|
||
"Products Barcodes`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Puede asignar fácilmente códigos de barras a sus diferentes productos a "
|
||
"través de la aplicación *Inventario *. Para hacerlo, vaya a "
|
||
":menuselection:`Configuración --> Configurar códigos de barras de "
|
||
"productos`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:30
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, you have the possibility to assign barcodes to your products directly "
|
||
"at creation on the product form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Luego, tiene la posibilidad de asignar códigos de barras a sus productos "
|
||
"directamente en la creación en el formulario del producto."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:40
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Be careful to add barcodes directly on the product variants and not on the "
|
||
"template product. Otherwise, you won’t be able to differentiate them."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Tenga cuidado, agregue códigos de barras directamente en las variantes del "
|
||
"producto y no en la plantilla del producto. De lo contrario, no podrá "
|
||
"diferenciarlos."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:45
|
||
msgid "Set Locations Barcodes"
|
||
msgstr "Establecer códigos de barras de ubicaciones"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:47
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you manage multiple locations, you will find useful to attribute a "
|
||
"barcode to each location and stick it on the location. You can configure the"
|
||
" locations barcodes in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> "
|
||
"Locations`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si administra varias ubicaciones, le resultará útil atribuir un código de "
|
||
"barras a cada ubicación y pegarlo en ella. Puede configurar los códigos de "
|
||
"barras de ubicaciones en :menuselection:`Inventario --> Configuración --> "
|
||
"Ubicaciones`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:58
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can easily print the barcode you allocate to the locations via the "
|
||
"*Print* menu."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Puede imprimir fácilmente el código de barras que asigna a las ubicaciones a"
|
||
" través del menú *Imprimir*."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:62
|
||
msgid "Barcode Formats"
|
||
msgstr "Formatos de código de barras"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:64
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Most retail products use EAN-13 barcodes. They cannot be made up without "
|
||
"proper authorization. You must pay the International Article Numbering "
|
||
"Association a fee in exchange for an EAN code sequence."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"La mayoría de los productos minoristas utilizan códigos de barras EAN-13. No"
|
||
" se pueden crear sin la debida autorización. Debe pagar una tarifa a la "
|
||
"International Numbering Association (Asociación de Numeración Internacional)"
|
||
" para obtener una secuencia de código EAN."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:68
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Still, as Odoo supports any string as a barcode, you can always define your "
|
||
"own barcode format for internal use."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Aun así, como Odoo admite cualquier cadena como código de barras, siempre "
|
||
"puede definir su propio formato de código de barras para uso interno."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Warehouse Management"
|
||
msgstr "Gestión de almacenes"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments.rst:5
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Inventory adjustments"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In any warehouse management system, the recorded inventory counts in the "
|
||
"database might not always match the actual inventory counts in the "
|
||
"warehouse. The discrepancy between the two counts can be due to theft, "
|
||
"damages, human errors, or other factors. As such, inventory adjustments must"
|
||
" be made to reconcile the differences, and ensure that the recorded counts "
|
||
"in the database match the actual counts in the warehouse."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:11
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In Odoo, inventory adjustments can be accessed through "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Inventory Adjustments`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:14
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments` page shows all products that are "
|
||
"currently in stock. Each line contains the following information:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:17
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Product`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:18
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:19
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`On Hand Quantity`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:22
|
||
msgid "Add a new line"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:24
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To add an inventory adjustment line, click :guilabel:`Create` and fill in "
|
||
"the :guilabel:`Product` and :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` fields. Then click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Save`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:27
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"At this stage, the count is recorded but not yet *applied*. Meaning the "
|
||
"quantity on hand is not yet updated to match the new :guilabel:`Counted "
|
||
"Quantity`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:30
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To apply the new :guilabel:`Counted Quantity`, click :guilabel:`Apply` on "
|
||
"the line or the :guilabel:`Apply All` button on the top of the page. If "
|
||
":guilabel:`Apply All` is clicked, a reference or reason can be entered "
|
||
"before clicking :guilabel:`Apply`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Apply all option applies the inventory adjustment once a reason is "
|
||
"specified."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:40
|
||
msgid "Count products"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:42
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Counting products is a recurring activity in a warehouse. Once a count is "
|
||
"complete, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Inventory "
|
||
"Adjustments` to update the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column for each "
|
||
"product line."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:46
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If a count matches the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` recorded in the "
|
||
"database, click on :guilabel:`Set`, which will copy the value in the "
|
||
":guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` field and paste it in the :guilabel:`Counted "
|
||
"Quantity` field. A move with `0.00` :guilabel:`Quantity Done` will be "
|
||
"recorded in the product's inventory adjustment history."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:51
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If a count does *not* match the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` recorded in the"
|
||
" database, record the count in the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` field. When "
|
||
":guilabel:`Apply` is clicked, a move with the difference between the "
|
||
":guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` and :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` will be "
|
||
"recorded in the product's inventory adjustment history."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Inventory Adjustments History dashboard detailing a list of prior product "
|
||
"moves."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:61
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Sometimes a count occurs, but can not be applied in the database right away."
|
||
" In the time between the actual count and applying the inventory adjustment,"
|
||
" product moves can occur. In that case, the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` in "
|
||
"the database can change and will not be consistent with the counted "
|
||
"quantity. As an extra caution measure, Odoo will ask for confirmation before"
|
||
" applying the inventory adjustment."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:68
|
||
msgid "Plan counts"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:70
|
||
msgid "Each inventory adjustment line contains the following information:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:72
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Scheduled Date`: the date at which a count should be made."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:73
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`User`: the person in charge of the count."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:74
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Accounting Date`: the date at which the adjustments will be "
|
||
"accounted. The column is hidden by default, but can be made visible by "
|
||
"opening the column options icon."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:78
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the Barcode app, users can only view counts assigned to them that are "
|
||
"scheduled for today or earlier."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:81
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To plan big counts, select the desired product lines on the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments` page. Then, click :guilabel:`Request a "
|
||
"Count` and fill in the following information:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:84
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Inventory Date`: the planned date of the count."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:85
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`User`: the user responsible for the count."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:86
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Accounting Date`: the date at which the inventory adjustment will"
|
||
" be accounted."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:87
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Count`: to leave the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` of each product"
|
||
" line blank, select :guilabel:`Leave Empty`. To prefill the :guilabel:`On "
|
||
"Hand Quantity` of each product line with the current value recorded in the "
|
||
"database, select :guilabel:`Set Current Value`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:91
|
||
msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to request the count."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:93
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By default, after an inventory adjustment is applied, the scheduled date for"
|
||
" the next count is the 31st of December of the current year. To modify the "
|
||
"default scheduled date, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration "
|
||
"--> Settings --> Operations` and change the date in the :guilabel:`Annual "
|
||
"Inventory Day and Month` setting."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Adjust the next inventory count date with the Annual Inventory Day and Month"
|
||
" setting."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Cycle counts"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In most companies, the stock is only counted once a year. That's why by "
|
||
"default, after making an inventory adjustment in Odoo, the scheduled date "
|
||
"for the next count is set on the 31st of December. However, for some "
|
||
"businesses it's crucial to have an accurate inventory count at all times."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:10
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The goal of cycle counts is to keep critical stock levels accurate by "
|
||
"counting more often at key locations."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:16
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In Odoo, cycle counts are location-based. The frequency of the counts is "
|
||
"defined by the storage location. To activate storage locations, go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> Warehouse` and "
|
||
"activate the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` setting. Next, click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Enable Storage Locations in Odoo settings."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:26
|
||
msgid "Change the inventory frequency"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:28
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To change a location's inventory frequency, first, go to the locations by "
|
||
"clicking :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:31
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, click on a location to open the location settings. Next, click on "
|
||
":guilabel:`Edit`. In the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` field, set "
|
||
"the number of days. For example, a location that needs an inventory count "
|
||
"every 30 days would set the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` value to "
|
||
"`30`. Once the value is entered, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting"
|
||
" to the location. Now, once an inventory adjustment is applied to this "
|
||
"location, the next scheduled count date will be automatically set based on "
|
||
"the number of days in the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` setting."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Edit a location to change the inventory frequency."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Lots and Serial Numbers"
|
||
msgstr "Números de Lote/Serie"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:3
|
||
msgid "What's the difference between lots and serial numbers?"
|
||
msgstr "¿Cuál es la diferencia entre los números de lote y de serie?"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:6
|
||
msgid "Introduction"
|
||
msgstr "Introducción"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In Odoo, lots and serial numbers have similarities in their functional "
|
||
"system but are different in their behavior. They are both managed within the"
|
||
" **Inventory**, **Purchases** and **Sales** app."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En Odoo, los números de lote y de serie tiene similitudes en su sistema "
|
||
"funcional pero son diferentes en su comportamiento. Ambos se administran "
|
||
"dentro de **Inventario**, **Compras** y la aplicación de **Ventas**."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:12
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Lots** correspond to a certain number of products you received and store "
|
||
"altogether in one single pack."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Los **lotes** corresponden a un cierto número de productos que recibió y "
|
||
"almacenó juntos en un solo paquete."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:15
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Serial numbers** are identification numbers given to one product in "
|
||
"particular, to allow to track the history of the item from reception to "
|
||
"delivery and after-sales."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Los **números de serie** son números de identificación dados a un producto "
|
||
"en particular, para permitir el seguimiento histórico de un artículo desde "
|
||
"la recepción hasta la entrega y posterior a la entrega."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:20
|
||
msgid "When to use"
|
||
msgstr "Cuándo usarlo"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:22
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Lots** are interesting for products you receive in great quantity and for "
|
||
"which a lot number can help in reportings, quality controls, or any other "
|
||
"info. Lots will help identify a number of pieces having for instance a "
|
||
"production fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or "
|
||
"food."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Los **Lotes** funcionan para productos que se reciben en gran cantidad y "
|
||
"para los cuales un número de lote puede ayudar en los reportes, controles de"
|
||
" calidad, o cualquier otra información. Los lotes le ayudarán a identificar "
|
||
"un grupo de piezas que, por ejemplo, un defecto de producción. También puede"
|
||
" ser útil para un lote de producción de ropa o alimentos."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:28
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Serial numbers** are interesting for items that could require after-sales "
|
||
"service, such as smartphones, laptops, fridges, and any electronic devices. "
|
||
"You could use the manufacturer's serial number or your own, depending on the"
|
||
" way you manage these products"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Los **números de serie** son útiles para artículos que podrían requerir "
|
||
"servicio posventa, como celulares, laptops, refrigeradores, y cualquier "
|
||
"dispositivo electrónico. Puede utilizar el número de seria del fabricante o "
|
||
"el propio, dependiendo de cómo administre estos productos."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:34
|
||
msgid "When not to use"
|
||
msgstr "Cuándo no usarlo"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:36
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Storing consumable products such as kitchen roll, toilet paper, pens and "
|
||
"paper blocks in lots would make no sense at all, as there are very few "
|
||
"chances that you can return them for production fault."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Almacenar productos consumibles como papel de cocina, papel higiénico, "
|
||
"lápices y bloques de papel en lotes no tendría ningún sentido, ya que hay "
|
||
"pocas oportunidades que pueda regresarlos por fallos de producción."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:40
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On the other hand, giving a serial number to every product is a time-"
|
||
"consuming task that will have a purpose only in the case of items that have "
|
||
"a warranty and/or after-sales services. Putting a serial number on bread, "
|
||
"for instance, makes no sense at all."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Por otro lado, darle un número de serie a cada producto es una tarea de "
|
||
"consumo de tiempo que solo servirá en caso de artículos que tienen una "
|
||
"garantía y/o servicio de posventa. Ponerle un número de serie al pan, por "
|
||
"ejemplo, no tiene sentido."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:46
|
||
msgid ":doc:`serial_numbers`"
|
||
msgstr ":doc:`serial_numbers`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:47
|
||
msgid ":doc:`lots`"
|
||
msgstr ":doc:`lots`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Expiration Dates"
|
||
msgstr "Fechas de caducidad"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In many companies, products have expiration dates and they should be managed"
|
||
" based on those dates. In the food industry, for example, tracking and "
|
||
"managing product stock based on expiration dates is mandatory to avoid "
|
||
"selling expired products to customers."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En muchas empresas los productos tienen fecha de caducidad y se deben de "
|
||
"gestionar de acuerdo a esta fecha. En el sector alimenticio, por ejemplo, es"
|
||
" obligatorio rastrear los productos en el inventario de acuerdo con sus "
|
||
"fechas de caducidad para evitar vender productos caducados a los clientes."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:9
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"With Odoo, you can track and manage your products based on their expiration "
|
||
"dates, even if they are already tracked by lots or serial numbers."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Con Odoo, puede rastrear y gestionar sus productos de acuerdo a las fechas "
|
||
"de caducidad, incluso si ya los está rastreando por lotes o números de "
|
||
"serie."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:16
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:18
|
||
msgid "Application configuration"
|
||
msgstr "Configuración de la aplicación"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:18
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To use expiration date tracking, open the *Inventory* application and go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Lots & Serial "
|
||
"Numbers* and *Expiration Dates* features."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Para usar el rastreo por fecha de caducidad abra la aplicación de "
|
||
"*Inventario* y vaya a menuselection:`Configuración --> Ajustes` y active las"
|
||
" funciones de *Lotes y Números de serie* y *Fechas de caducidad*."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:26
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:28
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:68
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:90
|
||
msgid "Product configuration"
|
||
msgstr "Configuración del producto"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:28
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now, you can define different dates in the *inventory tab* of the product "
|
||
"form:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Ahora puede definir diferentes fechas en la *pestaña de inventario* del "
|
||
"formulario del producto:"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:30
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Product Use Time: the number of days before the goods start deteriorating, "
|
||
"without being dangerous. This is used to calculate the Best before date on "
|
||
"each lot/serial number received."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Tiempo de uso del producto: el número de días antes de que los productos "
|
||
"comiencen a deteriorarse, sin ser peligroso. Esto se usa para calcular la "
|
||
"fecha de consumo preferente en cada lote/número de serie recibido."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:32
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Product Life Time: the number of days before the goods may become dangerous "
|
||
"and must not be consumed. This is used to calculate the Expiration date on "
|
||
"each lot/serial number received."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Tiempo de vida del producto: el número de días antes de que los productos se"
|
||
" vuelvan peligrosos y ya no se pueden consumir. Esto se usa para calcular la"
|
||
" fecha de caducidad de cada lote o número de serie recibido."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:34
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Product Removal Time: shows the number of days before the goods should be "
|
||
"removed from the stock. This is used to calculate the Removal date on each "
|
||
"lot/serial number received."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Tiempo de remoción del producto: muestra el número de días antes de que los "
|
||
"productos se deban quitar del inventario. Esto se usa para calcular la fecha"
|
||
" de remoción de cada lote o número de serie recibido."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:36
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Product Alert Time: refers to the number of days before an alert should be "
|
||
"raised on the lot/serial number. This is used to calculate the Alert date on"
|
||
" each lot/serial number received. Once the Alert date is reached, an "
|
||
"Activity is assigned on the relevant lot/serial number to the Responsible "
|
||
"user defined on the Product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Tiempo de alerta del producto: se refiere al número de días antes de recibir"
|
||
" una alerta sobre adelantar el lote o número de serie del producto. Esto se "
|
||
"usa para calcular la fecha de alerta del lote/número de serie recibido. Una "
|
||
"vez que sea la fecha de alerta, se asigna una actividad en el lote o número "
|
||
"de serie relevante para el usuario responsable del producto. "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:45
|
||
msgid "Expiration Date on Lots/Serial Numbers"
|
||
msgstr "Fecha de caducidad en lotes/números de serie"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:47
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When receiving a product into inventory, the dates will automatically be "
|
||
"updated on the corresponding lot/serial number. These updates will be based "
|
||
"on the receipt date of the product and the days set on the product form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Al recibir un producto en el inventario, las fechas se actualizarán "
|
||
"automáticamente en el lote o número de serie correspondiente. Estas "
|
||
"actualizaciones se basarán en la fecha de recepción del producto y el día "
|
||
"indicado en la plantilla del producto."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:58
|
||
msgid "Expiration Alerts"
|
||
msgstr "Alertas de Vencimiento"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:60
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can access expiration alerts from the *inventory* app. To do so, go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Master Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. There, you can use the"
|
||
" pre-existing filter to show all the lots/serial numbers that have exceeded "
|
||
"their respective alert dates."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Puede acceder a las alertas de caducidad desde la aplicación de "
|
||
"*Inventario*. Para hacerlo vaya a :menuselection:`Datos principales --> "
|
||
"Lotes/Números de serie`. Ahí, puede usar todos los filtros existentes pera "
|
||
"mostrar todos los lotes/números de serie que pasaron sus fechas de "
|
||
"caducidad."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Manage lots of identical products"
|
||
msgstr "Administra varios productos idénticos"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Lots are useful for products you receive in great quantity and for which a "
|
||
"lot number can help in reporting, quality controls, or any other info. Lots "
|
||
"will help identify a number of pieces having, for instance, a production "
|
||
"fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or food."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Los lotes son útiles para productos que recibe en grandes cantidades. Para "
|
||
"estos productos, un lote puede ayudar al momento de reportar, realizar los "
|
||
"controles de calidad, o cualquier otra información. Los lotes ayudan a "
|
||
"identificar el número de piezas que tienen, por ejemplo, un error de "
|
||
"producción. Se puede usar para producción masiva de ropa o comida."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:11
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo has the capacity to manage lots, ensuring compliance with the "
|
||
"traceability requirements imposed by the majority of industries."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Odoo tiene la capacidad de gestionar lotes. Esto asegura que se cumpla los "
|
||
"requisitos de trazabilidad que imponen la mayoría de las industrias."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:14
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The double-entry management in Odoo enables you to run very advanced "
|
||
"traceability."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"La gestión de doble-entrada de Odoo le permite ejecutar trazabilidad muy "
|
||
"avanzada."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:18
|
||
msgid "Setting Up"
|
||
msgstr "Configuración"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:21
|
||
msgid "Application Configuration"
|
||
msgstr "Configuración de la aplicación"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:23
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"First, you need to activate the tracking of lot numbers. To do so, go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and tick *Lots & "
|
||
"Serial Numbers*. Then, click on save."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Primero debe activar el rastreo de números de lote. Para hacer esto, vaya a "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventario --> Configuración --> Ajustes` y marke *Lotes y "
|
||
"números de serie*. Después, haga clic en guardar."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:31
|
||
msgid "Product Configuration"
|
||
msgstr "Configuración del producto"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:33
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now, you have to configure which products you want to track by serial "
|
||
"numbers."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Ahora debe configurar los productos que quiere rastrear con números de "
|
||
"serie."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:36
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Go to :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products` and open the product of your"
|
||
" choice. There, click on *Edit* and select *Tracking by Lots* in the "
|
||
"inventory tab."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vaya a :menuselection:`Datos principales --> Productos` y abra el producto "
|
||
"de su elección. Ahí, haga clic en *Editar* y seleccione *Seguimiento por "
|
||
"lotes* en la pestaña de inventario."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:47
|
||
msgid "Manage Lots"
|
||
msgstr "Gestionar lotes"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:52
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In order to receive a product tracked by lots, you have to specify its lot "
|
||
"numbers. You have several ways of doing so:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Para recibir un producto al que se le dará seguimiento por lote, debe "
|
||
"especificar su número de lote. Puede hacer esto de varias maneras:"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:55
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:65
|
||
msgid "Manually assign the different lot numbers"
|
||
msgstr "Asigne manualmente los diferentes números de lote"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:57
|
||
msgid "Copy/paste lot numbers from an Excel file"
|
||
msgstr "Copie y pegue los números de lote desde un archivo Excel. "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:59
|
||
msgid "First, you need to open the detailed operations of your picking."
|
||
msgstr "Primero, debe abrir las operaciones detalladas de su recolección."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:67
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When opening the detailed operations, you can click on *Add a line*. Then, "
|
||
"you will be able to fill the lot number in. Once done, you can click on *Add"
|
||
" a line* again to register a new lot number."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Al abrir las operaciones detalladas, puede dar clic en *Agregar una línea*. "
|
||
"Después, podrá llenar el número de lote. Después haga clic de nuevo en "
|
||
"*Agregar línea* para registrar un número de lote nuevo."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:75
|
||
msgid "Copy/paste lot number from an Excel file"
|
||
msgstr "Copie y pegue los números de lote desde un archivo Excel. "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:77
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the spreadsheet containing the lot numbers you received from your "
|
||
"supplier and copy the list. Then, you can paste them in the *Lot/Serial "
|
||
"Number Name* column for Odoo to automatically create the necessary lines. "
|
||
"After that, you will have to manually enter the number of products that are "
|
||
"contained in each one of the lots."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Una vez que tenga la hoja de cálculo con los números de lote que le mandó su"
|
||
" proveedor copie la lista. Después, los puede pegar en la columna de "
|
||
"*\"Nombre del número de lote/de serie\"* para que Odoo cree las líneas "
|
||
"necesarias automáticamente. Después de eso, deberá de ingresar manualmente "
|
||
"el número de productos que cada lote contiene."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:93
|
||
msgid "Operation Types"
|
||
msgstr "Tipos de operación"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:95
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Of course, you also have the possibility to define how you will manage lots "
|
||
"for each operation type. To do so, open the *Inventory* app and go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Configuration --> Operation Types`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Claro que también tiene la posibilidad de definir cómo gestionará los lotes "
|
||
"para cada tipo de operación. Para hacerlo, abra la aplicación de "
|
||
"*Inventario* y vaya a :menuselection:`Configuración --> Tipos de "
|
||
"operaciones`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:99
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For each type (receipts, internal transfers, deliveries, …), you can decide "
|
||
"if you allow to create new lot numbers or only use existing ones. By "
|
||
"default, the creation of new lots is only allowed at product reception, and "
|
||
"using existing lot numbers isn’t allowed in this operation. If you have "
|
||
"inter-warehouse transfers and track products by lots, it can be useful to "
|
||
"allow using existing lot numbers in receipts too."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Para cada tipo (recepciones, transferencias internas, entregas, ...) puede "
|
||
"decidir si quiere permitir la creación de nuevos números de lote o solo usar"
|
||
" los que ya existen. Por defecto, solo se permite crear nuevos números de "
|
||
"lote al recibir productos y no se permite usar números de lote existentes en"
|
||
" esta operación. Si tiene transferencias entre almacenes y da seguimiento a "
|
||
"los productos por lotes, también puede ser de ayuda permitir el uso de "
|
||
"números de lote existentes en las recepciones."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:111
|
||
msgid "Lots traceability"
|
||
msgstr "Trazabilidad de lotes"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:113
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The lot number given to the products allows you to keep track of where they "
|
||
"were received, put in stock, to whom they were sold and where they were "
|
||
"shipped to."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"El número de lote asignado al producto le permite saber en dónde se recibió,"
|
||
" en qué almacén se puso, a quién se le vendió y a dónde se envió."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:117
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To track an item, open the *Inventory* module and, in :menuselection:`Master"
|
||
" Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers`, click on the lot number corresponding to "
|
||
"your search."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Para dar seguimiento a un artículo, abra el módulo de *Inventario*. Vaya a "
|
||
":menuselection:`Datos prcincipales --> Lotes o núnmeros de serie` y haga "
|
||
"clic en el número de serie que corresponda a su búsqueda."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:124
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When you open the *Traceability* information, you see in which documents the"
|
||
" lot number has been used."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Al abrir la información de *trazabilidad* podrá ver en qué documentos se usó"
|
||
" el número de lote."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:130
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now, if you want to locate the lot number, you can do so by clicking on the "
|
||
"*Location* stat button."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Puede hacer clic en el botón de estado *Ubicación* para localizar el número "
|
||
"de lote."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Work with serial numbers"
|
||
msgstr "Trabaje con números de serie"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To track products with serial numbers, you can use the serial number "
|
||
"tracking. With them, you can track the current location of the product and, "
|
||
"when the products are moved from one location to another, the system will "
|
||
"automatically identify the current location of the product, based on its "
|
||
"last movement."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Para rastrear productos con números de serie puede usar el seguimiento de "
|
||
"número de serie. De esta manera puede rastrear la ubicación actual del "
|
||
"producto y, cuando los productos se muevan de una ubicación a otra, el "
|
||
"sistema identificará automáticamente la ubicación actual del producto de "
|
||
"acuerdo con el último movimiento."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:11
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you want to do it or run very advanced traceability, the Odoo double-"
|
||
"entry management is the feature you need."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si quiere hacerlo o si quiere activar trazeabilidad muy avanzada, necesita "
|
||
"la función de gestión de doble entrada de Odoo."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:15
|
||
msgid "Configurations"
|
||
msgstr "Configuraciones"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:20
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"First, you need to activate the serial numbers tracking. To do so, go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` in the *Inventory* application. "
|
||
"Then, enable the feature and hit save."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Primero necesita activar el seguimiento de números de serie. Para hacerlo, "
|
||
"vaya a :menuselection:`Configuración --> Ajustes` en la aplicación de "
|
||
"*Inventario*. Después, active la función y haga clic en \"guardar\"."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:30
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now, you have to configure the products you want to track by serial numbers."
|
||
" To do so, go to :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products` and open the "
|
||
"product of your choice. Edit it and select *Tracking By Unique Serial "
|
||
"Number* in the *Inventory tab*. Then, click on save."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Ahora debe configurar los productos que quiere rastrear por número de serie."
|
||
" Para hacerlo vaya a menuselection:`Datos principales --> Productos` y abra "
|
||
"el producto que quiera. Edítelo y seleccione *Seguimiento por número de "
|
||
"serie único* en la *pestaña de Inventario*. Después haga clic en guardar."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:42
|
||
msgid "Manage Serial Numbers"
|
||
msgstr "Administrar números de serie"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:47
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To receive a product that is tracked by serial number, you have to specify "
|
||
"its serial number. Of course, you have several ways of doing so:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Para recibir un producto al que se le da seguimiento por número de serie, "
|
||
"debe especificar el número de serie. Esto se puede hacer de varias maneras:"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:50
|
||
msgid "Manual assignation"
|
||
msgstr "asignación manual,"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:52
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:73
|
||
msgid "Multi-assignation"
|
||
msgstr "asignación múltiple, y"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:54
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:89
|
||
msgid "Copy/pasting from an Excel file"
|
||
msgstr "copiar y pegar desde un archivo Excel. "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:56
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Whatever could be your favorite way to assign serial numbers, you firstly "
|
||
"need to open the detailed operations of your picking."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"No importa cuál sea tu método favorito para asignar números de serie, "
|
||
"primero debe abrir operaciones detalladas de su recolección."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:63
|
||
msgid "Manual assignation of the different serial numbers"
|
||
msgstr "Asignación manual de los diferentes números de serie."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:65
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When opening the detailed operations, you can click on *Add a line*. Then, "
|
||
"you will be able to fill in the serial number field. Once done, you can "
|
||
"click again on *Add a line* to register a new serial number."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Puede hacer clic en *Agregar una línea* al abrir las operaciones detalladas."
|
||
" Después podrá llenar el campo de número de serie. Ya que lo haga, puede "
|
||
"hacer clic de nuevo en *Agregar una línea* para registrar un nuevo número de"
|
||
" serie."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:75
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By using the multi-assignation of serial numbers, Odoo will automatically "
|
||
"create the necessary lines. To do so, you have to enter the first serial "
|
||
"number of your set and the number of products you have to assign a serial "
|
||
"number to."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Al usar la asignación múltiple de números de serie, Odoo creará "
|
||
"automáticamente las líneas necesarias. Para hacerlo, primero debe ingresar "
|
||
"el número de serie del conjunto y el número de productos a los que les debe "
|
||
"asignar un número de serie."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:80
|
||
msgid "Once done, click on *Assign Serial Numbers* and Odoo will do the rest."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Una vez que esté listo, haga clic en *Asignar números de serie* y Odoo hará "
|
||
"el resto."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:91
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To use copy/pasting, open the spreadsheet containing the serial numbers you "
|
||
"received and copy the list. Then, past them in the *Lot/Serial Number Name* "
|
||
"column of the wizard. Doing so, Odoo will automatically create the lines you"
|
||
" need."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Para usar la función de copiar y pegar, abra la hoja de cálculo que contenga"
|
||
" los números de serie que recibió y copie la lista. Después, cópielos en la "
|
||
"columna de *Nombre del número de lote / de serie* del asistente. Al hacerlo,"
|
||
" Odoo creará automáticamente las líneas que necesita."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:106
|
||
msgid "Operation types"
|
||
msgstr "Tipos de operaciones"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:108
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You also have the possibility to define how you will manage lots for each "
|
||
"operation type. To define it, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
|
||
"Operation Types` in the *Inventory* app."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"También puede definir cómo gestionará los lotes para cada tipo de operación."
|
||
" Para definirlo, vaya a :menuselection:`Configuración--> Tipos de "
|
||
"operaciones` en la aplicación de *Inventario*. "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:112
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For each type, you can decide if you allow the creation of new lot numbers "
|
||
"or want to use existing ones. By default, the creation of new lots is only "
|
||
"allowed at product reception."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Para cada tipo, puede decidir si permite la creación de nuevos números de "
|
||
"serie o si quiere usar los números existentes. Por defecto, solo se permite "
|
||
"crear nuevos lotes al momento de la recepción."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:120
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you have inter-warehouse transfers and track products by lots, it can be "
|
||
"useful to allow using existing lot numbers in receipts too."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si tiene transferencias entre almacenes y rastrea productos por lotes, puede"
|
||
" ser útil permitir el uso de números de lote existentes también en las "
|
||
"recepciones."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:124
|
||
msgid "Serial Number traceability"
|
||
msgstr "Trazabilidad de número de serie"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:126
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Using serial numbers allows you to keep track of where the products were "
|
||
"received, put in stock, to whom they were sold, and where they were shipped "
|
||
"to."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Los números de serie le permiten saber en dónde se recibió, en qué almacén "
|
||
"se puso, a quién se le vendió y a dónde se envió."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:130
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Tracking an item is easy: open the *Inventory* app, and go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Master Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers` and click on the serial"
|
||
" number corresponding to your search. Then, open the *Traceability* "
|
||
"information. There, you will see in which documents the serial number has "
|
||
"been used."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Es fácil darle seguimiento a un artículo: abra la aplicación de *Inventario*"
|
||
" y vaya a :menuselection:`Datos principales --> Lotes/números de serie` y "
|
||
"haga clic en el número de serie que corresponde a su búsqueda. Después abra "
|
||
"la información de *trazabilidad*. Verá qué documentos ha usado el número de "
|
||
"serie,"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:140
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"And, if you want to locate a serial number, you can do so by clicking on the"
|
||
" *Location* button available on the serial number form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Puede hacer clic en el botón de *Ubicación* para localizar el número de "
|
||
"serie. Este botón se encuentra en la plantilla del número de serie."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Miscellaneous Operations"
|
||
msgstr "Operaciones varias"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Process Batch Transfers"
|
||
msgstr "Procese transferencias en lote"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Batch picking allows a single picker to handle a batch of orders, reducing "
|
||
"the number of times he must visit the same location. In Odoo, it means you "
|
||
"can regroup several transfers into the same batch transfer, then process it,"
|
||
" either via the barcode application or in the form view."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"La recolección en lotes permite que un solo recolector gestione un lote de "
|
||
"órdenes, lo que reducirá el número de veces que se debe visitar la misma "
|
||
"ubicación. En Odoo, esto significa que puedes agrupar varias varias "
|
||
"transferencias en la misma transferencia en lote. Después la podrá procesar "
|
||
"ya sea mediante el código de barras o en la vista de plantilla."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:11
|
||
msgid "Create a Batch Transfer"
|
||
msgstr "Crear una transferencia en lote"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:13
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To activate the batch picking option, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> "
|
||
"Configuration --> Configuration` and enable *Batch Pickings*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Para activar la opción de recolección por lote, vaya a "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventario --> Configuración --> Configuración` y active "
|
||
"*Recolección por lote*."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"View of the inventory settings. Process to enable the batch pickings option "
|
||
"in the Odoo Inventory app"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:20
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Batch Transfers` "
|
||
"and hit the create button."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Después vaya a :menuselection:`Inventario --> Operaciones --> Translado por "
|
||
"lotes` y haga clic al botón de crear."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1
|
||
msgid "View of the new menu, Batch Transfers, under operations"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:27
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now, determine the batch transfer responsible and the type of transfers you "
|
||
"want to include in the batch. To add the types of transfers, click on *Add a"
|
||
" line*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Ahora, determine el traslado por lote responsable y los tipos de traslados "
|
||
"que quiere incluir en el lote. Para agregar los tipos de traslados, haga "
|
||
"clic en *agregar una línea*."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1
|
||
msgid "View of a Batch Transfers form"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:34
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the example below, a filter was applied to only see the transfers that "
|
||
"are in the *Pick* step. After that, the different transfers that needed to "
|
||
"be included in the batch transfer were selected."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En el ejemplo de abajo se aplicó un filtro para que solo veamos las "
|
||
"transferencias que están en la etapa *recolectar*. Después de eso, se "
|
||
"eligieron las diferentes transferencias que se necesitan incluir en el "
|
||
"traslado por lote."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"View of the list of transfers to choose for a single batch transfer and how to add them\n"
|
||
"to the batch transfer"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:42
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To see the products to pick for the different transfers, click on *Select*. "
|
||
"If *Multi-locations* has been activated, the document also shows the "
|
||
"locations they have been reserved from."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Para ver los productos que debe recolectar para los diferentes traslados, "
|
||
"haga clic en *Seleccionar*. Si activó *Múltiples ubicaciones* el documento "
|
||
"también mostrará las ubicaciones para las que se han reservado."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"View of a batch transfer list. Products to pick with their source and target"
|
||
" locations"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:51
|
||
msgid "Create a Batch Transfer from the Transfers List View"
|
||
msgstr "Cree un traslado por lotes desde la vista de listas de traslados "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:53
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"From the *Transfers List View*, select transfers that should be included in "
|
||
"the Batch. Then, select *Add to batch* from the *Action* list."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Desde la *lista de vista de traslados* seleccione los traslados que se deben"
|
||
" incluir en el lote. Después, seleccione *Agregar al lote* desde la lista de"
|
||
" *Acción*."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"View of the process to add transfers to a batch transfer from the transfers "
|
||
"list view"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:61
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Next, determine if you want to add the transfers to an existing draft batch "
|
||
"transfer or create a new one."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Después, determine si quiere agregar los traslados a un traslado por lote en"
|
||
" borrador o si quiere agregar uno nuevo."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Option to add a responsible to a batch transfer so it can be confirmed"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:69
|
||
msgid "Process a Batch Transfer"
|
||
msgstr "Procese un traslado por lote."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:71
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"While gathering the products, you can edit the batch transfer and update the"
|
||
" *Quantity done* for each product. Once everything has been picked, select "
|
||
"*Validate* so the different transfers contained in the batch are validated "
|
||
"too."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Puede editar el traslado por lote y actualizar la *Cantidad hecha* para cada"
|
||
" producto mientras recolecta los productos. Una vez que recolecte todo, "
|
||
"seleccione *Validar* para que los diferentes traslados en el lote también se"
|
||
" validen."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1
|
||
msgid "View of an in progress batch transfer"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:80
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In case all the products cannot be picked, you can create backorders for "
|
||
"each individual transfer which couldn’t be completely processed."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En caso de que no se puedan recolectar todos los productos, puede crear "
|
||
"órdenes parciales individuales para cada transferencia que no se pudo "
|
||
"procesar completamente."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"How to handle batch transfers with unavailable products. Creation of a backorder inside\n"
|
||
"of a batch transfer"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1
|
||
msgid "View of how backorders are handled in Odoo's batch transfers"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:93
|
||
msgid "Process a Batch Transfer from the Barcode app"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Procese un traslado por lote desde la aplicación de Barcode (código de "
|
||
"barras)"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:95
|
||
msgid "Enter the *Barcode* application, select the *Batch Transfers* menu."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Ingrese a la app de *Barcode* y seleccione el menú de *Traslados por lotes*."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1
|
||
msgid "View of the Odoo Barcode app dashboard"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:101
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, you can enter the batch transfer on which you want to work. Batch "
|
||
"transfers can easily be grouped per responsible if necessary."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Después, puede ingresar al traslado por lotes en la que quiere trabajar. Los"
|
||
" traslados por lotes se pueden agrupar fácilmente según la persona "
|
||
"responsable si así se requiere."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1
|
||
msgid "View of the batch transfers dashboard inside of the Barcode app"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:108
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the batch transfer, products are classified per location. The source "
|
||
"document is visible on each line and a color-code helps differentiate them."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En la trasferencia por lotes, los productos se clasifican por ubicación. El "
|
||
"documento origen es visible en cada línea y un código de color ayuda a "
|
||
"diferenciarlos."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"View of an in progress batch transfer with the Odoo Barcode application"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:116
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To see the products to pick from another location, click on the *Next* "
|
||
"button."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Para ver los productos que hay que recolectar de otra ubicación, haga clic "
|
||
"en el botón *Siguiente*."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"View of a ready and completed batch transfer inside of the Odoo Barcode "
|
||
"application"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:123
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once all the products have been picked, click on *Validate* (on the last "
|
||
"page) to mark the batch transfer as done."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Una vez que se recolecten todos los productos, haga clic en *Validar* (en la"
|
||
" última página) para marcar la transferencia por lotes como hecha."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Consignment: buy and sell stock without owning it"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Most of the time, products stored in a company's warehouse are either "
|
||
"purchased from suppliers, or are manufactured in-house. However, suppliers "
|
||
"will sometimes let companies store and sell products in the company's "
|
||
"warehouse, without having to buy those items up-front. This is called "
|
||
"*consignment*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:10
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Consignment is a useful method for suppliers to launch new products, and "
|
||
"easily deliver to their customers. It's also a great way for the company "
|
||
"storing the products (the consignee) to earn something back for their "
|
||
"efforts. Consignees can even charge a fee for the convenience of storing "
|
||
"products they don't actually own."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:16
|
||
msgid "Enable the consignment setting"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:18
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To receive, store, and sell consignment stock, the feature needs to be "
|
||
"enabled in the settings. To do this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> "
|
||
"Configuration --> Settings`, and under the :guilabel:`Traceability` section,"
|
||
" check the box next to :guilabel:`Consignment`, and then click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Save` to finish."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Enabled Consignment setting in Inventory configuration."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:28
|
||
msgid "Receive (and store) consignment stock"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:30
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"With the feature enabled in Odoo, consignment stock can now be received into"
|
||
" a warehouse. From the main :menuselection:`Inventory` dashboard, click into"
|
||
" the :guilabel:`Receipts` section. Then, click :guilabel:`Create`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:35
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Consignment stock is not actually purchased from the vendor; it is simply "
|
||
"received and stored. Because of this, there are no quotations or purchase "
|
||
"orders involved in receiving consignment stock. So, *every* receipt of "
|
||
"consignment stock will start by creating manual receipts."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:39
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Choose a vendor to enter in the :guilabel:`Receive From` field, and then "
|
||
"choose the same vendor to enter in the :guilabel:`Assign Owner` field."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:43
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Since the products received from the vendor will be owned by the same "
|
||
"vendor, the :guilabel:`Receive From` and :guilabel:`Assign Owner` fields "
|
||
"must match."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:46
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the vendor-related fields are set, enter products into the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Product` lines, and set the quantities to be received into the "
|
||
"warehouse under the :guilabel:`Done` column. If the :guilabel:`Units of "
|
||
"Measure` feature is enabled, the :abbr:`UoM (Units of Measure)` can be "
|
||
"changed, as well. Once all the consignment stock has been received, "
|
||
":guilabel:`Validate` the receipt."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Matching vendor fields in consignment Receipt creation."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:56
|
||
msgid "Sell and deliver consignment stock"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:58
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once consignment stock has been received into the warehouse, it can be sold "
|
||
"the same as any other in-stock product that has the :guilabel:`Can Be Sold` "
|
||
"option enabled on the product form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:61
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create a sales order, navigate to the :menuselection:`Sales` app, and "
|
||
"from the :guilabel:`Quotations` overview, click :guilabel:`Create`. Next, "
|
||
"choose a customer to enter into the :guilabel:`Customer` field."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:66
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The :guilabel:`Customer` *must* be different from the :guilabel:`Vendor` "
|
||
"that supplied the consignment stock received (and stored) in the warehouse."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:69
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Add the consignment product under the :guilabel:`Product` column in the "
|
||
"order lines, set the :guilabel:`Quantity`, and fill out any other pertinent "
|
||
"product details on the form. Once the quotation is complete, click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Confirm`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Sales order of consignment stock."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:77
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` has been confirmed, it will "
|
||
"become a sales order. From here, the products can be delivered by clicking "
|
||
"on the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button, and selecting :guilabel:`Validate`"
|
||
" to validate the delivery."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:82
|
||
msgid "Traceability and reporting of consignment stock"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:84
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Although consignment stock is owned by the vendor who supplied it, and not "
|
||
"by the company storing it in their warehouse, consignment products will "
|
||
"*still* appear in certain inventory reports."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:87
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To find inventory reports, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting`, "
|
||
"and choose a report to view."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:91
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Since the consignee does not actually own consigment stock, these products "
|
||
"are *not* reflected in the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` report, and have no "
|
||
"impact on the consignee's inventory valuation."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:96
|
||
msgid "Product moves report"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:98
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To view all information about on-hand stock moves, navigate to the the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Product Moves` dashboard by going to :menuselection:`Inventory "
|
||
"--> Reporting --> Product Moves`. For consignment products, the information "
|
||
"in this report is the same as any other product: the history of its product "
|
||
"moves can be reviewed; the :guilabel:`Quantity Done` and "
|
||
":guilabel:`Reference` document are available; and its :guilabel:`Locations` "
|
||
"are available, as well. The consignment stock will originate from "
|
||
":guilabel:`Partner Location/Vendors`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:106
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To view a consignment product's moves by ownership, select the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Group By` filter, choose the :guilabel:`Add Custom Group` "
|
||
"parameter, and then select :guilabel:`From Owner`, and :guilabel:`Apply` to "
|
||
"finish."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Consignment stock moves history."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:115
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To see forecasted units of consignment stock, go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Forecasted Inventory`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:119
|
||
msgid "Stock on hand report"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:121
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"View the :guilabel:`Stock On Hand` dashboard by navigating to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Inventory Report`. From this "
|
||
"report, the :guilabel:`Locations` of all stock on-hand are displayed, in "
|
||
"addition to the quantities per location. For consigment products, the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Owner` column will be populated with the owner of those products,"
|
||
" or the original vendor who supplied the products in the first place."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Process wave transfers"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"While a batch transfer is a group of several pickings, a **wave transfer** "
|
||
"only contains some parts of different pickings. Both methods are used to "
|
||
"pick orders in a warehouse, and depending on the situation, one method may "
|
||
"be a better fit than the other."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:9
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To handle orders of a specific product category, or fetch products that are "
|
||
"at the same location, wave transfers are the ideal method."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:12
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In Odoo, wave transfers are actually batch transfers with an extra step: "
|
||
"transfers are split before being grouped in a batch."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:18
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Before a wave transfer can be created, the :guilabel:`Batch Transfers` and "
|
||
":guilabel:`Wave Transfers` options must be activated."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:21
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"First, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. In "
|
||
"the :guilabel:`Operations` section, enable :guilabel:`Batch Transfers` and "
|
||
":guilabel:`Wave Transfers`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the "
|
||
"settings."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"View of Odoo Inventory app settings to enable the wave transfers option."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:30
|
||
msgid "Add products to a wave"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:32
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now that the settings are activated, start a wave transfer by adding "
|
||
"products to a wave."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:34
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Wave transfers can only contain product lines from transfers of the same "
|
||
"operation type. To view all the transfers and product lines in a specific "
|
||
"operation, first go to the :guilabel:`Inventory` dashboard and locate the "
|
||
"desired operation type's card. Then, open the options menu (the three dots "
|
||
"icon in the corner of the operation type's card) and click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Operations`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst-1
|
||
msgid "How to get an operation type's list of operations."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:43
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On the operations page, select the product lines you want to add in a new or"
|
||
" existing wave. Then, click :guilabel:`Add to Wave`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Select lines to add to the wave."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:51
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Use the :guilabel:`Filters` in the search bar to group lines with the same "
|
||
"product, location, carrier, etc..."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:54
|
||
msgid "After that, a pop-up box appears."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:56
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To add the selected lines to an existing wave transfer, select the "
|
||
":guilabel:`an existing wave transfer` option and select the existing wave "
|
||
"transfer from the drop-down menu."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:59
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create a new wave transfer, select the :guilabel:`a new wave transfer` "
|
||
"option. If creating a new wave transfer, an employee can also be set in the "
|
||
"optional :guilabel:`Responsible` field. Once the desired options are "
|
||
"selected, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to add the product lines to a wave."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:64
|
||
msgid "View wave transfers"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:66
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To view all wave transfers and their statuses, go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Wave Transfers`. Wave transfers"
|
||
" can also be viewed in the :guilabel:`Barcode` app by going to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Barcode --> Batch Transfers`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Planning"
|
||
msgstr "Planificación"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:3
|
||
msgid "How is the Scheduled Delivery Date Computed"
|
||
msgstr "Cómo se realiza el cálculo de fecha de entrega programada"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Providing the best possible service to customers is vital for business. It "
|
||
"implies planning every move: manufacturing orders, deliveries, receptions, "
|
||
"and so on. To do so, you need to configure lead time properly and coordinate"
|
||
" scheduled dates."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Es esencial que la empresa brinde la mejor calidad de servicio a sus "
|
||
"clientes. Para lograr esto, se debe planear cada movimiento: fabricación, "
|
||
"órdenes, entregas, recepciones, etcétera. Para lograrlo, necesita configurar"
|
||
" el tiempo de espera apropiadamente y coordinar las fechas programadas."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:9
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By using lead times, Odoo provides end dates, the **Commitment Date**, for "
|
||
"each process. On a sales order, for example, this is the date your customer "
|
||
"will get the products he ordered."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Al usar los tiempos de espera, Odoo indica feches de cierre, la *fecha de "
|
||
"compromiso*, para cada propósito. En la orden de venta, por ejemplo, esta es"
|
||
" la fecha en la que su cliente obtendrá los productos que ordenó. "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:13
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"From the customers’ side, the commitment date is important because it gives "
|
||
"them an estimation of when they will receive their products. The dates take "
|
||
"all other lead times, such as manufacturing, delivery, or suppliers, into "
|
||
"account."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Desde el lado del cliente, la fecha de compromiso es importante porque les "
|
||
"da una estimación de cuándo recibirán sus productos. Para indicar estas "
|
||
"fechas de toman todos los tiempos de espera, como fabricación, entrega y "
|
||
"proveedores en cuenta."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:19
|
||
msgid "How are Lead Times Calculated?"
|
||
msgstr "¿Cómo se calculan los tiempos de espera?"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:27
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"As said above, there are several types of lead times. Each is calculated "
|
||
"based on various indicators. Before going through the configuration, here is"
|
||
" a brief summary of how lead times are calculated and what they are:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Como se mencionó anteriormente, hay varios tipos de tiempos de espera. Cada "
|
||
"uno se calcula con diferentes indicadores. Antes de iniciar la "
|
||
"configuración, este es un resumen corto de cómo se calculan los tiempos de "
|
||
"espera y qué son:"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:32
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Customer Lead Time**: the customer lead time is the default duration you "
|
||
"set. Therefore, the expected date on the sales orders is today + customer "
|
||
"lead time."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"**Tiempo de espera del cliente**: el tiempo de espera del cliente es el "
|
||
"tiempo predeterminado que usted pone. Por lo tanto, la fecha esperada en la "
|
||
"orden de venta es hoy + el tiempo de espera del cliente."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:36
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Sales Security Lead Time**: the purpose is to be ready shipping that many "
|
||
"days before the actual commitment taken with the customer. Then, the default"
|
||
" scheduled date on the delivery order is **SO delivery date - Security Lead "
|
||
"Time**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"**Plazo de seguridad para ventas**: el propósito es alistar el envío muchos "
|
||
"días antes del verdadero compromiso que se hizo con el cliente. Después, la "
|
||
"fecha programada automática en la orden de entrega es **fecha de entrega de "
|
||
"la orden de venta - tiempo de espera de seguridad**."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:41
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Purchase Security Lead Time**: margin of error for vendor lead times. When"
|
||
" the system generates Purchase Orders for procuring products, they will be "
|
||
"scheduled that many days earlier to cope with unexpected vendor delays."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:46
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Purchase Delivery Lead Time**: this is the expected time between a PO "
|
||
"being confirmed and the receipt of the ordered products. The **Receipt "
|
||
"scheduled date - Vendor delivery date** is the default *PO Order By* date."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"**Plazo de entrega de compra**: este es el tiempo esperado entre la "
|
||
"confirmación de una orden de compra y la recepción de los productos "
|
||
"ordenados. La **fecha programada de recepción - fecha de entrega del "
|
||
"proveedor** es la fecha automática de *ordenar para*."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:51
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Days to Purchase**: number of days the purchasing department takes to "
|
||
"validate a PO. If another RFQ to the same vendor is already opened, Odoo "
|
||
"adds the line to the RFQ instead of creating a new one. Then, the specific "
|
||
"date is set on the line."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"**Días para la compra**: El número de días que le toma al departamento de "
|
||
"compra validar una Orden de compra. Si ya se abrió una solicitud de "
|
||
"cotización para el mismo proveedor, Odoo agrega la línea para la solicitud "
|
||
"de cotización al crear una nueva. Después, la fecha específica se configura "
|
||
"en la línea."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:56
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Manufacturing Lead Time**: this is the expected time it takes to "
|
||
"manufacture a product. This lead time is independent of the quantity to "
|
||
"produce and does not take the routing time into account."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"**Plazo de espera para la fabricación**: este es el tiempo que se espera que"
|
||
" tome fabricar un producto. Este plazo de espera e independiente de la "
|
||
"cantidad que hay que producir y no toma el tiempo rutinario en cuenta."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:61
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Manufacturing Security Lead Time**: additional time to mitigate the risk "
|
||
"of a manufacturing delay. In case of a *Replenish to Order*, the **Delivery "
|
||
"Order scheduled date - Manufacturing Lead Time - Manufacturing Security Lead"
|
||
" Time** is the default *Manufacturing Order* planned date."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"**Plazo de seguridad para la fabricación**: tiempo adicionla para mitigar el"
|
||
" riesgo de un retraso en la fabricación. En caso de una *orden de "
|
||
"reabastecimiento*, la **fecha programada de entrega - plazo de espera de la "
|
||
"fabricación - plazo de seguridad para la fabricación** es la fecha "
|
||
"programada automáticamente."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:68
|
||
msgid "Sales - Lead Times"
|
||
msgstr "Ventas - plazos de espera"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:70
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the *Sales* app, there is an option called *Delivery Date*. It allows "
|
||
"seeing an additional field on the sales orders, *Expected Date*. This one is"
|
||
" automatically computed based on the different lead times previously "
|
||
"configured."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En la aplicación de *Ventas* hay una opción que se llama *fecha de entrega*."
|
||
" Permite ver un campo adicional en la orden de venta, *fecha esperada*. Esta"
|
||
" fecha se calcula automáticamente de acuerdo a los diferentes tiempos de "
|
||
"espera antes configurados."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"View of the delivery settings to have the delivery lead time taken into "
|
||
"account"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:79
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If the set up *Delivery Date* is earlier than the the *Expected Date*, a "
|
||
"warning message is displayed."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si la *Fecha de entrega* es antes que la *Fecha esperada*, se mostraré un "
|
||
"mensaje de advertencia."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"View of the error that occurs when trying to choose an earlier date than what calculated\n"
|
||
"by Odoo"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:87
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"But, for all of this properly working, it is still necessary to configure "
|
||
"all the lead times that could occur."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pero, para que todo esto funcione adecuadamente, todavía es necesario "
|
||
"configurar todos los tiempos de espera que podrían suceder."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:91
|
||
msgid "Customer Lead Time"
|
||
msgstr "Plazo de entrega del cliente"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:93
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The *Customer Lead Time* is the time needed for your product to go from your"
|
||
" warehouse to the customer place. It can be configured on any product by "
|
||
"going to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`. There, open your "
|
||
"product form, go in the inventory tab, and add your *Customer Lead Time*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"El *plazo de espera del cliente* es el tiempo que se necesita para que su "
|
||
"producto vaya desde el almacén hasta su cliente. Se puede configurar en "
|
||
"cualquier producto, solo tiene que ir a :menuselection:`Ventas --> Productos"
|
||
" --> Productos`. Aquí deberá abrir su formulario de producto, vaya a la "
|
||
"pestaña de inventario y agregue el *plazo de espera del cliente*."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst-1
|
||
msgid "View of the customer lead time configuration from the product form"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:103
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For example, product B is ordered on the 2nd of April but the *Customer Lead"
|
||
" Time* is two days. In that case, the expected delivery date is the 4th of "
|
||
"April."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Por ejemplo, el producto B se ordena el 2 de abril, pero el *plazo de espera"
|
||
" del cliente* es de dos días. En este caso, la fecha de entrega esperada es "
|
||
"el 4 de abril."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:108
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:180
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:217
|
||
msgid "Security Lead Time"
|
||
msgstr "Plazo de seguridad"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:110
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In sales, *Security Lead Time* corresponds to backup days to ensure you are "
|
||
"able to deliver the products in time. The purpose is to be ready shipping "
|
||
"earlier in order to arrive on time."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En ventas, el *plazo de seguridad* corresponde a los días de respaldo para "
|
||
"asegurarse de que podrá entregar los productos a tiempo. El propósito es "
|
||
"preparar la entrega antes para que llegue a tiempo."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:114
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The number of security days is subtracted from the calculation to compute a "
|
||
"scheduled date earlier than the one promised to the customer."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"El número de días de seguridad se resta para calcular una fecha programada "
|
||
"antes de la prometida al cliente."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:117
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To set this up, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> "
|
||
"Settings` and enable the feature *Security Lead Time for Sales*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Para configurar esto, vaya a :menuselection:`Inventario --> Configuración "
|
||
"--> Ajustes` y active la función *Plazo de seguridad para ventas*."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"View of the security lead time for sales configuration from the sales "
|
||
"settings"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:124
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For example, product B is scheduled to be delivered on the 6th of April but "
|
||
"the *Security Lead Time* is one day. In that case, the scheduled date for "
|
||
"the delivery order is the 5th of April."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Por ejemplo, se programa la entrega del producto B el 6 de abril pero el "
|
||
"*plazo de seguridad* es un día. En ese caso, la entrega programada para la "
|
||
"orden de entrega es el 5 de abril."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:129
|
||
msgid "Deliver several products"
|
||
msgstr "Entregar varios productos"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:131
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In many cases, customers order several products at the same time. Those can "
|
||
"have different lead times but still need to be delivered, at once or "
|
||
"separately. Fortunately, Odoo can help you handle these cases easily."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En muchos casos, los clientes ordenan varios productos al mismo tiempo. "
|
||
"Estos productos pueden tener plazos de entrega diferentes pero se deben "
|
||
"entregar, ya sea al mismo tiempo o por separado. Afortunadamente, Odoo le "
|
||
"puede ayudar a llevar estos casos fácilmente."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:135
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"From the *Other Info* tab of your *Sale Order*, you can choose between *When"
|
||
" all products are ready* and *As soon as possible*. The first one is to "
|
||
"deliver products at once, while the second is to deliver them separately."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Desde la pestaña de *otra información* en su *orden de venta* puede elegir "
|
||
"entre *cuando todos los productos estén listos* y *lo antes posible*. El "
|
||
"primero es para entregar los productos al mismo tiempo, mientras que el "
|
||
"segundo es para entregarlos por separado."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:140
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For example, products A and B are ordered at the same time. A has 8 lead "
|
||
"days and B has 5. With the first option, the *Expected Date* is calculated "
|
||
"based on the product with the most lead days, here A. If the order is "
|
||
"confirmed on the 2nd of April, then the *Expected Date* is on the 10th of "
|
||
"April."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Por ejemplo, los productos A y B se ordenaron al mismo tiempo. A tiene 8 "
|
||
"días de espera y B tiene 5. Con la primera opción, la *fecha esperada* se "
|
||
"calcula de acuerdo con el producto con el mayor plazo de espera, que en este"
|
||
" caso es A. Si la orden se confirma el 2 de abril, entonces la *fecha "
|
||
"esperada* es el 10 de abril."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:146
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"With the second option, the *Expected Date* is calculated based on the "
|
||
"product with the least customer lead days. In this example, B is the product"
|
||
" with the least lead days. So, the *Expected Date* is on the 7th of April."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Con la segunda opción, la *fecha esperada* se calcula de acuerdo al producto"
|
||
" con el menor plazo de espera del cliente. Por lo tanto, la *fecha esperada*"
|
||
" es el 7 de abril."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:152
|
||
msgid "Purchase - Lead Times"
|
||
msgstr "Compra - plazos de espera"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:155
|
||
msgid "Supplier Lead Time"
|
||
msgstr "Plazos de espera del proveedor"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:157
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The *Supplier Lead Time* is the time needed for a product you purchased to "
|
||
"be delivered. To configure it, open a product from :menuselection:`Purchase "
|
||
"--> Products --> Products` and add a vendor under the *Purchase* tab."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"El *plazo de espera del proveedor* es el tiempo que se necesita para que un "
|
||
"producto que compró se pueda entregar. Para configurarlo, abra el formulario"
|
||
" del producto :menuselection:`Compra --> Productos --> Productos` y agregue "
|
||
"el proveedor en la pestaña de *Compra*."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst-1
|
||
msgid "View of the way to add vendors to products"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:166
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By clicking on *Add a line*, a new window is displayed. You can specify the "
|
||
"*Delivery Lead Time* there. If done so, the delivery day for every purchase "
|
||
"of that product is now equal to *Date of the Purchase Order + Delivery Lead "
|
||
"Time*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Al dar clic en *agregar una línea* se mostrará una nueva pestaña. Aquí puede"
|
||
" especificar el *plazo de espera*. Si lo hace, el día de entrega para cada "
|
||
"compra de ese producto ahora será igual a la *fecha de la orden de compra + "
|
||
"plazo de espera de la entrega*."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst-1
|
||
msgid "View of the delivery lead time configuration from a vendor form"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:176
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"It is possible to add different vendors and, thus, different lead times "
|
||
"depending on the vendor."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Es posible agregar diferentes proveedores y, por lo tanto, diferentes plazos"
|
||
" de entrega dependiendo del proveedor."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:182
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The *Security Lead Time* for purchase follows the same logic as the one for "
|
||
"*Sales*, except that you are the customer. Then, it is the margin of error "
|
||
"for your supplier to deliver your order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"El *plazo de espera de seguridad* para compras sigue la misma lógica que el "
|
||
"plazo de *Ventas*, excepto que en este caso usted es el cliente. Después, es"
|
||
" el margen de error de su proveedor para entregar su orden."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:186
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To set up *Security Lead Time* for purchase, go to :menuselection:`Inventory"
|
||
" --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable the feature."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Para configurar el *plazo de espera de seguridad* para compras, vaya a "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventario --> Configuración --> Ajustes` y active la "
|
||
"función."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"View of the security lead time for purchase from the inventory settings"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:194
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Doing so, every time the system generates purchase orders, those are "
|
||
"scheduled that many days earlier to cope with unexpected vendor delays."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"De esta forma, cada vez que el sistema genere órdenes de compra, estas se "
|
||
"programarán esos días antes para lidiar con retrasos inesperados del "
|
||
"proveedor."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:198
|
||
msgid "Manufacturing - Lead Times"
|
||
msgstr "Fabricación - Plazos de entrega"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:201
|
||
msgid "Manufacturing Lead Time"
|
||
msgstr "Plazo de entrega de fabricación"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:203
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The *Manufacturing Lead Time* is the time needed to manufacture the product."
|
||
" To specify it, open the *Inventory* tab of your product form and add the "
|
||
"number of days the manufacturing takes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"El *plazo de entrega de fabricación* es el tiempo que se necesita para "
|
||
"fabricar el producto. Para especificarlo, abra la pestaña de *inventario* en"
|
||
" el formulario de su producto y agregue el número de días que toma la "
|
||
"fabricación."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"View of the manufacturing lead time configuration from the product form"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:211
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When working with *Manufacturing Lead Times*, the *Deadline Start* of the "
|
||
"*MO* is **Commitment Date - Manufacturing Lead Time**. For example, the MO’s"
|
||
" deadline start date for an order having a commitment date on the 10th of "
|
||
"July is June 27th."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Al trabajar con *tiempos de espera de fabricación* la *fecha límite* de la "
|
||
"*orden de fabricación* es **Fecha de compromiso - Plazo de espera de "
|
||
"fabricación**. Por ejemplo, la fecha límite de inicio para una orden que "
|
||
"tiene una fecha de compromiso el 10 de julio es el 27 de junio."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:219
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The *Security Lead Time* for manufacturing allows generating manufacturing "
|
||
"orders earlier to cope with the risk of manufacturing delays."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"El *plazo de seguridad* para fabricación permite generar órdenes de "
|
||
"fabricación más temprano para lidiar con el riesgo de retrasos en la "
|
||
"fabricación."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:223
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To enable it, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> "
|
||
"Settings` and tick *Security Lead Time*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Para activarlo vaya a :menuselection:`Fabricación --> Configuración --> "
|
||
"Ajustes` y marque el *plazo de seguridad*."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"View of the security lead time for manufacturing from the manufacturing app "
|
||
"settings"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:230
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For example, a customer orders B with a delivery date scheduled on the 20th "
|
||
"of June. The *Manufacturing Lead Time* is 14 days and the *Security Lead "
|
||
"Time* is 3 days, so the manufacturing of B needs to start at the latest on "
|
||
"the 3rd of June, which is the MO’s planned date."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Por ejemplo, un cliente ordena B con una fecha de entrega esperada para el "
|
||
"20 de junio. El *plazo de espera para la fabricación* es de 14 días y el "
|
||
"*plazo de seguridad* es de 3 días, así que la fabricación de B debe empezar "
|
||
"al menos el 3 de junio, que es la fecha planeada de la orden de fabricación."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:236
|
||
msgid "Global Example"
|
||
msgstr "Ejemplo mundial"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:238
|
||
msgid "Here is a configuration:"
|
||
msgstr "Esta es la configuración:"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:240
|
||
msgid "1 day of security lead time for Sales"
|
||
msgstr "1 día de plazo de seguridad para Ventas"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:241
|
||
msgid "2 days of security lead time for Manufacturing"
|
||
msgstr "2 días de plazo de seguridad para Fabricación"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:242
|
||
msgid "3 days of manufacturing lead time"
|
||
msgstr "3 días de plazo de espera para Fabricación"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:243
|
||
msgid "1 day of security lead time for Purchase"
|
||
msgstr "1 día de plazo de seguridad para Compra"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:244
|
||
msgid "4 days of supplier lead time"
|
||
msgstr "4 días de plazo de espera para el proveedor"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:246
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Let’s say that a customer orders B on the 1st of September and the delivery "
|
||
"date is planned to be within 20 days (September 20th). In such a scenario, "
|
||
"here is when all the various steps are triggered."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Digamos que el cliente ordena B el 1 de septiembre y la fecha de entrega "
|
||
"está planeada para que sea dentro de 20 días (el 20 de septiembre). En este "
|
||
"caso, aquí es cuando se activan todas las siguientes etapas."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:250
|
||
msgid "**September 1st**: the sales order is created"
|
||
msgstr "**1 de septiembre**: se crean las órdenes de venta"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:251
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**September 10th**: the deadline to order components from the supplier "
|
||
"because of the manufacturing process (4 days of supplier lead time)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"***10 de septiembre***: la fecha final para ordenar componentes del "
|
||
"proveedor debido al proceso de fabricación (4 días de espera para el "
|
||
"proveedor)."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:254
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**September 13th**: the reception of the product from the supplier (1 day of"
|
||
" security lead time for Purchase)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"**13 de septiembre**: le recepción del formulario del producto del proveedor"
|
||
" (1 día de plazo de espera para compra)"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:256
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**September 14th**: the deadline start date for the manufacturing (19th - 3 "
|
||
"days of manufacturing lead time - 2 days of security lead time for "
|
||
"Manufacturing)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"**14 de septiembre**: la fecha límite de inicio de la fabricación (el 19 - 3"
|
||
" días de plazo de espera de fabricación - 2 días de plazo de seguridad para "
|
||
"Fabricación)"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:259
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**September 19th**: the expected date on the delivery order form (1 day of "
|
||
"security lead time for sales)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"**19 de septiembre**: la fecha esperada en el formulario de la orden de "
|
||
"entrega (1 día de plazo de seguridad para ventas)"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products.rst:5
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Products"
|
||
msgstr "Productos"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Select a replenishment strategy"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In Odoo, there are two strategies for replenishing inventory: **Reordering "
|
||
"Rules** and the **Make to Order (MTO)** route. Although these strategies "
|
||
"differ slightly, they both have similar consequences: triggering the "
|
||
"automatic creation of a purchase or manufacturing order. The choice of which"
|
||
" strategy to use depends on the business's manufacturing and delivery "
|
||
"processes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:11
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:6
|
||
msgid "Terminology"
|
||
msgstr "Terminología"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:14
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:48
|
||
msgid "Replenishment report and reordering rules"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:16
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The replenishment report is a list of all products that have a negative "
|
||
"forecast quantity."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:18
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Reordering rules are used to ensure that there's always a minimum amount of "
|
||
"a product in stock in order to manufacture products and/or fulfill sales "
|
||
"orders. When the stock level of a product reaches its minimum, Odoo "
|
||
"automatically generates a purchase order with the quantity needed to reach "
|
||
"the maximum stock level."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:23
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Reordering rules can be created and managed in the replenishment report or "
|
||
"from the product form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:26
|
||
msgid "Make to Order"
|
||
msgstr "Fabricación sobre pedido"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:28
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Make to Order (MTO) is a procurement route that creates a draft purchase "
|
||
"order or manufacturing order each time a sales order is confirmed, "
|
||
"*regardless of the current stock level*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:31
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Unlike products replenished using reordering rules, Odoo automatically links"
|
||
" the sales order to the purchase order (PO) or manufacturing order (MO) "
|
||
"generated by the MTO route. Another difference between reordering rules and "
|
||
"MTO is with MTO, Odoo generates a draft :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` or "
|
||
":abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` immediately after the sales order is "
|
||
"confirmed. With reordering rules, Odoo generates a draft :abbr:`PO (Purchase"
|
||
" Order)` or :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` when the product's forecasted "
|
||
"stock falls below the set minimum quantity. In addition, Odoo will "
|
||
"automatically add quantities to the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`/:abbr:`MO "
|
||
"(Manufacturing Order)` as the forecast changes, as long as the :abbr:`PO "
|
||
"(Purchase Order)`/:abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` is not confirmed."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:41
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The MTO route is the best replenishment strategy for products that are "
|
||
"customized and should be used for this purpose only."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:50
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To access the replenishment report, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> "
|
||
"Operations --> Replenishment`. By default, the replenishment report shows "
|
||
"every product that needs to be manually reordered. If there is no specific "
|
||
"rule for a product, Odoo assumes that the :guilabel:`Minimum Quantity` and "
|
||
":guilabel:`Maximum Quantity` stock are both `0.00`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The replenishment report shows products that need to be reordered manually."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:60
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For products that don't have a set reordering rule, Odoo calculates the "
|
||
"forecast as sales orders, deliveries, and receipts are confirmed. For "
|
||
"products that have a set reordering rule, Odoo calculates the forecast "
|
||
"normally, but also takes into account the purchase/manufacturing lead time "
|
||
"and security lead time."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:65
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Before creating a new reordering rule, make sure the product has a vendor or"
|
||
" a bill of materials configured on the product form. Also, make sure the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Product Type` is set to `Storable Product` on the product form. "
|
||
"By definition, a consumable product does not have its inventory levels "
|
||
"tracked, so Odoo can not account for a consumable product in the stock "
|
||
"valuation."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:70
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create a new reordering rule from the replenishment report, go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Replenishment`, click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Create`, and set the :guilabel:`Product`. If desired, set a "
|
||
":guilabel:`Min Quantity` and a :guilabel:`Max Quantity`. Finally, click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Save`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:75
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create a new reordering rule from the product form, go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Products --> Products`, select a product to "
|
||
"open its product form, click the :guilabel:`Reordering Rules` smart button, "
|
||
"and click :guilabel:`Create`. Then, fill out the fields and save the new "
|
||
"reordering rule."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:80
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By default, the quantity in the :guilabel:`To Order` field is the quantity "
|
||
"required to reach the set :guilabel:`Max Quantity`. However, the "
|
||
":guilabel:`To Order` quantity can be adjusted by clicking on the field, "
|
||
"changing the value, and clicking :guilabel:`Save`. To replenish a product "
|
||
"manually, click :guilabel:`Order Once`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:85
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To automate replenishment, click :guilabel:`Automate Orders`. When this "
|
||
"button is clicked, Odoo will automatically generate a draft :abbr:`PO "
|
||
"(Purchase Order)`/:abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` every time the forecasted"
|
||
" stock level falls below the set :guilabel:`Min Quantity` of the reordering "
|
||
"rule."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:91
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A reordering rule can be temporarily deactivated for a given period by using"
|
||
" the :guilabel:`Snooze` button."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Snooze feature to temporarily deactivate reordering rules."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:98
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` or :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` created by"
|
||
" a manual replenishment will have `Replenishment Report` as the source "
|
||
"document. A :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` or :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` "
|
||
"created by an automated reordering rule will have the sales order(s) "
|
||
"reference number(s) that triggered the rule as the source document."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Look at the source panel showing where RFQ/MFG orders originated from."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:108
|
||
msgid "Make to order"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:110
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Since the Make to Order (MTO) route is only recommended for customized "
|
||
"products, the route is hidden by default."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:113
|
||
msgid "To activate the Make to Order (MTO) route in Odoo:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:115
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> "
|
||
"Warehouse`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:116
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Activate :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` setting and click :guilabel:`Save`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:117
|
||
msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:118
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click on :menuselection:`Filters --> Archived` to show archived routes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:119
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Select the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)`, and click "
|
||
"on :menuselection:`Action --> Unarchive`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:123
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Activating the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` setting also activates "
|
||
":guilabel:`Storage Locations` setting. If these features aren't applicable "
|
||
"to the warehouse, disable these settings after unarchiving the MTO route."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:127
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To set a product's procurement route to MTO, go to :menuselection:`Inventory"
|
||
" --> Products --> Products`, click on a product to open the product form, "
|
||
"and click :guilabel:`Edit`. Then, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and"
|
||
" in the :guilabel:`Routes` options, select :guilabel:`Replenish on Order "
|
||
"(MTO)`. For products purchased directly from a vendor, make sure the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Buy` route is selected in addition to the MTO route and a vendor "
|
||
"is configured in the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab. For products manufactured in-"
|
||
"house, make sure the :guilabel:`Manufacture` route is selected in addition "
|
||
"to the MTO route and a bill of materials is configured for the product. "
|
||
"Finally, click :guilabel:`Save`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Enable the Replenish on Order (MTO) route on the product settings."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Use different units of measure"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In some cases, handling products in different units of measure is necessary."
|
||
" For example, a business can buy products from a country that uses the "
|
||
"metric system, and then sell those products in a country that uses the "
|
||
"imperial system, so the business needs to convert the units. Another case "
|
||
"for unit conversion is when a business buys products in a big pack from a "
|
||
"supplier and then sells those products in individual units."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En algunos casos es necesario gestionar productos en diferentes unidades de "
|
||
"medida. Por ejemplo, si una empresa puede comprar productos de un país que "
|
||
"utiliza el sistema métrico y los vende en un país que utiliza el sistema "
|
||
"imperial, entonces deberá convertir las unidades. Otro caso de conversión de"
|
||
" unidades es cuando una empresa compra productos a un proveedor en paquetes "
|
||
"grandes y luego los vende en unidades individuales."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:11
|
||
msgid "Odoo can be set up to use different units of measure for one product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Puede configurar Odoo para que utilice distintas unidades de medida con el "
|
||
"mismo producto."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:16
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To use different units of measure in Odoo, first go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> Products` and "
|
||
"activate the :guilabel:`Units of Measure` setting. Then, click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Save`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Para usar distintas unidades de medida en Odoo primero debe ir a "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventario --> Configuración --> Ajustes --> Productos` y "
|
||
"habilitar el ajuste and activate the :guilabel:`unidades de medida`. Luego "
|
||
"haga clic en :guilabel:`guardar`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Enable Units of Measure in the Inventory settings."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Habilitar las unidades de medida en los ajustes de la aplicación Inventario."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:25
|
||
msgid "Units of measure categories"
|
||
msgstr "Categorías de unidades de medida"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:27
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After enabling the units of measure setting, view the default units of "
|
||
"measure categories in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Units "
|
||
"of Measures --> UoM Categories`. The category is important for unit "
|
||
"conversion, Odoo can only convert a product's units from one unit to another"
|
||
" only if both units belong to the same category."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Después de habilitar el ajuste de unidades de medida, puede ver las "
|
||
"categorías predeterminadas de unidades de medida en "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventario --> Configuración --> Unidades de medida --> "
|
||
"Categorías de UdM`. La categoría es importante para realizar la conversión "
|
||
"de unidades, Odoo solo puede convertir las unidades de un producto a otras "
|
||
"si ambas unidades pertenecen a la misma categoría."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Set units of measure categories."
|
||
msgstr "Establecer categorías de unidades de medida."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:36
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Each units of measure category has a reference unit. The reference unit is "
|
||
"highlighted in blue in the :guilabel:`Uom` column of the :guilabel:`Units of"
|
||
" Measure Categories` page. Odoo uses the reference unit as a base for any "
|
||
"new units."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Cada unidad de medida tiene una unidad de referencia. Dicha unidad de "
|
||
"referencia se resalta con el color azul en la columna :guilabel:`Udm` de la "
|
||
"página de :guilabel:`categorías de unidades de medida`. Odoo utiliza la "
|
||
"unidad de referencia como base para las nuevas unidades."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:40
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create a new unit, first select the correct category. For example, to "
|
||
"sell a product in a box of six units, click on the :guilabel:`Unit` category"
|
||
" line. Next, click :guilabel:`Edit`. After that, click :guilabel:`Add a "
|
||
"line`. Then, in the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` field, title the new unit "
|
||
"`Box of 6`. In the :guilabel:`Type` field, select :guilabel:`Bigger than the"
|
||
" reference Unit of Measure`. In the :guilabel:`Ratio` field, enter `6.00000`"
|
||
" since a box of six is six times bigger than the reference unit (`1.00000`)."
|
||
" Finally, click :guilabel:`Save`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Para crear una nueva unidad primero debe seleccionar la categoría correcta. "
|
||
"Por ejemplo, para vender un producto en una caja de seis unidades debe hacer"
|
||
" clic en la línea de la categoría :guilabel:`unidad`. A continuación haga "
|
||
"clic en :guilabel:`editar`. Posteriormente, haga clic en :guilabel:`agregar "
|
||
"una línea`. En el campo :guilabel:`unidad de medida` escriba `Caja de 6` "
|
||
"como nombre de la unidad. En el campo :guilabel:`tipo` seleccione "
|
||
":guilabel:`más grande que la unidad de medida de referencia`. En el campo "
|
||
":guilabel:`proporción` ingrese `6.00000` porque una caja de seis es seis "
|
||
"veces más grande que la unidad de referencia (`1.00000`). Por último, haga "
|
||
"clic en :guilabel:`guardar`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:47
|
||
msgid "Click on the :guilabel:`Unit` category."
|
||
msgstr "Haga clic en la categoría :guilabel:`unidad`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:49
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click :guilabel:`Add a line`. As an example, we will create a Box of 6 units"
|
||
" that we will use for the Egg product. The box of 6 is 6 times bigger than "
|
||
"the reference unit of measure for the category which is “Units” here."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Haga clic en :guilabel:`agregar una línea`. Como ejemplo, crearemos una caja"
|
||
" de 6 unidades que utilizaremos para el producto huevo. La caja de 6 "
|
||
"unidades es 6 veces más grande que la unidad de referencia de la categoría, "
|
||
"la cual es “unidades” en este caso."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Convert products from one unit to another as long as they belong to the same"
|
||
" category."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Se pueden convertir las unidades de un producto a otras siempre que "
|
||
"pertenezcan a la misma categoría."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:58
|
||
msgid "Specify a product's units of measure"
|
||
msgstr "Especificar las unidades de medida de un producto"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:60
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To set units of measure on a product, first go to :menuselection:`Inventory "
|
||
"--> Products --> Products` and click on a product to open its settings. "
|
||
"Then, click on :guilabel:`Edit`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Para establecer las unidades de medida de un producto primero debe ir a "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventario --> Productos --> Productos` y hacer clic en un "
|
||
"producto para abrir sus ajustes. Luego haga clic en :guilabel:`editar`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:63
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the :guilabel:`General Information` tab, edit the :guilabel:`Unit of "
|
||
"Measure` field to specify the unit of measure that the product is sold in. "
|
||
"The specified unit will also be the unit used to keep track of the product's"
|
||
" inventory and internal transfers. Edit the :guilabel:`Purchase UoM` field "
|
||
"to specify the unit of measure that the product is purchased in."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En la pestaña :guilabel:`información general` debe editar el campo "
|
||
":guilabel:`unidad de medida` para especificar la unidad de medida de venta "
|
||
"del producto. La unidad que elija también se utilizará para llevar el "
|
||
"seguimiento del inventario y traslados internos del producto. Edite el campo"
|
||
" :guilabel:`UdM en la compra` para especificar la unidad de medida que se "
|
||
"utiliza para comprar el producto."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:69
|
||
msgid "Unit conversion"
|
||
msgstr "Conversión de unidades"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:72
|
||
msgid "Buy products in the Purchase UoM"
|
||
msgstr "Comprar productos en la UdM de compra"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:74
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When creating a new request for quotation (RFQ) in the Purchase app, Odoo "
|
||
"automatically uses the product's specified purchase unit of measure. "
|
||
"However, if needed, the :guilabel:`UoM` can be manually edited on the RFQ."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Cuando se crea una nueva solicitud de cotización en la aplicación Compra, "
|
||
"Odoo utiliza de forma automática la unidad de medida de compra que se "
|
||
"especificó en el producto. Sin embargo, puede editar de manera manual la "
|
||
":guilabel:`UdM` en la solicitud de cotización si es necesario."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:78
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After the RFQ is confirmed into a purchase order (PO), click on the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Receipt` smart button at the top right corner of the PO. Odoo "
|
||
"automatically converts the purchase unit of measure into the product's "
|
||
"sales/inventory unit of measure, so the :guilabel:`Demand` column of the "
|
||
"delivery receipt shows the converted quantity."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Después de que se confirma la solicitud de cotización y se convierte en una "
|
||
"orden de compra, haga clic en el botón inteligente :guilabel:`recepción` en "
|
||
"la esquina superior derecha de la orden de compra. Odoo convierte de forma "
|
||
"automática la unidad de medida de compra en la unidad de medida de venta e "
|
||
"inventario del producto. De esta forma, la columna :guilabel:`demanda` del "
|
||
"recibo de entrega mostrará la cantidad convertida."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:83
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For example, if the product's purchase UoM is `Box of 6` and its "
|
||
"sales/inventory unit of measure is `Units`, the PO shows the quantity in "
|
||
"boxes of six, and the delivery receipt shows the quantity in units."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Por ejemplo, si la unidad de medida de compra del producto es `caja de 6` y "
|
||
"su unidad de medida de venta e inventario es `unidades`, entonces la orden "
|
||
"de compra mostrará la cantidad en cajas de seis y el recibo de entrega la "
|
||
"mostrará en unidades."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:88
|
||
msgid "Replenishment"
|
||
msgstr "Reabastecimiento"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:90
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A request for quotation for a product can also be generated directly from "
|
||
"the product form using the :guilabel:`Replenish` button. After clicking "
|
||
":guilabel:`Replenish`, a replenish assistant box pops up. The purchase unit "
|
||
"of measure can be manually edited here if needed. Then, click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Confirm` to create the RFQ."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Puede generar una solicitud de cotización de un producto directamente desde "
|
||
"el formulario del producto mediante el botón :guilabel:`reabastecer`. "
|
||
"Aparece un asistente de reabastecimiento cuando hace clic en él. Ahí puede "
|
||
"editar la unidad de medida de forma manual si es necesario. Posteriormente, "
|
||
"haga clic en :guilabel:`confirmar` para crear la solicitud de cotización."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:95
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Next, click the :guilabel:`Units Forecasted` smart button on the product "
|
||
"form and scroll down to :menuselection:`Forecasted Inventory --> Requests "
|
||
"for quotation`. Click on the RFQ reference number to open the draft RFQ. The"
|
||
" purchase UoM can also be edited here if needed."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"A continuación haga clic en el botón inteligente :guilabel:`unidades` del "
|
||
"formulario del producto y baje hasta :menuselection:`Inventario --> "
|
||
"Solicitudes de cotización`. Haga clic en el número de referencia de la "
|
||
"solicitud de cotización para abrir el borrador. Ahí puede editar la UdM de "
|
||
"compra si es necesario."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:100
|
||
msgid "Sell in a different UoM"
|
||
msgstr "Vender en una UdM diferente"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:102
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When creating a new quotation in the Sales app, Odoo automatically uses the "
|
||
"product's specified unit of measure. However, if needed, the :guilabel:`UoM`"
|
||
" can be manually edited on the quotation."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Odoo utiliza de forma automática la unidad de medida que se especificó en el"
|
||
" producto para crear nuevas cotizaciones en la aplicación Ventas. Sin "
|
||
"embargo, puede editar de manera manual la :guilabel:`UdM` en la cotización."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:105
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After the quotation is sent to the customer and confirmed into a sales order"
|
||
" (SO), click on the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top right "
|
||
"corner of the SO. Odoo automatically converts the unit of measure into the "
|
||
"product's inventory unit of measure, so the :guilabel:`Demand` column of the"
|
||
" delivery shows the converted quantity."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Después de que se envía la cotización al cliente, se confirma y se convierte"
|
||
" en una orden de compra, haga clic en el botón inteligente "
|
||
":guilabel:`entrega` en la esquina superior derecha de la orden de venta. "
|
||
"Odoo convierte de forma automática la unidad de medida en la unidad de "
|
||
"medida de inventario del producto. De esta forma, la columna "
|
||
":guilabel:`demanda` de la entrega mostrará la cantidad convertida."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:110
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For example, if the product's UoM on the SO was changed to `Box of 6`, but "
|
||
"its inventory unit of measure is `Units`, the SO shows the quantity in boxes"
|
||
" of six, and the delivery shows the quantity in units."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Por ejemplo, si la unidad de medida en la orden de venta se cambió a `caja "
|
||
"de f 6`, pero su unidad de medida de inventario es `unidades`, entonces la "
|
||
"orden de venta muestra la cantidad en cajas de seis y la entrega la mostrará"
|
||
" en unidades."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:3
|
||
msgid "When Should you Use Packages, Units of Measure or Special Packaging?"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"¿Cuándo debería usar Paquetes, Unidades de medida o Empaquetados especiales?"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:6
|
||
msgid "Units of measure"
|
||
msgstr "Unidades de medida"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Units of measure specify the unit used to handle a product. In Odoo, you "
|
||
"have the possibility to specify the unit of measure in which you manage your"
|
||
" stock and the one which is used when purchasing the product to your "
|
||
"supplier."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Las unidades de medida especifican la unidad que se utiliza para gestionar "
|
||
"un producto. En Odoo, usted tiene la posibilidad de especificar la unidad de"
|
||
" medida en la que gestiona sus existencias y la que utiliza al comprar el "
|
||
"producto a sus proveedores."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Specify unit of measure for handling a product vs. when it's purchased."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Especificar la unidad de medida para la gestión de un producto vs. para su "
|
||
"compra."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:16
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once a product has a :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` and a :guilabel:`Purchase "
|
||
"UoM` set on the product form, Odoo can automatically convert the different "
|
||
"units in the product's purchase/sales orders and the orders' respective "
|
||
"delivery orders/receipts. The only condition is that all the units have to "
|
||
"be in the *same category* (Unit, Weight, Volume, Length, etc.)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Una vez que establezca una :guilabel:`unidad de medida` y una :guilabel:`UdM"
|
||
" de compra` en el formulario del producto, Odoo puede convertir de forma "
|
||
"automática las distintas unidades en las órdenes de compra o venta y sus "
|
||
"respectivas órdenes o recibos de entrega. La única condición es que todas "
|
||
"las unidades deben pertenecer a la *misma categoría* (unidad, peso, volumen,"
|
||
" longitud, etc.)."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:21
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For example, a product can have its :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` set to `feet"
|
||
" (ft)` and its :guilabel:`Purchase UoM` set to `centimeters (cm)`. When a "
|
||
"purchase order (PO) is created for that product, it will list the quantity "
|
||
"in centimeters. Then, when the PO is confirmed, Odoo automatically generates"
|
||
" a receipt and converts the centimeters to feet. The receipt will list the "
|
||
"quantity in feet."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Por ejemplo, se puede establecer la :guilabel:`unidad de medida` de un "
|
||
"producto en `pies (ft)` y su :guilabel:`UdM de compra` en `centímetros "
|
||
"(cm)`. Cuando se crea una orden de compra para ese producto, la cantidad "
|
||
"aparecerá en centímetros. Después, cuando se confirma la orden de compra, "
|
||
"Odoo genera de forma automática un recibo y convierte los centímetros a "
|
||
"pies. El recibo indicará la cantidad en pies."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:28
|
||
msgid "Packages"
|
||
msgstr "Paquetes"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:30
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A package refers to the physical container that holds one or several "
|
||
"products from a picking. For example, when a product is ready for delivery, "
|
||
"its quantities can be separated into two different packages. In Odoo, the "
|
||
"quantity of products in each package can be recorded in the database. Make "
|
||
"sure the :guilabel:`Packages` option is enabled in :menuselection:`Inventory"
|
||
" --> Configuration --> Settings --> Operations`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Un paquete es el contenedor físico que contiene uno o más productos "
|
||
"provenientes de una recolección. Por ejemplo, cuando un producto está listo "
|
||
"para su entrega, sus cantidades se pueden separar en dos paquetes. Puede "
|
||
"registrar en su base de datos de Odoo la cantidad de productos dentro de "
|
||
"cada paquete. Asegúrese de habilitar la opción :guilabel:`paquetes` en "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventario --> Configuración --> Ajustes --> Operaciones`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:36
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On a delivery order, separate the products into different packages by "
|
||
"setting the :guilabel:`Done` quantity to the desired quantity in the first "
|
||
"package. Then, click :guilabel:`Put in Pack` to record the first package. "
|
||
"Repeat for each package."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Puede separar los productos de una orden de entrega en distintos paquetes si"
|
||
" establece la cantidad deseada como la cantidad :guilabel:`hecha` en el "
|
||
"primer paquete. Después, haga clic en :guilabel:`Poner en paquete` para "
|
||
"registrar el primer paquete. Repita esta operación con cada paquete."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Separate delivery into different packages"
|
||
msgstr "Separación de la entrega en distintos paquetes"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Separate delivery package details"
|
||
msgstr "Detalles del paquete de la entrega"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:49
|
||
msgid "Packagings"
|
||
msgstr "Empaquetados"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:51
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Packaging refers to a standard container that holds several unit of a "
|
||
"product. For example, cans of soda can be in a 6-pack, 15-pack, or even a "
|
||
"pallet for the packaging."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Un empaquetado se refiere a un contenedor estándar que puede tener varias "
|
||
"unidades de un producto. Por ejemplo, un empaquetado puede tener latas de "
|
||
"refresco en paquetes de 6, de 15 o incluso en un palé."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:54
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In Odoo, packagings are used for indicative purposes on sales/purchase "
|
||
"orders and inventory transfers. The main difference between packagings and "
|
||
"units of measure is that packagings are defined at the product level while "
|
||
"UoMs are generic."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En Odoo, los empaquetados se utilizan con fines indicativos en las órdenes "
|
||
"de venta y compra, así como en los traslados de inventario. La diferencia "
|
||
"principal entre los empaquetados y las unidades de medida es que los "
|
||
"empaquetados se definen en el producto, mientras que las UdM son genéricas."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Different product packaging examples."
|
||
msgstr "Ejemplos de distintos empaquetados de producto."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Package field on purchase order."
|
||
msgstr "Campo de paquete en la orden de compra."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:67
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Packaging is also useful during product reception. When scanning the barcode"
|
||
" of the packaging, Odoo automatically adds the number of units contained in "
|
||
"the packing on the picking."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Los empaquetados también son útiles durante la recepción de productos. "
|
||
"Cuando se escanea el código de barras de un empaquetado, Odoo suma de forma "
|
||
"automática el número de unidades contenidas en el empaquetado de la "
|
||
"recolección."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:71
|
||
msgid ":doc:`uom`"
|
||
msgstr ":doc:`uom`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Valuation Methods"
|
||
msgstr "Métodos de valoración"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Integrating additional costs to products (landed costs)"
|
||
msgstr "Integrar costos adicionales con productos (costos en destino)"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The landed cost feature in Odoo allows the user to include additional costs "
|
||
"(shipment, insurance, customs duties, etc.) into the cost of the product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"La función \"costos en destino\" de Odoo le permite incluir costos "
|
||
"adicionales (envío, seguro, derechos aduanales, etc.) en el costo del "
|
||
"producto."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:11
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"First, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> "
|
||
"Valuation` and activate the :guilabel:`Landed Costs` feature. Odoo also "
|
||
"gives the option to set a :guilabel:`Default Journal` in which the landed "
|
||
"costs accounting entries will be recorded."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Primero, vaya a :menuselection:`Inventario --> Configuración --> Ajustes -->"
|
||
" Valoración` y active la función :guilabel:`costos en destino`. Odoo también"
|
||
" le da la opción de establecer un :guilabel:`diario predeterminado` en el "
|
||
"cual se registrarán los asientos contables de costos en destino."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Activate the landed cost feature in Inventory settings."
|
||
msgstr "Active la función de costos en destino en los ajustes de Inventario."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:20
|
||
msgid "Add costs to products"
|
||
msgstr "Agregar costos a productos"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:23
|
||
msgid "Receive the vendor bill"
|
||
msgstr "Recibir la factura de proveedor"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:25
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After a vendor fulfills a purchase order and sends a bill, click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Create Bill` on the purchase order to create a vendor bill in "
|
||
"Odoo. If the vendor bill includes landed costs, such as custom duties, tick "
|
||
"the box in the :guilabel:`Landed Costs` column on the vendor bill invoice "
|
||
"line."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Después de que un proveedor completa una orden de compra y le envía la "
|
||
"factura, haga clic en :guilabel:`crear factura` en la orden de compra para "
|
||
"crear una factura de proveedor en Odoo. Si la factura de proveedor incluye "
|
||
"costos en destino, como derechos aduanales, seleccione la casilla en la "
|
||
"columna :guilabel:`costos en destino` en la factura de proveedor."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Enable Landed Costs option on vendor bill line."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Habilitar la opción de costos en destino en la línea de la factura de "
|
||
"proveedor."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:33
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For charges that are always landed costs, create a landed cost product in "
|
||
"Odoo. That way, the landed cost product can be quickly added to the vendor "
|
||
"bill as an invoice line instead of manually entering the landed cost "
|
||
"information every time a vendor bill comes in."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En el caso de los cargos que siempre son costos en destino, debe crear un "
|
||
"producto de costo en destino en Odoo. De esta forma, el producto de costo en"
|
||
" destino se puede agregar con rapidez a la factura de proveedor como una "
|
||
"línea en la factura en lugar de tener que ingresar la información de costo "
|
||
"en destino cada vez que recibe una factura de proveedor."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:37
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"First, create a new product in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Products --> "
|
||
"Products --> Create`. Next, name the landed cost product. Then, set the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Product Type` to :guilabel:`Service`. A landed cost product must "
|
||
"always be a service product type. After that, go to the :guilabel:`Purchase`"
|
||
" tab and check the box next to :guilabel:`Is a Landed Cost`. Finally, click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Save` to finish creating the landed cost product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Primero, cree un nuevo producto en :menuselection:`Inventario --> Productos "
|
||
"--> Productos --> Crear`. A continuación escriba el nombre del costo en "
|
||
"destino. Después, establezca el :guilabel:`tipo de producto` como "
|
||
":guilabel:`servicio`. Los productos de costo en destino siempre deben ser de"
|
||
" este tipo. Posteriormente, vaya a la pestaña :guilabel:`compra` y "
|
||
"seleccione la casilla junto a :guilabel:`es un costo en destino`. Por "
|
||
"último, haga clic en :guilabel:`guardar` para terminar de crear el producto "
|
||
"de costo en destino."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:43
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If this product is always a landed cost, you can also define it on the "
|
||
"product and avoid having to tick the box on each vendor bill."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si este producto siempre es un costo en destino, también puede definirlo en "
|
||
"el producto y evitar tener que seleccionar la casilla en cada factura de "
|
||
"proveedor."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Option to define a product as a landed cost."
|
||
msgstr "Opción para definir si un producto es un costo en destino."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:50
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the landed cost is added to the vendor bill (either by checking the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Landed Cost` option on the invoice line or adding a landed cost "
|
||
"product to the bill), click the :guilabel:`Create Landed Costs` button at "
|
||
"the top of the bill. Odoo automatically creates a landed cost record with "
|
||
"the set landed cost pre-filled in the :guilabel:`Additional Costs` product "
|
||
"lines. From here, decide which picking the additional costs apply to by "
|
||
"clicking :guilabel:`Edit` and selecting the picking reference number from "
|
||
"the :guilabel:`Transfers` drop-down menu. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Una vez que se agregue el costo en destino a la factura de proveedor (ya sea"
|
||
" al seleccionar la opción :guilabel:`costo en destino` en la línea de la "
|
||
"factura o agregar un producto de costo en destino en la factura), haga clic "
|
||
"en el botón :guilabel:`crear costos en destino` en la parte superior de la "
|
||
"factura. Odoo crea de forma automática un registro de costo en destino con "
|
||
"el costo en destino precompletado en las líneas de :guilabel:`costos "
|
||
"adicionales` del producto. Ahí elija a qué recolección se deben aplicar los "
|
||
"costos adicionales, haga clic en :guilabel:`editar` y seleccione el número "
|
||
"de referencia de la recolección en el menú desplegable "
|
||
":guilabel:`traslados`. Por último, haga clic en :guilabel:`Guardar`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Use a warehouse transfer to cover a landed cost in the accounting journal."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Utilice un traslado de almacén para registrar un costo en destino en el "
|
||
"diario contable."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:62
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After setting the picking, click :guilabel:`Compute` on the landed cost "
|
||
"record. Then, go to the :guilabel:`Valuation Adjustments` tab to see the "
|
||
"impact of the landed costs. Finally, click :guilabel:`Validate` to post the "
|
||
"landed cost entry to the accounting journal."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Después de establecer la recolección, haga clic en :guilabel:`calcular` en "
|
||
"el registro del costo en destino. Después vaya a la pestaña "
|
||
":guilabel:`ajustes de valoración` para ver el impacto de los costos en "
|
||
"destino. Por último, haga clic en :guilabel:`validar` para registrar el "
|
||
"asiento de los costos en destino en el diario contable."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:66
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The user can access the journal entry that has been created by the landed "
|
||
"cost by clicking on the :guilabel:`Journal Entry`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"El usuario puede acceder al asiento creado por el costo en destino si hace "
|
||
"clic en el :guilabel:`asiento contable`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:70
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The product that the landed cost is applied to must have a product category "
|
||
"set to a :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)` or an :abbr:`AVCO (Average "
|
||
"Costing)` method."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"La categoría del producto al que se aplica el costo en destino se debe "
|
||
"configurar con los métodos :abbr:`PEPS (primeras entradas, primeras "
|
||
"salidas)` o :abbr:`costo promedio`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Landed cost journal entry"
|
||
msgstr "Asiento contable de costo en destino"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:78
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Landed cost records can also be directly created in "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Landed Costs`, it is not "
|
||
"necessary to create a landed cost record from the vendor bill."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Los registros de costos en destino también se pueden crear directamente en "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventario --> Operaciones --> Costos en destino`. No es "
|
||
"necesario crearlos desde la factura de proveedor."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Inventory valuation configuration"
|
||
msgstr "Configuración de la valoración de inventario"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:7
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"All of a company's stock on-hand contributes to the valuation of its "
|
||
"inventory. That value should be reflected in the company's accounting "
|
||
"records to accurately show the value of the company and all of its assets."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Las existencias a la mano de una empresa contribuyen a la valoración de su "
|
||
"inventario. Ese valor debe figurar en los registros contables de la empresa "
|
||
"para mostrar de forma precisa el valor de la empresa y de todos sus activos."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:11
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By default, Odoo uses a periodic inventory valuation (also known as manual "
|
||
"inventory valuation). This method implies that the accounting team posts "
|
||
"journal entries based on the physical inventory of the company, and that "
|
||
"warehouse employees take the time to count the stock. In Odoo, this method "
|
||
"is reflected inside each product category, where the :guilabel:`Costing "
|
||
"Method` field will be set to `Standard Price` by default, and the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` field will be set to `Manual`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"De forma predeterminada, Odoo utiliza una valoración periódica de inventario"
|
||
" (también conocida como valoración manual de inventario). Este método "
|
||
"implica que el equipo de contabilidad registra asientos contables según el "
|
||
"inventario físico de la empresa, y que los empleados del almacén cuentan las"
|
||
" existencias. En Odoo, este método se refleja en cada categoría de producto,"
|
||
" donde el campo :guilabel:`método de costo` se establecerá en `precio "
|
||
"estándar` de forma predeterminada, y el campo :guilabel:`valoración de "
|
||
"inventario` se establecerá en `manual`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The Inventory Valuation fields are located on the Product Categories form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Los campos de valoración de inventario se ubican en el formulario de las "
|
||
"categorías de producto."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:22
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Alternatively, automated inventory valuation is an integrated valuation "
|
||
"method that updates the inventory value in real-time by creating journal "
|
||
"entries whenever there are stock moves initiated between locations in a "
|
||
"company's inventory."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Por otra parte, la valoración automatizada de inventario es un método de "
|
||
"valoración integrado que actualiza el valor de inventario en tiempo real "
|
||
"mediante la creación de asientos contables cuando se inician movimientos de "
|
||
"existencias entre las ubicaciones del inventario de la empresa."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:27
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Automated inventory valuation is a method recommended for expert "
|
||
"accountants, given the extra steps involved in journal entry configuration. "
|
||
"Even after the initial setup, the method will need to be periodically "
|
||
"checked to ensure accuracy, and adjustments may be needed on an ongoing "
|
||
"basis depending on the needs and priorities of the business."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"La valoración automatizada de inventario es un método recomendado para "
|
||
"contadores expertos debido a los pasos adicionales en la configuración de "
|
||
"asientos contables. Incluso después de la configuración inicial, deberá "
|
||
"revisar el método de forma periódica para garantizar la exactitud, y puede "
|
||
"ser necesario realizar ajustes de forma continua dependiendo de las "
|
||
"necesidades y prioridades de la empresa."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:33
|
||
msgid "Types of accounting"
|
||
msgstr "Tipos de contabilidad"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:35
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Accounting entries will depend on the accounting mode: *Continental* or "
|
||
"*Anglo-Saxon*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Los asientos contables dependerán del modo de contabilidad: *continental* o "
|
||
"*anglosajón*."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:38
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Verify the accounting mode by activating the :ref:`developer-mode` and "
|
||
"navigating to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Para comprobar el modo de contabilidad, active el :ref:`developer-mode` y "
|
||
"vaya a :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Configuración --> Ajustes`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:41
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In *Anglo-Saxon* accounting, the costs of goods sold (COGS) are reported "
|
||
"when products are sold or delivered. This means that the cost of a good is "
|
||
"only recorded as an expense when a customer is invoiced for a product. "
|
||
"*Interim Stock Accounts* are used for the input and output accounts, and are"
|
||
" both *Asset Accounts* in the balance sheet."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En la contabilidad *anglosajona*, el costo de los bienes vendidos se reporta"
|
||
" cuando se venden o entregan productos. Esto significa que el costo de un "
|
||
"bien solo se registra como un gasto cuando se factura un producto a un "
|
||
"cliente. Se utilizan *cuentas provisionales de existencias* para las cuentas"
|
||
" de entrada y salida, y ambas son *cuentas de activos* en el balance "
|
||
"general."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:46
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In *Continental* accounting, the cost of a good is reported as soon as a "
|
||
"product is received into stock. Additionally, a single *Expense* account is "
|
||
"used for both input and output accounts in the balance sheet."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En la contabilidad *continental*, el costo de un bien se reporta en cuanto "
|
||
"se recibe un producto en las existencias. Además, se utiliza una única "
|
||
"cuenta *de gastos* tanto para las cuentas de entrada y salida en el balance "
|
||
"general."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:51
|
||
msgid "Costing methods"
|
||
msgstr "Métodos de costo"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:53
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Below are the three costing methods that can be used in Odoo for inventory "
|
||
"valuation."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Estos son los tres métodos de costo que puede utilizar en Odoo para su "
|
||
"valoración de inventario."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:55
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Standard Price**: is the default costing method in Odoo. The cost of the "
|
||
"product is manually defined on the product form, and this cost is used to "
|
||
"compute the valuation. Even if the purchase price on a purchase order "
|
||
"differs, the valuation will still use the cost defined on the product form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"**Precio estándar**: es el método de costo predeterminado en Odoo. El costo "
|
||
"del producto se define de forma manual en el formulario del producto. Este "
|
||
"costo se utiliza para calcular la valoración. Incluso si el precio de compra"
|
||
" en una orden de compra es distinto, la valoración utilizará el costo que se"
|
||
" definió en el formulario del producto."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:59
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Average Cost (AVCO)**: calculates the valuation of a product based on the "
|
||
"average cost of that product, divided by the total number of available stock"
|
||
" on-hand. With this costing method, inventory valuation is *dynamic*, and "
|
||
"constantly adjusts based on the purchase price of products."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"**Costo promedio**: calcula la valoración de un producto según su costo "
|
||
"promedio, dividido por el número total de existencias a la mano disponibles."
|
||
" Al utilizar este método de costo, la valoración de inventario es *dinámica*"
|
||
" y se ajusta con regularidad según el precio de compra de los productos."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:62
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**First In First Out (FIFO)**: tracks the costs of incoming and outgoing "
|
||
"items in real-time and uses the real price of the products to change the "
|
||
"valuation. The oldest purchase price is used as the cost for the next good "
|
||
"sold until an entire lot of that product is sold. When the next inventory "
|
||
"lot moves up in the queue, an updated product cost is used based on the "
|
||
"valuation of that specific lot. This method is arguably the most accurate "
|
||
"inventory valuation method for a variety of reasons, however, it's highly "
|
||
"sensitive to input data and human error."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"**Primeras entradas, primeras salidas**: lleva el seguimiento en tiempo real"
|
||
" de los costos de artículos entrantes y salientes y utiliza el precio real "
|
||
"de los productos para cambiar la valoración. El precio de compra más antiguo"
|
||
" se utiliza como el costo del próximo bien vendido hasta que se venda un "
|
||
"lote entero de ese producto. Cuando el siguiente lote de inventario avanza "
|
||
"en la cola, se utiliza un costo de producto actualizado basado en la "
|
||
"valoración de ese lote específico. Podría decirse que este método de "
|
||
"valoración de inventario es el más preciso por varias razones, pero es muy "
|
||
"sensible a los datos introducidos y a los errores humanos."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:70
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Changing the costing method greatly impacts inventory valuation. It's highly"
|
||
" recommended to consult an accountant first before making any adjustments "
|
||
"here."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Cambiar el método de costo tiene un gran impacto en la valoración de "
|
||
"inventario. Recomendamos ampliamente consultar a un contador antes de hacer "
|
||
"cualquier ajuste."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:74
|
||
msgid "Configure automated inventory valuation in Odoo"
|
||
msgstr "Configurar la valoración automatizada de inventario en Odoo"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:76
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Make changes to inventory valuation options by navigating to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories`, and "
|
||
"choose the category/categories where the automated valuation method should "
|
||
"apply."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Puede hacer cambios en su valoración de inventario en "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventario --> Configuración --> Categorías de producto` y "
|
||
"elija la categoría o categorías en las que se debería aplicar el método de "
|
||
"valoración automatizada."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:81
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"It is possible to use different valuation settings for different product "
|
||
"categories."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Es posible utilizar distintos ajustes de valoración para categorías de "
|
||
"producto distintas."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:83
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Under the :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` heading are two labels: "
|
||
":guilabel:`Costing Method` and :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation`. Pick the "
|
||
"desired :guilabel:`Costing Method` using the drop-down menu (e.g. "
|
||
":guilabel:`Standard`, :guilabel:`Average Cost (AVCO)`, or :guilabel:`First "
|
||
"In First Out (FIFO)`) and switch the :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` to "
|
||
":guilabel:`Automated`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En la sección :guilabel:`valoración de inventario` hay dos campos: "
|
||
":guilabel:`método de costo` y :guilabel:`valoración de inventario`. Elija el"
|
||
" :guilabel:`método de costo` que desea utilizar mediante el menú desplegable"
|
||
" (por ejemplo, :guilabel:`estándar`, :guilabel:`costo promedio` o "
|
||
":guilabel:`primeras entradas, primeras salidas (PEPS)`) y cambie la "
|
||
":guilabel:`valoración de inventario` a :guilabel:`automatizada`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:89
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":doc:`Using the inventory valuation "
|
||
"</applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation>`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":doc:`Usar la valoración de inventario "
|
||
"</applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation>`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:93
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When choosing :guilabel:`Average Cost (AVCO)` as the :guilabel:`Costing "
|
||
"Method`, the numerical value in the :guilabel:`Cost` field for products in "
|
||
"the respective product category will no longer be editable, and will appear "
|
||
"grayed out. The :guilabel:`Cost` amount will instead automatically update "
|
||
"based on the average purchase price both of inventory on hand and the costs "
|
||
"accumulated from validated purchase orders."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Al elegir :guilabel:`costo promedio` como el :guilabel:`método de costo`, el"
|
||
" valor númerico en el campo :guilabel:`costo` de los productos en la "
|
||
"respectiva categoría de producto ya no se podrá editar, y aparecerá en color"
|
||
" gris. El importe de :guilabel:`costo` se actualizará de forma automática "
|
||
"según el precio de compra promedio del inventario a la mano y los costos "
|
||
"acumulados de órdenes de compra validadas."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:99
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On the same screen, the :guilabel:`Account Stock Properties` fields will "
|
||
"appear, as they are now required fields given the change to automated "
|
||
"inventory valuation. These accounts are defined as follows:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En la misma pantalla, aparecerán campos de :guilabel:`propiedades de la "
|
||
"cuenta de existencias` porque ahora son campos necesarios debido al cambio a"
|
||
" valoración de inventario. Estas cuentas se definen de la siguiente manera:"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:103
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Stock Valuation Account`: when automated inventory valuation is "
|
||
"enabled on a product, this account will hold the current value of the "
|
||
"products."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Cuenta de valoración de existencias`: cuando se habilita la "
|
||
"valoración automatizada de inventario en un producto, esta cuenta contendrá "
|
||
"el valor actual de los productos."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:105
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Stock Input Account`: counterpart journal items for all incoming "
|
||
"stock moves will be posted in this account, unless there is a specific "
|
||
"valuation account set on the source location. This is the default value for "
|
||
"all products in a given category, and can also be set directly on each "
|
||
"product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Cuenta de entrada de existencias`: los apuntes del diario de "
|
||
"contrapartida para todos los movimientos de entrada de existencias se "
|
||
"registrarán en esta cuenta, a menos que se establezca una cuenta de "
|
||
"valoración específica en la ubicación de origen. Este es el valor "
|
||
"predeterminado para todos los productos en una categoría específica, y "
|
||
"también se puede establecer directamente en cada producto."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:109
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Stock Output Account`: counterpart journal items for all outgoing"
|
||
" stock moves will be posted in this account, unless there is a specific "
|
||
"valuation account set on the destination location. This is the default value"
|
||
" for all products in a given category, and can also be set directly on each "
|
||
"product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Cuenta de salida de existencias`: los apuntes del diario de "
|
||
"contrapartida para todos los movimientos de salida de existencias se "
|
||
"registrarán en esta cuenta, a menos que se establezca una cuenta de "
|
||
"valoración específica en la ubicación destino. Este es el valor "
|
||
"predeterminado para todos los productos en una categoría específica, y "
|
||
"también se puede establecer directamente en cada producto."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:115
|
||
msgid "Access reporting data generated by inventory valuation"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Acceder a los datos de reporte generados por la valoración de inventario"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:117
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To start, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Balance Sheet`."
|
||
" At the top of the dashboard, change the :guilabel:`As of` field value to "
|
||
":guilabel:`Today`, and adjust the filtering :guilabel:`Options` to "
|
||
":guilabel:`Unfold All` in order to see all of the latest data displayed, all"
|
||
" at once."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Para empezar, vaya a :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Reportes --> Balance "
|
||
"general`. En la parte superior del tablero, cambie el valor del campo "
|
||
":guilabel:`al` a :guilabel:`hoy` y ajuste el filtro :guilabel:`opciones` a "
|
||
":guilabel:`desplegar todo` para ver todos los datos más recientes a la vez."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:122
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Under the parent :guilabel:`Current Assets` line item, look for the nested "
|
||
":guilabel:`Stock Valuation Account` line item, where the total valuation of "
|
||
"all of the inventory on hand is displayed."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En la línea de apunte padre :guilabel:`activos circulantes`, busque la línea"
|
||
" de apunte anidada :guilabel:`cuenta de valoración de existencias`, donde se"
|
||
" muestra la valoración total de todo el inventario a la mano."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:126
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Access more specific information with the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation "
|
||
"Account` drop-down menu, by selecting either the :guilabel:`General Ledger` "
|
||
"to see an itemized view of all of the journal entries, or by selecting "
|
||
":guilabel:`Journal Items` to review all of the individualized journal "
|
||
"entries that were submitted to the account. As well, annotations to the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Balance Sheet` can be added by choosing :guilabel:`Annotate`, "
|
||
"filling in the text box, and clicking :guilabel:`Save`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Puede acceder a información más específica con el menú desplegable "
|
||
":guilabel:`cuenta de valoración de existencias`. Puede seleccionar "
|
||
":guilabel:`libro mayor` para obtener una vista detallada de todos los "
|
||
"asientos contables, o puede seleccionar :guilabel:`apuntes contables` para "
|
||
"revisar los asientos de diario individualizados que se enviaron a la cuenta."
|
||
" Además, puede agregar anotaciones en el :guilabel:`balance general` al "
|
||
"hacer clic en :guilabel:`anotar`, llenar la caja de texto y hacer clic en "
|
||
":guilabel:`guardar`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst-1
|
||
msgid "See the full inventory valuation breakdown in Odoo Accounting app."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Puede ver el desglose completo de la valoración de inventario en la "
|
||
"aplicación Contabilidad de Odoo."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Using inventory valuation"
|
||
msgstr "Usar la valoración de inventario"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"*Inventory valuation* is a quintessential accounting procedure that "
|
||
"calculates the value of on-hand stock. Once determined, the inventory "
|
||
"valuation amount is then incorporated into a company's overall value."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"La *valoración de inventario* es el procedimiento contable por excelencia "
|
||
"que calcula el valor de las existencias a la mano. Una vez determinada, el "
|
||
"importe de la valoración de inventario se incorpora al valor global de una "
|
||
"empresa."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:9
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In Odoo, this process can be conducted manually— by warehouse employees "
|
||
"physically counting the products— or automatically through the database."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En Odoo, este proceso se puede realizar de forma manual, los empleados del "
|
||
"almacén cuentan los productos físicamente, o de forma automática mediante la"
|
||
" base de datos. "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:13
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":ref:`Inventory valuation configuration "
|
||
"<inventory/inventory_valuation_config>`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":ref:`Configuración de la valoración de inventario "
|
||
"<inventory/inventory_valuation_config>`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:16
|
||
msgid "Understand the basics of inventory valuation"
|
||
msgstr "Comprender los fundamentos de la valoración de inventario"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:18
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In order to understand how moving products in and out of stock affects the "
|
||
"company's overall value, consider the following product and stock moves "
|
||
"scenario below."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Para comprender cómo el movimiento de entrada y salida de productos a las "
|
||
"existencias afecta el valor global de la empresa, considere el siguiente "
|
||
"escenario de movimientos de productos y existencias."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:22
|
||
msgid "Receive a product"
|
||
msgstr "Recibir un producto"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:24
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For example, consider an physical product, a simple *table*, which is "
|
||
"categorized as `Office Furniture` in the product form's :guilabel:`Product "
|
||
"Category` field."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Por ejemplo, considere un producto físico, una *mesa*, la cual se categoriza"
|
||
" como `mueble de oficina` en el campo :guilabel:`categoría de producto` del "
|
||
"formulario de producto."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:27
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Navigate to the the product category itself by going to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product Categories`, and"
|
||
" on the form, set the :guilabel:`Costing Method` as `First In First Out "
|
||
"(FIFO)` and the :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` field as `Automated`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vaya a la categoría de producto en :menuselection:`Inventario --> "
|
||
"Configuración --> Categorías de producto. Una vez en el formulario, "
|
||
"establezca el :guilabel:`método de costo` como `primeras entradas, primeras "
|
||
"salidas (PEPS)` y el campo :guilabel:`valoración de inventario` como "
|
||
"`automatizada`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:32
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Alternatively access the :guilabel:`Product Categories` dashboard by "
|
||
"clicking on the :guilabel:`internal link` arrow on the individual product's "
|
||
"form, by hovering over the :guilabel:`Product Category` field."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"También puede acceder al tablero de :guilabel:`categorías de producto` al "
|
||
"hacer clic en la flecha de :guilabel:`enlace interno` en formulario de cada "
|
||
"producto. La encuentra al colocar el ratón sobre el campo "
|
||
":guilabel:`categoría de producto`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:36
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Next, assume 10 tables are purchased at a price of $10.00, each. The "
|
||
":abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` for those tables will show the subtotal of the "
|
||
"purchase as $100, plus any additional costs or taxes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"A continuación, suponga que se compran 10 mesas por un precio de $10.00 cada"
|
||
" una. La orden de compra de esas mesas indicará $100 como el subtotal de la "
|
||
"compra, además de costos adicionales o impuestos."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Purchase order with 10 tables products valued at $10 each."
|
||
msgstr "Orden de compra con 10 mesas con un valor de $10 cada una."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:43
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After selecting :guilabel:`Validate` on the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`, use"
|
||
" the :guilabel:`Valuation` smart button to view how the value of inventory "
|
||
"was impacted."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Después de :guilabel:`validar` la orden de compra, utilice el botón "
|
||
"inteligente :guilabel:`valoración` para ver como se vio afectado el valor de"
|
||
" inventario."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Valuation smart button on a receipt."
|
||
msgstr "Botón inteligente de valoración en un recibo."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:51
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":ref:`Developer mode <developer-mode>` must be turned on to see the "
|
||
"*Valuation* smart button."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Debe activar el :ref:`modo de desarrollador <developer-mode>` para poder ver"
|
||
" el botón inteligente *valoración*."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:54
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The :doc:`consignment "
|
||
"</applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock>` "
|
||
"feature allows ownership to items in stock. Thus, products owned by other "
|
||
"companies are not accounted for in the host company's inventory valuation."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"La función :doc:`consigna "
|
||
"</applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock>` "
|
||
"brinda la propiedad de los artículos en existencias. Así, los productos "
|
||
"propiedad de otras empresas no se contabilizan en la valoración de "
|
||
"inventario de la empresa anfitriona."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:58
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` dashboard then displays valuation of all "
|
||
"products in the shipment, along with their quantities and valuation. In the "
|
||
"example of 10 tables being purchased, the :guilabel:`Total Value` column of "
|
||
"the dashboard would display a calculated valuation of $100."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"El tablero de :guilabel:`valoración de inventario` muestra la valoración de "
|
||
"todos los productos en el envío, junto con sus cantidades y valor. En el "
|
||
"ejemplo de la compra de 10 mesas, la columna de :guilabel:`valor total` en "
|
||
"el tablero muestra una valoración calculada de $100."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Stock valuation page depicting the products within a shipment."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Página de valoración de inventario que muestra los productos de un envío."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:66
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In Odoo, automatic inventory valuation records are also recorded in the "
|
||
"*Accounting* app. To access these accounting entries, navigate to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Accounting --> Journal Entries`, and look for inventory "
|
||
"valuation entries with the `STJ` prefix in the :guilabel:`Journal` and "
|
||
":guilabel:`Number` columns, respectively."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En Odoo, los registros automáticos de valoración de inventario también se "
|
||
"registran en la aplicación *Contabilidad*. Para acceder a estos asientos "
|
||
"contables, vaya a :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Asientos contables` y "
|
||
"busque los asientos de valoración de inventario con el prefijo `STJ` en las "
|
||
"columnas :guilabel:`diario` y :guilabel:`número`, respectivamente."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Accounting entry for the inventory valuation of 10 tables."
|
||
msgstr "Asiento contable para la valoración de inventario de 10 mesas."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:76
|
||
msgid "Deliver a product"
|
||
msgstr "Entregar un producto"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:78
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the same logic, when a table is shipped to a customer and leaves the "
|
||
"warehouse, the stock valuation decreases. The :guilabel:`Valuation` smart "
|
||
"button on the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)`, likewise, displays the stock "
|
||
"valuation record as it does on a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Siguiendo la misma lógica, cuando se envía una tabla a un cliente y sale del"
|
||
" almacén, la valoración de inventario disminuye. El botón inteligente "
|
||
":guilabel:`valoración` en la orden de entrega muestra el registro de "
|
||
"valoración de existencias como lo hace en una orden de compra."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Decreased stock valuation after a product is shipped."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Disminución de la valoración de inventario tras el envío de un producto."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:87
|
||
msgid "The inventory valuation report"
|
||
msgstr "El reporte de valoración de inventario"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:89
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To view the current value of all products in the warehouse, go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Inventory Valuation`. The "
|
||
"records in the table are organized by product, and selecting a product's "
|
||
"drop-down menu displays detailed records with the :guilabel:`Date`, "
|
||
":guilabel:`Quantity`, and :guilabel:`Total Value` of the inventory."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Para ver el valor actual de todos los productos en el almacén, vaya a "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventario --> Reportes --> Valoración de inventario`. Los "
|
||
"registros en la tabla se organizan por producto, seleccionar el menú "
|
||
"desplegable de un producto muestra los registros detallados con la "
|
||
":guilabel:`fecha`, :guilabel:`cantidad` y el :guilabel:`valor total` del "
|
||
"inventario."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Inventory valuation report showing multiple products."
|
||
msgstr "Reporte de valoración de inventario que muestra varios productos."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:99
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The :guilabel:`Inventory At Date` button, located in the top-left corner of "
|
||
"the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` dashboard, shows the inventory valuation of "
|
||
"products available during a prior specified date."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"El botón :guilabel:`inventario a la fecha` que se ubica en la esquina "
|
||
"superior izquierda del tablero de :guilabel:`valoración de inventario` "
|
||
"muestra la valoración de los productos disponibles durante un periodo "
|
||
"específico en el pasado."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:104
|
||
msgid "Update product unit price"
|
||
msgstr "Actualizar el precio unitario de un producto"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:106
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For any company: lead times, supply chain failures, and other risk factors "
|
||
"can contribute to invisible costs. Although Odoo attempts to accurately "
|
||
"represent the stock value, *manual valuation* serves as an additional tool "
|
||
"to update the unit price of products."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Para cualquier empresa, los plazos, fallos en la cadena de suministro y "
|
||
"otros factores de riesgo pueden contribuir a los costos invisibles. Aunque "
|
||
"Odoo intenta representar de forma precisa el valor del inventario, la "
|
||
"*valoración manual* funciona como una herramienta adicional para actualizar "
|
||
"el precio unitario de productos."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:111
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Manual valuation is intended for products that can be purchased and received"
|
||
" for a cost greater than 0, or have product categories set with "
|
||
":guilabel:`Costing Method` set as either `Average Cost (AVCO)` or `First In "
|
||
"First Out (FIFO)`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"La valoración manual está pensada para productos que pueden comprarse y "
|
||
"recibirse por un costo mayor a 0, o que tienen categorías de producto "
|
||
"establecidas con el :guilabel:`método de costo` como `costo promedio` o "
|
||
"`primeras entradas, primeras salidas (PEPS)`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Add manual valuation of stock value to a product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Botón para agregar una valoración manual al valor de inventario de un "
|
||
"producto."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:119
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Create manual valuation entries on the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` dashboard"
|
||
" by first navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> "
|
||
"Inventory Valuation`, and then click the little gray drop-down icon to the "
|
||
"left of a product's name, to then reveal stock valuation line items below as"
|
||
" well as a teal :guilabel:`+ (plus)` button on the right."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Para crear asientos de valoración manual en el tablero de "
|
||
":guilabel:`valoración de inventario` primero vaya a "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventario --> Reportes --> Valoración de inventario` y "
|
||
"luego haga clic en el icono desplegable de color gris a la izquierda del "
|
||
"nombre del producto. Esto mostrará los apuntes de línea de valoración de "
|
||
"existencias debajo, así como un botón verde azulado :guilabel:`+ (más)` a la"
|
||
" derecha."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:124
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click the teal :guilabel:`+ (plus)` button to open up the :guilabel:`Product"
|
||
" Revaluation` form, where updates to the calculation of inventory valuation "
|
||
"can be made, by increasing or decreasing the unit price of each product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Haga clic en el botón verde azulado :guilabel:`+ (más)` para abrir el "
|
||
"formulario de :guilabel:`revaloración de producto`, donde se pueden realizar"
|
||
" actualizaciones del cálculo de la valoración de inventario, mediante el "
|
||
"aumento o disminución del precio unitario de cada producto."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Product revaluation form adding a value of $1.00 with the reason being "
|
||
"inflation."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Formulario de revaloración de producto que agrega un valor de $1.00 por "
|
||
"motivos de inflación."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:6
|
||
msgid "Incoming shipments and delivery orders"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"There are several ways to handle how a warehouse receives products "
|
||
"(receipts) and ships products (deliveries). Depending on several factors, "
|
||
"such as the type of products stocked and sold, warehouse size, and the "
|
||
"amount of daily confirmed receipts and delivery orders, the way products are"
|
||
" handled when coming in and out of the warehouse can vary a lot. Different "
|
||
"settings can be configured for receipts and deliveries; they do not have to "
|
||
"be configured to have the same number of steps."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:15
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"`Using Routes (eLearning Tutorial) <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/using-"
|
||
"routes-1018>`_"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:16
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"`Push & Pull Rules (eLearning Tutorial) "
|
||
"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/push-pull-rules-1024>`_"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:20
|
||
msgid "Choosing the right inventory flow to handle receipts and deliveries"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:22
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By default, Odoo handles shipping and receiving in three different ways: in "
|
||
"one, two, or three steps. The simplest configuration is one step, which is "
|
||
"the default. Each additional step required for a warehouse for either the "
|
||
"receiving or shipping process will add an additional layer of operations to "
|
||
"perform before a product is either received or shipped. These configurations"
|
||
" depend entirely on the requirements for the products stored, such as "
|
||
"performing quality checks on received products, or using special packaging "
|
||
"on shipped products."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:30
|
||
msgid "One-step flow"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:32
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The receiving and shipping rules for a one-step configuration are as "
|
||
"follows:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:34
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Receipt**: Receive products directly into stock. No intermediate steps "
|
||
"between receipt and stock occur, such as a transfer to a quality control "
|
||
"location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:36
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Shipping**: Ship products directly from stock. No intermediate steps "
|
||
"between stock and shipping occur, such as a transfer to a packing location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:38
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Can only be used if not using :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, "
|
||
":abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)`, or :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First "
|
||
"Out)` removal strategies."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:40
|
||
msgid "Receipts and/or deliveries are handled quickly."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:41
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Recommended for small warehouses with low stock levels, and for non-"
|
||
"perishable items."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:42
|
||
msgid "Items are received or shipped directly into/from stock."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:45
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":ref:`Process receipts and deliveries in one step "
|
||
"<inventory/receipts_delivery_one_step>`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:48
|
||
msgid "Two-step flow"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:50
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The receiving and shipping rules for a two-step configuration are as "
|
||
"follows:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:52
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Input + stock**: Bring products to an input location *before* moving into "
|
||
"stock. Products can be organized by different internal storage locations, "
|
||
"such as various shelves, freezers, and locked areas, before being stocked in"
|
||
" the warehouse."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:55
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Pick + ship**: Bring products to an output location before shipping. "
|
||
"Packages can be organized by different carriers or shipping docks before "
|
||
"being shipped."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:57
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Minimum requirement to use lot numbers or serial numbers to track products "
|
||
"with a :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)`"
|
||
" or :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` removal strategy."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:60
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Recommended for larger warehouses with high stock levels, or when stocking "
|
||
"large items (such as mattresses, large furniture, heavy machinery, etc.)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:62
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:83
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Products received will not be available for manufacturing, shipping, etc., "
|
||
"until they are transferred into stock."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:66
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":ref:`Process receipts and deliveries in two steps "
|
||
"<inventory/receipts_delivery_two_steps>`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:69
|
||
msgid "Three-step flow"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:71
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The receiving and shipping rules for a three-step configuration are as "
|
||
"follows:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:73
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Input + quality + stock**: Receive products at the input location, "
|
||
"transfer them to a quality control area, and move the ones that pass "
|
||
"inspection into stock."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:75
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Pick + pack + ship**: Pick products according to their removal strategy, "
|
||
"pack them in a dedicated packing area, and bring them to an output location "
|
||
"for shipping."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:77
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Can be used when tracking products by lot or serial numbers when using a "
|
||
":abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)`, or "
|
||
":abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` removal strategy."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:80
|
||
msgid "Recommended for very large warehouses with very high stock levels."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:81
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Required for any warehouse needing to perform quality control inspections "
|
||
"before receiving items into stock."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:87
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":ref:`Process receipts in three steps <inventory/receipts_three_steps>`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:88
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":ref:`Process deliveries in three steps <inventory/delivery_three_steps>`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:91
|
||
msgid "Inventory flow table of contents"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Process deliveries in three steps"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:7
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Some companies process large amounts of deliveries every day, many of which "
|
||
"include multiple products or require special packaging. To make this "
|
||
"efficient, a packing step is needed before shipping out products. For this, "
|
||
"Odoo has a three step process for delivering goods."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:11
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the default three-step delivery process, products that are part of a "
|
||
"delivery order are picked in the warehouse according to their removal "
|
||
"strategy, and brought to a packing zone. After the items have been packed "
|
||
"into the different shipments in the packing zone, they are brought to an "
|
||
"output location before being shipped. These steps can be modified if they do"
|
||
" not fit the needs of the business."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:20
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo is configured by default to :ref:`receive and deliver goods in one step"
|
||
" <inventory/receipts_delivery_one_step>`, so the settings need to be changed"
|
||
" in order to utilize three step deliveries. First, make sure the *Multi-Step"
|
||
" Routes* option is enabled in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration "
|
||
"--> Settings --> Warehouse`. Note that activating :guilabel:`Multi-Step "
|
||
"Routes` will also activate *Storage Locations*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst-1
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Activate multi-step routes and storage locations in inventory settings."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:30
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Next, the warehouse needs to be configured for three step deliveries. To do "
|
||
"this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses`, and"
|
||
" click :guilabel:`Edit` to edit the :guilabel:`Warehouse`. Then, select "
|
||
":guilabel:`Pack goods, send goods in output and then deliver (3 steps)` for "
|
||
":guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`. Then :guilabel:`Save` the changes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Set outgoing shipment option to deliver in three steps."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:39
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Activating three-step receipts and deliveries will create two new internal "
|
||
"locations: a *Packing Zone* (WH/Packing Zone), and *Output* (WH/Output). To "
|
||
"rename these locations, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations`, "
|
||
"select the :guilabel:`Location` to change, click :guilabel:`Edit`, update "
|
||
"the name, and finally, click :guilabel:`Save`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:45
|
||
msgid "Process a delivery order in three steps (pick + pack + ship)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:48
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:90
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:143
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:35
|
||
msgid "Create a sales order"
|
||
msgstr "Crear una orden de venta"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:50
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the :menuselection:`Sales` application, create a new quote by clicking "
|
||
":guilabel:`Create`. Select a :guilabel:`Customer`, add a storable "
|
||
":guilabel:`Product`, and click :guilabel:`Confirm`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:53
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button will appear in the top right. Clicking "
|
||
"on it will show the picking order, packing order, and the delivery order, "
|
||
"which are all associated with the sales order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After confirming the sales order, the Delivery smart button appears showing three items\n"
|
||
"associated with it."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:62
|
||
msgid "Process a picking"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:64
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The picking, packing, and delivery orders will be created once the sales "
|
||
"order is confirmed. To view these transfers, go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Transfers`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Ready status for the pick operation while the packing and delivery operations are waiting\n"
|
||
"another operation."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:72
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The status of the picking will be :guilabel:`Ready`, since the product must "
|
||
"be picked from stock before it can be packed. The status of the packing "
|
||
"order and delivery order will both be :guilabel:`Waiting Another Operation`,"
|
||
" since the packing and delivery cannot happen until the picking is "
|
||
"completed. The status of the delivery order will only change to "
|
||
":guilabel:`Ready` when the packing has been marked :guilabel:`Done`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:78
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The receipt can also be found in the *Inventory* application. In the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`1 To Process` smart "
|
||
"button in the :guilabel:`Pick` kanban card."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst-1
|
||
msgid "The pick order can be seen in the Inventory Kanban view."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:85
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click on the picking to process. If the product is in stock, Odoo will "
|
||
"automatically reserve the product. Click :guilabel:`Validate` to mark the "
|
||
"picking as done, and complete the transfer to the :guilabel:`Packing Zone`. "
|
||
"Then the packing order will be ready. Since the documents are linked, the "
|
||
"products which have been previously picked are automatically reserved on the"
|
||
" packing order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst-1
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Validate the picking by clicking Validate."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:95
|
||
msgid "Process a packing"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:97
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The packing order will be ready to be processed once the picking is "
|
||
"completed, and can be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` application "
|
||
":guilabel:`Overview` dashboard. Click the :guilabel:`1 To Process` smart "
|
||
"button in the :guilabel:`Pack` kanban card."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst-1
|
||
msgid "The packing order can be seen in the Inventory kanban view."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:105
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click on the packing order associated with the sales order, then click on "
|
||
":guilabel:`Validate` to complete the packing."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click Validate on the packing order to transfer the product from the packing zone to the\n"
|
||
"output location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:113
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the packing order is validated, the product leaves the "
|
||
":guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone` location and moves to the :guilabel:`WH/Output` "
|
||
"location. Then, the status of the document will change to :guilabel:`Done`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:118
|
||
msgid "Process a delivery"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:120
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The delivery order will be ready to be processed once the packing is "
|
||
"completed, and can be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` application "
|
||
":guilabel:`Overview` dashboard. Click the :guilabel:`1 To Process` smart "
|
||
"button in the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` kanban card."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst-1
|
||
msgid "The delivery order can be seen in the Delivery Orders Kanban view."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:128
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click on the delivery order associated with the sales order, then click on "
|
||
":guilabel:`Validate` to complete the move."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst-1
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click Validate on the delivery order to transfer the product from the output location to\n"
|
||
"the customer location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:136
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the delivery order is validated, the product leaves the "
|
||
":guilabel:`WH/Output` location and moves to the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Partners/Customers` location. Then, the status of the document "
|
||
"will change to :guilabel:`Done`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Process receipts and deliveries in one step"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:7
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By default, incoming shipments are configured to be received directly into "
|
||
"stock, and outgoing shipments are configured to be delivered directly from "
|
||
"stock to the customer; the default setting for warehouses in Odoo is one "
|
||
"step receipts and deliveries."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:12
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Incoming and outgoing shipments do not need to be configured with the same "
|
||
"steps. For example, products can be received in one step, but shipped in "
|
||
"three steps."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:15
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the following example, one step will be used for both receipts and "
|
||
"deliveries."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:18
|
||
msgid "Configure the warehouse"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:20
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If another receiving or shipping configuration is set on the warehouse, they"
|
||
" can easily be set back to the one step setting."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:23
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> "
|
||
"Warehouses`, click on the desired warehouse, and click :guilabel:`Edit`. "
|
||
"Next, on the :guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, under the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Shipments` section, select :guilabel:`Receive goods directly (1 "
|
||
"step)` for :guilabel:`Incoming Shipments` and/or :guilabel:`Deliver goods "
|
||
"directly (1 step)` for :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`, and :guilabel:`Save` "
|
||
"the changes to finish."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Set incoming and outgoing shipment options to receive and deliver in one "
|
||
"step."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:35
|
||
msgid "Receive goods directly (1 step)"
|
||
msgstr "Recibir bienes directamente (1 paso)"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:38
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:70
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:46
|
||
msgid "Create a purchase order"
|
||
msgstr "Crea una orden de compra"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:40
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:72
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On the main :menuselection:`Purchase` application dashboard, start by making"
|
||
" a new quote by clicking :guilabel:`Create`. Then, select (or create) a "
|
||
":guilabel:`Vendor` from the drop-down field, add a storable "
|
||
":guilabel:`Product` to the order lines, and click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` "
|
||
"to finalize the quote as a new purchase order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:45
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:97
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button will appear in the top-right corner of "
|
||
"the :abbr:`PO (purchase order)` form — click it to reveal the associated "
|
||
"receipt for the purchase order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Receipt smart button appears on the confirmed purchase order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:53
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:93
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Purchase order receipts can also be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` "
|
||
"application. In the :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`# "
|
||
"to Process` smart button in the :guilabel:`Receipts` kanban card."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:0
|
||
msgid "Receipt kanban card's 1 to Process smart button."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:62
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:102
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:97
|
||
msgid "Process the receipt"
|
||
msgstr "Procesar la recepción"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:64
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When viewing the receipt (associated with the purchase order above), click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Validate` to then complete the receipt."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Validate the purchase order via the Validate smart button."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:72
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If :guilabel:`Storage Locations` are activated, clicking the :guilabel:`≣ "
|
||
"(bullet list)` details icon next to the :guilabel:`🗑️ (trash)` delete icon "
|
||
"enables the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` screen to pop-up. This allows "
|
||
"the location(s) to be specified for the received product(s)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:0
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Select the Storage Location for the products being received in the Detailed Operations\n"
|
||
"pop-up."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:81
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the receipt is validated, the product leaves the :guilabel:`Supplier "
|
||
"Location` and enters the :guilabel:`WH/Stock Location`. Once it arrives "
|
||
"here, it will be available for manufacturing, sales, etc. Then, the status "
|
||
"of the document will change to :guilabel:`Done`, thus completing the "
|
||
"reception process in one step."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:87
|
||
msgid "Deliver goods directly (1 step)"
|
||
msgstr "Entregar bienes directamente (1 paso)"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:92
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Start my navigating to the main :menuselection:`Sales` app dashboard, and "
|
||
"make a new quote by clicking :guilabel:`Create`. Then select (or create) a "
|
||
":guilabel:`Customer` from the drop-down field, add a storable "
|
||
":guilabel:`Product` that is in stock to the order lines, and click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Confirm` to finalize the quotation as a sales order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:100
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button will appear in the top-right corner of "
|
||
"the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` form — click it to reveal the associated "
|
||
"delivery order for the sales order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1
|
||
msgid "The Delivery smart button appears after the sales order is confirmed."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:108
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Delivery orders can also be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` "
|
||
"application. In the :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`# "
|
||
"to Process` smart button in the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` kanban card."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:0
|
||
msgid "Delivery Orders kanban card's 1 to Process smart button."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:117
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:196
|
||
msgid "Process the delivery"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:119
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When viewing the delivery order (associated with the sales order above), "
|
||
"click :guilabel:`Validate` to then complete the delivery."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Validate the delivery order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:126
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the picking order is validated, the product leaves the "
|
||
":guilabel:`WH/Stock location` and moves to the :guilabel:`Partners/Customers"
|
||
" location`. Then, the status of the document will change to "
|
||
":guilabel:`Done`, thus completing delivery in one step."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Process receipts and deliveries in two steps"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:7
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Depending on a company's business processes, multiple steps may be needed "
|
||
"before receiving or shipping products. In the two-step receipt process, "
|
||
"products are received in an input area, then transferred to stock. Two-step "
|
||
"receipts work best when various storage locations are being used, such as "
|
||
"locked or secured areas, freezers and refrigerators, or various shelves."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:12
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Products can be sorted according to where they are going to be stored, and "
|
||
"employees can stock all the products going to a specific location. The "
|
||
"products are not available for further processing until they are transferred"
|
||
" into stock."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:16
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the two-step delivery process, products that are part of a delivery order"
|
||
" are picked from the warehouse according to their removal strategy, and "
|
||
"brought to an output location before being shipped."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:20
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"One situation where this would be useful is when using either a :abbr:`FIFO "
|
||
"(First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)`, or :abbr:`FEFO "
|
||
"(First Expired, First Out)` removal strategy, where the products that are "
|
||
"being picked need to be selected based on their receipt date or expiration "
|
||
"date."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:25
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo is configured by default to :ref:`receive and deliver goods in one step"
|
||
" <inventory/receipts_delivery_one_step>`, so the settings need to be changed"
|
||
" in order to utilize two-step receipts and deliveries. Incoming and outgoing"
|
||
" shipments do not need to be set to have the same steps. For example, "
|
||
"products can be received in two steps, but shipped in one step. In the "
|
||
"following example, two steps will be used for both receipts and deliveries."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:32
|
||
msgid "Configure multi-step routes"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:34
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"First, make sure the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` option is enabled in "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`, under the "
|
||
"::guilabel:`Warehouse` heading. After enabling the setting, :guilabel:`Save`"
|
||
" the changes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:39
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Activating the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` setting will also activate the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Storage Locations` feature."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:46
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Next, the warehouse needs to be configured for two-step receipts and "
|
||
"deliveries. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> "
|
||
"Warehouses`, and click :guilabel:`Edit` to change the warehouse settings."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:50
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, select :guilabel:`Receive goods in input and then stock (2 steps)` for"
|
||
" :guilabel:`Incoming Shipments`, and :guilabel:`Send goods in output and "
|
||
"then deliver (2 steps)` for :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`. :guilabel:`Save`"
|
||
" the changes to finish."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Set incoming and outgoing shipment options to receive and deliver in two "
|
||
"steps."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:59
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Activating two-step receipts and deliveries will create new *input* and "
|
||
"*output* locations, which by default, are labeled :guilabel:`WH/Input` and "
|
||
":guilabel:`WH/Output`, respectively, on the :guilabel:`Locations` dashboard."
|
||
" To rename these locations, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
|
||
"Locations`, select the :guilabel:`Location` to change, and then click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Edit`. On the location form, update the ::guilabel:`Location "
|
||
"Name`, make any other changes (if necessary) and :guilabel:`Save` the "
|
||
"changes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:67
|
||
msgid "Process a receipt in two steps (input + stock)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:78
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For businesses with multiple warehouses that have different step "
|
||
"configurations, the :guilabel:`Deliver To` field on the ::abbr:`PO (Purchase"
|
||
" Order)` form may need to be specifed as the correct *input location* "
|
||
"connected to the two-step warehouse, which can be done by selecting the "
|
||
"warehouse from the drop-down selection that includes the `Receipts` label at"
|
||
" the end of the name."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:84
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After confirming the ::abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`, a :guilabel:`Receipt` "
|
||
"smart button will appear in the top-right corner of the :abbr:`PO (Purchase "
|
||
"Order)` form — click it to reveal the associated receipt."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst-1
|
||
msgid "After confirming a purchase order, a Receipt smart button will appear."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:0
|
||
msgid "One receipt ready to process in the Inventory Overview kanban view."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:104
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The receipt and internal transfer will be created once the purchase order is"
|
||
" confirmed. The status of the receipt will be :guilabel:`Ready`, since the "
|
||
"receipt must be processed first. The status of the internal transfer will be"
|
||
" :guilabel:`Waiting Another Operation`, since the transfer cannot happen "
|
||
"until the receipt is completed. The status of the internal transfer will "
|
||
"only change to :guilabel:`Ready` once the receipt has been marked as "
|
||
":guilabel:`Done`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:110
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click on the :guilabel:`Receipt` associated with the purchase order, then "
|
||
"click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the receipt and move the product to "
|
||
"the :guilabel:`Input Location`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Validate the receipt by clicking Validate, then the product will be transferred to the\n"
|
||
"WH/Input location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:119
|
||
msgid "Process the internal transfer"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:121
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the product is in the :guilabel:`Input Location`, the internal transfer"
|
||
" is ready to move the product into stock. Navigate to the "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory` app, and on the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` "
|
||
"dashboard, click the :guilabel:`# To Process` smart button in the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Internal Transfers` kanban card."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"One Internal Transfer ready to process in the Inventory Overview kanban "
|
||
"view."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:130
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click on the :guilabel:`Transfer` associated with the purchase order, then "
|
||
"click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the receipt and move the product to "
|
||
"stock. Once the transfer is validated, the product enters the stock and is "
|
||
"available for customer deliveries or manufacturing orders."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Validate the internal transfer to move the item to stock."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:140
|
||
msgid "Process a delivery order in two steps (pick + ship)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:145
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the :menuselection:`Sales` application, create a new quote by clicking "
|
||
":guilabel:`Create`. Select (or create) a :guilabel:`Customer`, add a "
|
||
"storable :guilabel:`Product` to the order lines, and then click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Confirm`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:149
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After confirming the ::abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`, a :guilabel:`Receipt` smart "
|
||
"button will appear in the top-right corner of the :abbr:`PO (Sales Order)` "
|
||
"form — click it to reveal the associated receipt."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After confirming the sales order, the Delivery smart button appears showing two items\n"
|
||
"associated with it."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:159
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Sales order receipts can also be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` "
|
||
"application. In the :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`# "
|
||
"To Process` smart button in the :guilabel:`Pick` kanban card."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:0
|
||
msgid "The pick order can be seen in the Inventory kanban view."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:168
|
||
msgid "Process the picking"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:170
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The picking and delivery order will be created once the sales order is "
|
||
"confirmed. When the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button appears, click it to "
|
||
"arrive to the :guilabel:`Transfers` dashboard, which lists both the picking "
|
||
"and the delivery orders."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:174
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The status of the picking will be :guilabel:`Ready`, since the product must "
|
||
"be picked from stock before it can be shipped. The status of the delivery "
|
||
"order will be :guilabel:`Waiting Another Operation`, since the delivery "
|
||
"cannot happen until the picking is completed. The status of the delivery "
|
||
"order will only change to :guilabel:`Ready` once the picking has been marked"
|
||
" as :guilabel:`Done`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Ready status for the pick operation while the delivery operation is Waiting Another\n"
|
||
"Operation."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:185
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click on the picking delivery order to begin processing it. If the product "
|
||
"is in stock, Odoo will automatically reserve the product. Click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Validate` to mark the picking as :guilabel:`Done`, then the "
|
||
"delivery order will be ready for processing. Since the documents are linked,"
|
||
" the products which have been previously picked are automatically reserved "
|
||
"on the delivery order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:198
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The delivery order will be ready to be processed once the picking is "
|
||
"completed, and can be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` application, "
|
||
"on the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` dashboard. Click the :guilabel:`# To "
|
||
"Process` smart button in the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` kanban card to "
|
||
"begin."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:203
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The delivery order associated with the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` can also be "
|
||
"quickly accessed by clicking on the ::guilabel:`Delivery` smart button "
|
||
"again, and choosing the delivery order on the ::guilabel:`Transfers` page "
|
||
"(which should now be marked as ::guilabel:`Ready`)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1
|
||
msgid "The delivery order can be seen in the Inventory Kanban view."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:211
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click on the delivery order associated with the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`, "
|
||
"then click on :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the move."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:219
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the delivery order is validated, the product leaves the "
|
||
":guilabel:`WH/Output` location on the :guilabel:`Transfers` dashboard and "
|
||
"moves to the :guilabel:`Partners/Customers` location. Then, the status of "
|
||
"the document will change to :guilabel:`Done`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Process receipts in three steps"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:7
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Some companies require a quality control process before receiving goods from"
|
||
" suppliers. To accomplish this, Odoo has a three-step process for receiving "
|
||
"goods."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:10
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the three-step receipt process, products are received in an input area, "
|
||
"then transferred to a quality area for inspection. Products that pass the "
|
||
"quality inspection are then transferred into stock. The products are not "
|
||
"available for further processing until they are transferred out of the "
|
||
"quality area and into stock."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:18
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo is configured by default to :ref:`receive and deliver goods in one step"
|
||
" <inventory/receipts_delivery_one_step>`, so the settings need to be changed"
|
||
" in order to utilize three-step receipts. First, make sure the *Multi-Step "
|
||
"Routes* option is enabled in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration -->"
|
||
" Settings --> Warehouse`. Note that activating :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes`"
|
||
" will also activate *Storage Locations*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Activate multi-step routes and storage locations in Inventory settings."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:28
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Next, the warehouse needs to be configured for three-step receipts. Go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses`, and click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Edit` to edit the warehouse. Then, select :guilabel:`Receive "
|
||
"goods in input, then quality and then stock (3 steps)` for "
|
||
":guilabel:`Incoming Shipments`. Then, :guilabel:`Save` the changes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Set incoming shipment option to receive in three steps."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:37
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Activating three-step receipts and deliveries will create two new internal "
|
||
"locations: *Input* (WH/Input), and *Quality Control* (WH/Quality Control). "
|
||
"To rename these locations, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
|
||
"Locations`, select the :guilabel:`Location` to change, click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Edit`, update the name, and finally, click :guilabel:`Save`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:43
|
||
msgid "Process a receipt in three steps (input + quality + stock)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:48
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the :menuselection:`Purchase` application, create a new quote by clicking"
|
||
" :guilabel:`Create`. Select a :guilabel:`Vendor`, add a storable "
|
||
":guilabel:`Product`, and click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:52
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button will appear in the top right, and the "
|
||
"receipt will be associated with the purchase order. Clicking on the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Receipt` smart button will show the receipt order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:61
|
||
msgid "Process a receipt"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:63
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"One receipt and two internal transfers (one transfer to quality, and a "
|
||
"subsequent transfer to stock) will be created once the purchase order is "
|
||
"confirmed. To view these transfers, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> "
|
||
"Operations --> Transfers`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The status of the three receipt transfers will show which operation is ready and which ones\n"
|
||
"are waiting another operation."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:72
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The status of the receipt transferring the product to the input location "
|
||
"will be :guilabel:`Ready`, since the receipt must be processed before any "
|
||
"other operation can occur. The status of the two internal transfers will be "
|
||
":guilabel:`Waiting Another Operation`, since the transfers cannot be "
|
||
"processed until the linked step before each transfer is completed."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:77
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The status of the first internal transfer to *quality* will only change to "
|
||
":guilabel:`Ready` when the receipt has been marked :guilabel:`Done`. The "
|
||
"status for the second internal transfer to *stock* will be marked "
|
||
":guilabel:`Ready` only after the transfer to quality has been marked "
|
||
":guilabel:`Done`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:82
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The receipt can also be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` application."
|
||
" In the :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`1 To Process` "
|
||
"smart button in the :guilabel:`Receipts` kanban card."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst-1
|
||
msgid "One Receipt ready to process in the Inventory Overview kanban view."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:90
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click on the receipt associated with the purchase order, then click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Validate` to complete the receipt and move the product to the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Input Location`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Validate the receipt by clicking Validate, and the product will be transferred to the\n"
|
||
"WH/Quality location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:99
|
||
msgid "Process a transfer to Quality Control"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:101
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the product is in the :guilabel:`Input Location`, the internal transfer"
|
||
" is ready to move the product to :guilabel:`Quality Control`. In the "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory` :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the "
|
||
":guilabel:`1 To Process` smart button in the :guilabel:`Internal Transfers` "
|
||
"kanban card."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:110
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click on the :guilabel:`Transfer` associated with the purchase order, then "
|
||
"click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the transfer and move the product to "
|
||
"the :guilabel:`Quality Control` location. Once the transfer is validated, "
|
||
"the product is ready for the quality inspection, but is not available for "
|
||
"manufacturing or delivery orders."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Validate the internal transfer to move the item to the Quality Control "
|
||
"location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:120
|
||
msgid "Process a transfer to stock"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:122
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the product is in the :guilabel:`Quality Control` location, the final "
|
||
"internal transfer is ready to move the product to :guilabel:`Stock`. In the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Inventory` overview dashboard, click the :guilabel:`1 To Process`"
|
||
" smart button in the :guilabel:`Internal Transfers` Kanban card."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:126
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click on the final :guilabel:`Transfer` associated with the purchase order, "
|
||
"then click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the transfer and move the "
|
||
"product to stock. Once the transfer is validated, the product enters the "
|
||
"stock and is available for customer deliveries or manufacturing orders."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Warehouses"
|
||
msgstr "Almacenes"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Create a second warehouse"
|
||
msgstr "Cree un segundo almacén"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A *warehouse* is a physical building or space where items are stored. In "
|
||
"Odoo, it is possible to set up multiple warehouses and transfer stored items"
|
||
" between them."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Un *almacén* es un edificio físico o espacio donde se almacenan artículos. "
|
||
"En Odoo, es posible configurar múltiples almacenes y transferir artículos "
|
||
"almacenados entre ellos."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By default, the Odoo platform has one warehouse that is already configured, "
|
||
"with the address set as the company's address. To create a second warehouse,"
|
||
" select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouses`, then click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Create` and configure the form as follows:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"De manera predeterminada, la plataforma de Odoo cuenta con un almacén ya "
|
||
"configurado con la dirección establecida como la que corresponde a la "
|
||
"empresa. Para crear un segundo almacén, seleccione "
|
||
":menuselection:`Configuración --> Almacenes`, luego haga clic en "
|
||
":guilabel:`Crear` y configure el formulario como se indica a continuación:"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:12
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: the full name of the warehouse"
|
||
msgstr ":guilabel:`Almacén`: el nombre completo del almacén"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:13
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Short Name`: the abbreviated code by which the warehouse is "
|
||
"referred to; the short name for the default warehouse in Odoo is **WH**"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Nombre corto`: el código abreviado con el que se hace referencia "
|
||
"al almacén; el nombre corto para el almacén predeterminado en Odoo es **WH**"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:15
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Company`: the company that owns the warehouse; this can be set as"
|
||
" the company that owns the Odoo database or the company of a customer or "
|
||
"vendor"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Compañía`: la empresa que es propietaria del almacén; esto puede "
|
||
"ser configurado como la compañía que es propietaria de la base de datos de "
|
||
"Odoo o la empresa de un cliente o proveedor."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:17
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Address`: the address where the warehouse is located"
|
||
msgstr ":guilabel:`Dirección`: la dirección en la que se encuentra el almacén"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:20
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The options below will only appear if the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` "
|
||
"checkbox is enabled in :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` under the"
|
||
" :guilabel:`Warehouse` heading. For more information about routes and how "
|
||
"they work in Odoo, see :ref:`Using Routes and Pull/Push Rules <use-routes>`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Las opciones que se encuentran a continuación solo aparecerán si el boleeano"
|
||
" :guilabel:`Rutas de múltiples pasos` está seleccionado en "
|
||
":menuselection:`Configuración --> Ajustes` debajo de la opción "
|
||
":guilabel:`Almacenes`.Para obtener más información acerca de las rutas y "
|
||
"como funcionan en Odoo, puede consultar el siguiente recurso :ref:`Utilizar "
|
||
"rutas y sistemas pull/push <use-routes>`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:25
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Incoming/Outgoing Shipments`: select the routes that incoming and"
|
||
" outgoing shipments should follow"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Envíos entrantes/salientes`: seleccione las rutas que los envíos "
|
||
"entrantes o salientes deben seguir"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:27
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Resupply Subcontractors`: allow subcontractors to be resupplied "
|
||
"from this warehouse"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Reabastecer subcontratistas`: permite que los suncontratantes "
|
||
"pueden reabastecerse desde este almacén"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:28
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Manufacture to Resupply`: allow for items to be manufactured in "
|
||
"this warehouse"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:Fabricaciones por reabastecer: permite que los elementos puedan "
|
||
"ser fabricados en este almacén"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:29
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Manufacture`: select the route that should be followed when "
|
||
"manufacturing goods inside the warehouse"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Fabricación`:seleccione la ruta que se debe seguir cuando "
|
||
"fabrique bienes dentro del almacén"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:31
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Buy to Resupply`: check the box to allow for purchased products "
|
||
"to be delivered to the warehouse"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Comprar para reabastecer: seleccione el recuadro para autorizar "
|
||
"la compra de productos que necesitan ser entregados en el almacén"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:33
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Resupply From`: select warehouses that can be used to resupply "
|
||
"the warehouse being created"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Formato de reabastecimiento`: seleccione los almacenes que pueden"
|
||
" ser utilizados para reabastecer el almacen que se está creando"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst-1
|
||
msgid "A filled out form for creating a new warehouse."
|
||
msgstr "Un formulario completado para crear un nuevo almacén."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:41
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Creating a second warehouse will automatically enable the *Storage "
|
||
"Locations* setting, which allows location tracking of products within a "
|
||
"warehouse. To toggle this setting, navigate to :menuselection:`Configuration"
|
||
" --> Settings` and click the checkbox under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` "
|
||
"heading."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"La creación de un segundo almacén activará de manera automática la función "
|
||
"*Ubicaciones de almacenamiento* la cual permite rastrear la ubicación de "
|
||
"productos dentro de un almacén. Para activar esta opción vaya a "
|
||
":menuselection:`Configuración --> Ajustes` y dé clic en la casila situada "
|
||
"debajo de la opción :guilabel:`Almacén`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:46
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After filling out the form, click :guilabel:`Save` and the new warehouse "
|
||
"will be created."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Después de que haya rellenado la plantilla, haga clic en :guilabel:Guardar` "
|
||
"para completar la creación del nuevo almacén."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:49
|
||
msgid "Add inventory to a new warehouse"
|
||
msgstr "Agrege inventario en un nuevo almacén"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:51
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If a new warehouse is created that has existing inventory in it, the "
|
||
"inventory counts should be added to Odoo so that the stock listed in the "
|
||
"Odoo database reflects what is in the physical warehouse. To add inventory "
|
||
"to a new warehouse, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations -->"
|
||
" Inventory Adjustments`, and then click :guilabel:`Create`. The inventory "
|
||
"adjustment form can then be filled out as follows:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si se crea un nuevo almacén que tiene un inventario existente asignado, los "
|
||
"conteos de inventario deben ser agregados a Odoo para que el inventario "
|
||
"listado en la base de datos de Odoo refleje lo que hay en el almacén físico."
|
||
" Para agregar inventario a un nuevo almacén, vaya a "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventario --> Operaciones --> Ajustes de Inventario`, y "
|
||
"luego haga clic en :guilabel:`Crear`. El formulario de ajuste de inventario "
|
||
"se puede rellenar de la siguiente manera:"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:57
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Inventory Reference`: the name or code that the inventory "
|
||
"adjustment can be referred to by"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Referencia de inventario`: el nombre o código por el que se puede"
|
||
" hacer referencia al ajuste de inventario"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:59
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Locations`: the location(s) where the inventory is stored; "
|
||
"include the new warehouse and any locations within it that inventory will be"
|
||
" added to"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Ubicaciones`: La(s) ubicación(es) donde se almacena el "
|
||
"inventario; incluye el nuevo almacén y cualquier ubicación dentro de él en "
|
||
"la que se añadirá el inventario"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:61
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Products`: include all products that will be added to inventory "
|
||
"or leave blank to select any product during the next step"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Productos`: incluya todos los productos que serán agregados en el"
|
||
" inventario o déjelos pendientes para seleccionar cualquier producto en el "
|
||
"siguiente paso"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:63
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Include Exhausted Products`: include products with a quantity of "
|
||
"zero; does not affect inventory adjustments for new warehouses since they "
|
||
"have no existing inventory"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Incluir productos agotados`: incluir productos con cantidad igual"
|
||
" a cero; no afecta a los ajustes de inventario de los nuevos almacenes, ya "
|
||
"que no tienen inventario existente"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:65
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Accounting Date`: the date used by accounting teams for "
|
||
"bookkeeping related to the inventory"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Fecha contable`: fecha utilizada por los equipos contables para "
|
||
"la teneduría de libros relacionados con el inventario"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:67
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Company`: the company that owns the inventory; can be set as the "
|
||
"user's company or as a customer or vendor"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Empresa`:es la compañía propietaria del inventario; puede "
|
||
"establecerse como la empresa del usuario o como un cliente o proveedor"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:69
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Counted Quantities`: choose whether the counted quantities for "
|
||
"products being added should default to stock on hand or zero; does not "
|
||
"affect inventory adjustments for new warehouses since they have no existing "
|
||
"inventory"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Cantidades contadas`: elija si las cantidades contadas para los "
|
||
"productos que se añaden deben ser por defecto existencias disponibles o "
|
||
"cero; no afecta a los ajustes de inventario para los nuevos almacenes, ya "
|
||
"que no tienen inventario existente"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst-1
|
||
msgid "A filled out form for an inventory adjustment."
|
||
msgstr "Un formulario completado para un ajuste de inventario."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:77
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the form is properly configured, click on :guilabel:`Start Inventory` "
|
||
"to be taken to the next page where products can be added to the inventory "
|
||
"adjustment. Add a new product by clicking on :guilabel:`Create` and then "
|
||
"fill out the product line as follows:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Una vez que el formulario esté correctamente configurado, haga clic en "
|
||
":guilabel:`Comenzar inventario` para pasar a la página siguiente, donde "
|
||
"podrá añadir productos al ajuste de inventario. Añada un nuevo producto "
|
||
"haciendo clic en :guilabel:`Crear` y, luego, rellene la línea del producto "
|
||
"como se indica a continuación:"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:81
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: the product being added to inventory"
|
||
msgstr ":guilabel:`Producto`: el producto se agregó al inventario"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:82
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Location`: the location where the product is currently stored in "
|
||
"the new warehouse; this can be set as the overall warehouse or a location "
|
||
"within the warehouse"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Ubicación`: la ubicación en la que se encuentra actualmente "
|
||
"almacenado el producto dentro del almacén;; puede establecerse como el "
|
||
"almacén general o una ubicación dentro del almacén"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:84
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`: the lot that the product belongs to or the "
|
||
"serial number used to identify it"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Lote/Número de serie`: el lote al que pertenece el producto o el "
|
||
"número de serie utilizado para identificarlo"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:86
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`On Hand`: the total quantity of the product stored in the "
|
||
"location for which inventory is being adjusted; this should be zero for a "
|
||
"new location or warehouse"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Disponible`: la cantidad total del producto almacenado en la "
|
||
"ubicación para la que se está ajustando el inventario; debe ser cero para "
|
||
"una nueva ubicación o almacén"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:88
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Counted`: the amount of the product that is being added to "
|
||
"inventory"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Contado`: la cantidad de producto que se está añadiendo al "
|
||
"inventario"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:89
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Difference`: the difference between the *On Hand* and *Counted* "
|
||
"values; this will automatically update to reflect the value entered in the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Counted` column"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Diferencia`: la diferencia entre los valores *Disponible y "
|
||
"*Contado*; se actualizará automáticamente para reflejar el valor introducido"
|
||
" en la columna :guilabel:`Contado`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:91
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`UoM`: the unit of measure used for counting the product"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`UdM`: la unidad de medida utilizada para contar el producto"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Include a line for each product being added to inventory."
|
||
msgstr "Incluya una línea por cada producto añadido al inventario."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:97
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After adding all the products already stored in the new warehouse, click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Validate Inventory` to complete the inventory adjustment. The "
|
||
"values in the :guilabel:`On Hand` column will update to reflect those in the"
|
||
" :guilabel:`Counted` column and the products added will appear in the "
|
||
"inventory of the new warehouse."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Después de añadir todos los productos ya almacenados en el nuevo almacén, "
|
||
"haga clic en :guilabel:`Validar inventario` para completar el ajuste del "
|
||
"inventario. Los valores de la columna :guilabel:`Disponible` se actualizarán"
|
||
" para reflejar los de la columna :guilabel:`Contados` y los productos "
|
||
"añadidos aparecerán en el inventario del nuevo almacén."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Resupply from another warehouse"
|
||
msgstr "Reabastecer desde otro almacén"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A common use case for multiple warehouses is to have one central warehouse "
|
||
"that resupplies multiple shops, and in this case, each shop is considered a "
|
||
"local warehouse. When a shop wants to replenish a product, the product is "
|
||
"ordered to the central warehouse. Odoo allows the user to easily set which "
|
||
"warehouse(s) can resupply another warehouse."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Cuando se utiliza la función de múltiples almacenes es común tener un "
|
||
"almacén principal que reabastece varias tiendas y, en este caso, cada tienda"
|
||
" se considera un almacén local. Cuando desea reabastecer un producto en una "
|
||
"tienda, el producto se ordena al almacén central. Odoo permite al usuario "
|
||
"configurar con facilidad qué almacén o almacenes pueden reabastecer a otros."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:13
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To resupply from another warehouse, first go to :menuselection:`Inventory "
|
||
"--> Configuration --> Settings --> Warehouse` and activate :guilabel:`Multi-"
|
||
"Step Routes`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Para reabastecer desde otro almacén, primero vaya a "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventario --> Configuración --> Ajustes --> Almacén` y "
|
||
"active las :guilabel:`rutas multietapa`. Luego haga clic en "
|
||
":guilabel:`guardar` para aplicar el ajuste."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Enable Multi-Step Routes in Inventory settings."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Habilitar las rutas multietapa en los ajustes de la aplicación Inventario."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:21
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"View all the configured warehouses by going to :menuselection:`Inventory -->"
|
||
" Configuration --> Warehouses`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vaya a :menuselection:`Inventario --> Configuración --> Almacenes` para ver "
|
||
"todos los almacenes configurados."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:24
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Create a new warehouse by clicking :guilabel:`Create`. Then, give the "
|
||
"warehouse a name and a :guilabel:`Short Name`. Finally, click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Save` to finish creating the warehouse."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Haga clic en :guilabel:`crear` para crear un nuevo almacén. Posteriormente, "
|
||
"agregue el nombre del almacén y también un :guilabel:`nombre corto`. Por "
|
||
"último, haga clic en :guilabel:`guardar` para finalizar la creación del "
|
||
"almacén."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:27
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After that, go back to the :guilabel:`Warehouses` page and open the "
|
||
"warehouse that will be resupplied by the second warehouse. Then, click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Edit`. In the :guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, locate the"
|
||
" :guilabel:`Resupply From` field, and check the box next to the second "
|
||
"warehouse's name. If the warehouse can be resupplied by more than one "
|
||
"warehouse, make sure to check those warehouses' boxes too. Finally, click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting. Now, Odoo knows which warehouses can "
|
||
"resupply this warehouse."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Después, regrese a la página de :guilabel:`almacenes` y abra el almacén que "
|
||
"se reabastecerá de un segundo almacén. Luego haga clic en "
|
||
":guilabel:`editar`. En la pestaña :guilabel:`configuración de almacén` vaya "
|
||
"al campo :guilabel:`reabastecer de` y seleccione la casilla junto al nombre "
|
||
"del segundo almacén. En caso de que pueda hacer el reabastecimiento desde "
|
||
"más almacenes, seleccione sus respectivas casillas también. Por último, haga"
|
||
" clic en :guilabel:`guardar` para aplicar el ajuste. Ahora Odoo sabe qué "
|
||
"almacenes pueden reabastecer a este almacén."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Supply one warehouse with another in the Warehouse Configuration tab."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Abastecer un almacén desde otro en la pestaña \"configuración de almacén\""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:39
|
||
msgid "Set route on a product"
|
||
msgstr "Establecer una ruta en un producto"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:41
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After configuring which warehouse(s) to resupply from, a new route is now "
|
||
"available on all product forms. The new route appears as :guilabel:`Supply "
|
||
"Product from [Warehouse Name]` under the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab on a "
|
||
"product form. Use the :guilabel:`Supply Product from [Warehouse Name]` route"
|
||
" with a reordering rule or the make to order (MTO) route to replenish stock "
|
||
"by moving the product from one warehouse to another."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Una nueva ruta está disponible en todos los formularios de producto después "
|
||
"de configurar de qué almacén o almacenes se realizarán los "
|
||
"reabastecimientos. La nueva ruta aparece como :guilabel:`suministrar "
|
||
"producto de [nombre del almacén]` en la pestaña :guilabel:`inventario` en el"
|
||
" formulario de producto. Utilice la ruta :guilabel:`suministrar producto de "
|
||
"[nombre del almacén]` con una regla de reordenamiento o con la ruta de "
|
||
"fabricación sobre pedido para reabastecer las existencias mediante un "
|
||
"movimiento de productos de un almacén a otro."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Route setting which enables a product to resupplied from a second warehouse."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Ajuste de ruta que permite el reabastecimiento de un producto desde un "
|
||
"segundo almacén."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:51
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When a product's reordering rule is triggered and the product has the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Supply Product from [Warehouse Name]` route set, Odoo "
|
||
"automatically creates two pickings. One picking is a *delivery order* from "
|
||
"the second warehouse, which contains all the necessary products, and the "
|
||
"second picking is a *receipt* with the same products for the main warehouse."
|
||
" The product move from the second warehouse to the main warehouse is fully "
|
||
"tracked in Odoo."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Cuando se activa la regla de reordenamiento de un producto con la ruta "
|
||
":guilabel:`suministrar producto de [nombre del almacén]` establecida, Odoo "
|
||
"crea dos recolecciones de forma automática. Una recolección es una *orden de"
|
||
" entrega* del segundo almacén, el cual contiene todos los productos "
|
||
"necesarios. La segunda recolección es una *recepción* con los mismos "
|
||
"productos que el almacén principal. Odoo lleva el seguimiento completo del "
|
||
"movimiento de producto del segundo almacén al principal."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:57
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On the picking/transfer records created by Odoo, the :guilabel:`Source "
|
||
"Document` is the product's reordering rule. The location between the "
|
||
"delivery order and the receipt is a transit location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"La regla de reordenamiento del producto es el :guilabel:`documento origen` "
|
||
"que aparece en los registros de recolecciones y traslados creados por Odoo. "
|
||
"La ubicación entre la orden de entrega y la recepción es una ubicación de "
|
||
"tránsito."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A reordering rule automatically creates two receipts for stock between "
|
||
"warehouses."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Una regla de reordenamiento crea de forma automática dos recepciones de "
|
||
"existencias entre almacenes."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst-1
|
||
msgid "A warehouse order for resupplying one warehouse's stock with another."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Una orden de almacén para reabastecer las existencias de un almacén desde un"
|
||
" segundo almacén."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst-1
|
||
msgid "A receipt for stock received to one warehouse from another."
|
||
msgstr "Una recepción de existencias que se recibieron de otro almacén."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Transfer products between warehouses using replenishment"
|
||
msgstr "Trasladar productos entre almacenes mediante reabastecimientos"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For companies that use multiple warehouses, it is often necessary to "
|
||
"transfer items between them. This is referred to as an *inter-warehouse "
|
||
"transfer*. Odoo *Inventory* handles the administrative process of inter-"
|
||
"warehouse transfers to ensure that inventory counts remain accurate during "
|
||
"and after the transfer. This document will detail the method for conducting "
|
||
"an inter-warehouse transfer using replenishment."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Las empresas que utilizan múltiples almacenes a menudo necesitan trasladar "
|
||
"artículos entre ellos. Esto se conoce como un *traslado interalmacén*. La "
|
||
"aplicación *Inventario* de Odoo gestiona los procesos administrativos de los"
|
||
" traslados internos para garantizar que el conteo de inventario sea preciso "
|
||
"durante y después del traslado. Este documento explicará cómo llevar a cabo "
|
||
"un traslado entre almacenes mediante el reabastecimiento."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:12
|
||
msgid "Configure warehouses for inter-warehouse replenishment"
|
||
msgstr "Configurar los almacenes para el reabastecimiento interalmacenes"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:14
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"First, ensure the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` setting is enabled by "
|
||
"navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`, and"
|
||
" then check the box under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` tab. This will provide "
|
||
"additional configuration options when creating a second warehouse that are "
|
||
"needed for inter-warehouse replenishment."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Primero, asegúrese de que la función :guilabel:`rutas multietapa` está "
|
||
"habilitada. Para hacerlo, vaya a :menuselection:`Inventario --> "
|
||
"Configuración --> Ajustes` y seleccione la casilla correspondiente en la "
|
||
"sección :guilabel:`almacén`. Esto proporciona opciones de configuración "
|
||
"adicionales al crear un segundo almacén, las cuales son necesarias para los "
|
||
"reabastecimientos interalmacén."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:19
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By default, Odoo comes with a main warehouse already configured. If an "
|
||
"additional warehouse has not already been created, do so now from the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Inventory` module by selecting :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
|
||
"Warehouses --> Create`. Otherwise, select the warehouse that products will "
|
||
"be transferred to from the :guilabel:`Warehouses` page and then click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Edit` to change its settings. Configure the warehouse as follows:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"De forma predeterminada, Odoo tiene configurado un almacén principal. Si no "
|
||
"ha creado un almacén adicional, puede hacerlo en el módulo "
|
||
":guilabel:`Inventario`, en :menuselection:`Configuración --> Almacenes --> "
|
||
"Crear`. También puede seleccionar el almacén al que se transferirán los "
|
||
"productos en la página de :guilabel:`almacenes` y hacer clic en "
|
||
":guilabel:`editar` para cambiar sus ajustes. Configure el almacén como se "
|
||
"muestra a continuación:"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:25
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Warehouse`: choose a name that is not already being used for "
|
||
"another warehouse (e.g. `Alternative Warehouse`)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Almacén`: elija un nombre que no se utilice para otro almacén "
|
||
"(por ejemplo, `almacén alterno`)."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:27
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Short Name`: choose a short name by which the warehouse will be "
|
||
"identified (e.g. `ALT_WH`)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Nombre corto`: elija un nombre corto que se utilizará para "
|
||
"identificar el almacén (por ejemplo, `ALT_WH`)."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:30
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click :guilabel:`Save` and the new warehouse will be created. In addition, a"
|
||
" new :guilabel:`Resupply From` field will appear on the warehouse's form. "
|
||
"Click :guilabel:`Edit` and then check the box next to the warehouse that "
|
||
"will be used to resupply the warehouse that is currently being configured."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Haga clic en :guilabel:`guardar` y se creará el nuevo almacén. Además, "
|
||
"aparecerá un nuevo campo :guilabel:`reabastecer de` en el formulario del "
|
||
"almacén. Haga clic en :guilabel:`editar` y luego marque la casilla a lado "
|
||
"del almacén que se utilizará para reabastecer el almacén que está "
|
||
"configurando."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A warehouse settings form configured to allow resupplying between "
|
||
"warehouses."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Formulario de ajustes de un almacén configurado para permitir el "
|
||
"reabastecimiento entre almacenes."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:39
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For the purposes of this demonstration, the warehouse that products are "
|
||
"transferred from (outgoing) will be titled \"San Francisco\", and the "
|
||
"warehouse that products are transferred to (incoming) will be titled \"San "
|
||
"Francisco 2\"."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Con propósitos de demostración, el almacén del que se transfieren los "
|
||
"productos (salida) se llamará \"San Francisco\", y el almacén al que se "
|
||
"transfieren los productos (entrada) se llamará \"San Francisco 2\"."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:44
|
||
msgid "Configure products for inter-warehouse replenishment"
|
||
msgstr "Configurar productos para reabastecimientos interalmacenes"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:46
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Products must also be configured properly in order for them to be "
|
||
"transferred between warehouses. Navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> "
|
||
"Products --> Products` and select an existing product or :guilabel:`Create` "
|
||
"a new one, if necessary."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"También debe configurar los productos de forma adecuada para que se puedan "
|
||
"transferir entre almacenes. Vaya a :menuselection:`Inventario --> Productos "
|
||
"--> Productos` y seleccione un producto existente o :guilabel:`cree` uno "
|
||
"nuevo si es necesario."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:50
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, on the product form, go to the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and enable "
|
||
"the checkbox for :guilabel:`X: Supply Product from Y`, with *X* being the "
|
||
"warehouse receiving the transferred products and *Y* being the warehouse "
|
||
"that products are transferred from."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Posteriormente, vaya a la pestaña :guilabel:`inventario` del formulario de "
|
||
"producto y seleccione la casilla :guilabel:`X: suministrar producto de Y`, "
|
||
"donde *X* es el almacén que recibe los productos del traslado y *Y* es el "
|
||
"almacén del que se trasladan los productos."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Enable the checkbox to resupply one warehouse from another."
|
||
msgstr "Casilla para reabastecer productos de un almacén a otro."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:59
|
||
msgid "Replenish one warehouse from another"
|
||
msgstr "Reabastecer de un almacén a otro"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:61
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Starting in the :menuselection:`Inventory` module, select "
|
||
":menuselection:`Products --> Products` and then choose the product that will"
|
||
" be replenished. Click the :guilabel:`Replenish` button on the top left of "
|
||
"the product page and fill out the pop-up form as follows:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En el módulo :menuselection:`Inventario`, seleccione "
|
||
":menuselection:`Productos --> Productos` y elija el producto que se "
|
||
"reabastecerá. Haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`reabastecer` en la parte "
|
||
"superior izquierda de la página de producto y complete el formulario "
|
||
"emergente como se muestra a continuación:"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:65
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Quantity`: the number of units that will be sent to the warehouse"
|
||
" being replenished"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Cantidad`: el número de unidades que se enviarán al almacén que "
|
||
"se debe reabastecer."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:66
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Scheduled Date`: the date that the replenishment is scheduled to "
|
||
"take place"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Fecha programada`: la fecha programada en la que se llevará a "
|
||
"cabo el reabastecimiento."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:67
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: the warehouse that will be replenished"
|
||
msgstr ":guilabel:`Almacén`: el almacén que se reabastecerá."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:68
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Preferred Routes`: select `X: Supply Product from Y`, with *X* "
|
||
"being the warehouse to be replenished and *Y* being the warehouse that the "
|
||
"product will be transferred from"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Rutas preferidas`: seleccione `X: suministrar producto de Y`, "
|
||
"donde *X* es el almacén que se reabastecerá y *Y* es el almacén del que se "
|
||
"trasladarán los productos."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst-1
|
||
msgid "The form for replenishing a product."
|
||
msgstr "Formulario de reabastecimiento de producto."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:75
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click :guilabel:`Confirm` and a delivery order will be created for the "
|
||
"outgoing warehouse along with a receipt for the warehouse that will receive "
|
||
"the product. Depending on the configuration settings for the outgoing and "
|
||
"incoming warehouses, processing delivery orders and receipts will require "
|
||
"between one and three steps. This document will detail how to process one-"
|
||
"step deliveries and receipts."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Hacer clic en :guilabel:`confirmar` creará una orden de entrega para la "
|
||
"salida del almacén, junto con una recepción para el almacén que recibirá el "
|
||
"producto. Dependiendo de los ajustes de configuración para la entrada y "
|
||
"salida de los almacenes, procesar las órdenes de entrega y recepciones puede"
|
||
" necesitar de entre uno y tres pasos. Este documento explicará cómo procesar"
|
||
" entregas y recepciones en un solo paso."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:82
|
||
msgid "Process the delivery order"
|
||
msgstr "Procesar la orden de entrega"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:84
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The first stage of a replenishment order is processing the delivery from the"
|
||
" warehouse that the product is being transferred from. On the "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory` dashboard, select the :guilabel:`X to Process` "
|
||
"button on the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` card for the outgoing warehouse, "
|
||
"then the delivery order created for the replenishment. On the delivery order"
|
||
" page, click the :guilabel:`Check Availability` button in the top left to "
|
||
"reserve the quantity of the product to be transferred. Once the delivery has"
|
||
" been dispatched, click the :guilabel:`Validate` button to register the "
|
||
"quantities shipped."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"La primera etapa de una orden de reabastecimiento es procesar la entrega del"
|
||
" almacén del que se traslada el producto. En el tablero de "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventario`, seleccione el botón :guilabel:`X por procesar` "
|
||
"en la tarjeta :guilabel:`órdenes de entrega` para la salida del almacén, "
|
||
"luego seleccione la orden de entrega que se creó para el reabastecimiento. "
|
||
"En la página de la orden de entrega, haga clic en el botón "
|
||
":guilabel:`comprobar disponibilidad` en la parte superior izquierda para "
|
||
"reservar la cantidad del producto que se trasladará. Una vez que se realice "
|
||
"la entrega, haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`validar` para registrar las "
|
||
"cantidades enviadas."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst-1
|
||
msgid "The delivery orders card for the outgoing warehouse."
|
||
msgstr "La tarjeta de órdenes de entrega para la saida del almacén."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:99
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the goods arrive at the incoming warehouse, the receipt created for "
|
||
"that warehouse must be processed as well. Return to the "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory` dashboard and select the :guilabel:`X to Process`"
|
||
" button on the :guilabel:`Receipts` card for the incoming warehouse, then "
|
||
"the receipt created for the replenishment. On the receipt page, click the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Validate` button in the top left of the page to register the "
|
||
"quantities received."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Una vez que la mercancía llega al almacén de entrada, también se debe "
|
||
"procesar la recepción que se crea para ese almacén. Regrese al tablero de "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventario` y seleccione el botón :guilabel:`X por procesar`"
|
||
" en la tarjeta de :guilabel:`recepciones` para el almacén de entrada, luego "
|
||
"en la recepción que se creó para el reabastecimiento. En la página de "
|
||
"recepciones, haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`validar` en la parte superior "
|
||
"izquierda de la página para registrar las cantidades recibidas."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:109
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After processing the receipt, the products transferred will now appear in "
|
||
"the inventory of the incoming warehouse. The stock numbers for both "
|
||
"warehouses can be viewed by returning to the product page and selecting the "
|
||
":guilabel:`X Units On Hand` button at the top of the screen."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Después de procesar la recepción, los productos transferidos ahora "
|
||
"aparecerán en el inventario del almacén de entrada. Puede ver los números de"
|
||
" existencias para ambos almacenes si regresa a la página de producto y "
|
||
"selecciona el botón :guilabel:`X unidades a la mano` en la parte superior de"
|
||
" la pantalla."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:114
|
||
msgid "Automate inter-warehouse replenishment"
|
||
msgstr "Automatizar el reabastecimiento interalmacenes"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:116
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Using reordering rules, it is possible to automate the process of "
|
||
"replenishing one warehouse from another."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Al utilizar las reglas de reordenamiento es posible automatizar el proceso "
|
||
"de reabastecimiento de un almacén a otro."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:119
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To get started, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Products --> "
|
||
"Products`, and then choose the product that will be replenished. From the "
|
||
"product page, select the :guilabel:`Reordering Rules` smart button at the "
|
||
"top of the form, and then on the next page, click :guilabel:`Create` to "
|
||
"configure the form as follows:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Para empezar, vaya a :menuselection:`Inventario --> Productos --> Productos`"
|
||
" y elija el producto que se reabastecerá. En la página de producto, "
|
||
"seleccione el botón inteligente :guilabel:`reglas de reordenamiento` en la "
|
||
"parte superior del formulario. Después, en la siguiente página, haga clic en"
|
||
" :guilabel:`crear` para configurar el formulario como se muestra a "
|
||
"continuación:"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:124
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Location`: the location that the reordering rule will replenish "
|
||
"when triggered, in this case, the incoming warehouse"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Ubicación`: la ubicación que la regla de reordenamiento "
|
||
"reabastecerá cuando se activa. En este caso, es el almacén de entrada."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:126
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Min Quantity`: when the quantity on hand at the incoming "
|
||
"warehouse falls below this number, the reordering rule will be triggered"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Cantidad mínima`: la regla de reordenamiento se activará cuando "
|
||
"la cantidad a la mano en el almacén de entrada esté por debajo de este "
|
||
"número."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:128
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Max Quantity`: when the reordering rule is triggered, the product"
|
||
" will be replenished at the incoming warehouse up to this quantity"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Cantidad máxima`: cuando se activa la regla de reordenamiento, el"
|
||
" producto se reabastecerá en el almacén de entrada hasta la cantidad "
|
||
"indicada."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:130
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Multiple Quantity`: specify if the product should be replenished "
|
||
"in batches of a certain quantity; for example, a product could be "
|
||
"replenished in batches of 20"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Cantidad múltiple`: especifique si el producto se debe "
|
||
"reabastecer por lotes de una cantidad determinada. Por ejemplo, un producto "
|
||
"se puede reabastecer en lotes de 20."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:132
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`UoM`: the unit of measure used for reordering the product; this "
|
||
"value can simply be `Units`, or a specific unit of measurement for weight, "
|
||
"length, etc."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`UdM`: la unidad de medida que se utiliza para reordenar el "
|
||
"producto. Este valor puede ser simplemente `unidades`, o una unidad de "
|
||
"medida específica para peso, longitud, etc."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst-1
|
||
msgid "A fully configured reordering rule."
|
||
msgstr "Una regla de reordenamiento configurada por completo."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:139
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Finish by clicking :guilabel:`Save` and the reordering rule will be created."
|
||
" Now, when the scheduler runs automatically each day, a transfer will be "
|
||
"created for each reordering rule that has been triggered."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Para terminar, haga clic en :guilabel:`guardar`, esto creará la orden de "
|
||
"reordenamiento. Cuando el planificador se ejecute de forma automática cada "
|
||
"día, se creará un traslado para cada regla de reordenamiento activada."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:144
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To manually trigger reordering rules, start from the "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory` module and select :menuselection:`Operation --> "
|
||
"Run Scheduler`, then click the green :guilabel:`Run Scheduler` button in the"
|
||
" pop-up that appears."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Para activar las reglas de reordenamiento de forma manual, vaya al módulo "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventario` y seleccione :menuselection:`Operación --> "
|
||
"Ejecutar planificador`, luego haga clic en el botón de color verde "
|
||
":guilabel:`ejecutar planificador` de la ventana emergente."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:148
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After the scheduler runs, a delivery order and receipt will be created for "
|
||
"the outgoing and incoming warehouses, respectively. Both the delivery order "
|
||
"and receipt should be processed using the same method as detailed above."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Después de la ejecución del planificador, se crearán una orden de entrega y "
|
||
"una recepción para la salida y entrada al almacén, respectivamente. Tanto la"
|
||
" orden de entrega como la recepción se deben procesar con el mismo método "
|
||
"que se explicó anteriormente."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Manage Warehouses and Locations"
|
||
msgstr "Gestionar almacenes y ubicaciones"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:9
|
||
msgid "Warehouse"
|
||
msgstr "Almacén"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:11
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In Odoo, a **Warehouse** is the actual building/place in which a company's "
|
||
"items are stocked. Multiple warehouses can be set up in Odoo and the user "
|
||
"can create moves between warehouses."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En Odoo, un **almacén** es el edificio o lugar físico en el que la empresa "
|
||
"almacena sus artículos. Puede configurar varios almacenes en Odoo y crear "
|
||
"movimientos entre almacenes."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:15
|
||
msgid "Location"
|
||
msgstr "Ubicación"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:17
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A **Location** is a specific space within the warehouse. It can be a "
|
||
"sublocation of the warehouse (a shelf, a floor, an aisle, and so on). "
|
||
"Therefore, a location is part of one warehouse only and it is not possible "
|
||
"to link one location to multiple warehouses. In Odoo, as many locations can "
|
||
"be configured as needed under one warehouse."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Una **ubicación** es un espacio específico dentro del almacén. Puede ser una"
|
||
" sububicación del almacén (un estante, un piso, un pasillo, entre otras). "
|
||
"Por lo tanto, una ubicación es parte de solo un almacén y no es posible "
|
||
"vincular una ubicación con múltiples almacenes. Puede configurar tantas "
|
||
"ubicaciones como necesite en un almacén."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:22
|
||
msgid "There are three types of locations:"
|
||
msgstr "Hay tres tipos de ubicaciones:"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:24
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The **Physical Locations** are internal locations that are part of the "
|
||
"warehouses that the company owns. They can be the loading and unloading "
|
||
"areas of the warehouse, a shelf, a department, etc."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Las **ubicaciones físicas** son ubicaciones internas que forman parte de los"
|
||
" almacenes de la empresa. Pueden ser el área de carga y descarga del "
|
||
"almacén, un estante, un departamento, etc."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:28
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The **Partner Locations** are spaces within a customer and/or vendor's "
|
||
"warehouse. They work the same way as physical locations, with the only "
|
||
"difference being that they are not owned by the user's company."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Las **ubicaciones de partner** son espacios dentro del almacén de un "
|
||
"proveedor o cliente. Estos funcionan de la misma forma que las ubicaciones "
|
||
"físicas, con la única diferencia de que no son propiedad de la empresa del "
|
||
"usuario."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:32
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The **Virtual Locations** are places that do not exist, but in which "
|
||
"products can be placed when they are not physically in an inventory yet (or "
|
||
"anymore). They come in handy when recording lost products (**Inventory "
|
||
"Loss**), or accounting for products that are on their way to the warehouse "
|
||
"(**Procurements**)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Las **ubicaciones virtuales** son lugares que no existen, pero en los cuales"
|
||
" se pueden colocar productos cuando no están físicamente en un inventario "
|
||
"aún, o que ya no lo están. Son útiles para registrar productos perdidos "
|
||
"(**pérdida de inventario**), o para contabilizar productos que van en camino"
|
||
" a su almacén (**aprovisionamientos**)."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:37
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In Odoo, locations are structured hierarchically. Locations can be "
|
||
"structured as a tree, dependent on a parent-child relationship. This gives "
|
||
"more detailed levels of analysis of the stock operations and the "
|
||
"organization of the warehouses."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En Odoo las ubicaciones se estructuran de forma jerárquica. Se les puede dar"
|
||
" una estructura de árbol en una relación dependiente principal-secundaria. "
|
||
"Esto le da niveles más detallados de análisis de las operaciones de "
|
||
"existencias y la organización de los almacenes."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:44
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To activate locations, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and"
|
||
" enable :guilabel:`Storage Locations`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Para activar las ubicaciones vaya a :menuselection:`Configuración --> "
|
||
"Ajustes` y habilite la función :guilabel:`ubicaciones de almacenamiento`. "
|
||
"Luego haga clic en :guilabel:`guardar`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Enable the storage location feature in Odoo Inventory settings."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Habilitar la función \"ubicaciones de almacenamiento\" en los ajustes de la "
|
||
"aplicación Inventario de Odoo."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:52
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To manage several routes within the warehouses, also enable "
|
||
":guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` and check "
|
||
":doc:`../../routes/concepts/use_routes`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Para gestionar varias rutas en los almacenes debe habilitar también la "
|
||
"función :guilabel:`rutas multietapa` y consultar la documentción sobre "
|
||
":doc:`../../routes/concepts/use_routes`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:56
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:41
|
||
msgid "Create a new warehouse"
|
||
msgstr "Crear un nuevo almacén"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:58
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create a warehouse, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse "
|
||
"Management --> Warehouses` and click on :guilabel:`Create`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Para crear un almacén vaya a :menuselection:`Configuración --> Gestión de "
|
||
"almacenes --> Almacenes` y haga clic en :guilabel:`crear`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:61
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, fill out a :guilabel:`Warehouse Name` and a :guilabel:`Short Name`. "
|
||
"The short name is five characters maximum."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Posteriormente, agregue un :guilabel:`nombre de almacén` y un "
|
||
":guilabel:`nombre corto`. El nombre corto debe ser de máximo cinco "
|
||
"caracteres."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Short name field of a warehouse on Odoo Inventory."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Campo de nombre corto para un almacén en la aplicación Inventario de Odoo."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:69
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The :guilabel:`Short Name` appears on transfer orders and other warehouse "
|
||
"documents. Odoo recommends using an understandable one like \"WH/[first "
|
||
"letters of location]\"."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"El :guilabel:`nombre corto` aparece en sus órdenes de traslado y demás "
|
||
"documentos de almacén. Recomendamos usar uno que sea fácil de entender, como"
|
||
" \"WH/[primeras letras de la ubicación]\"."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:72
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now, go back to the :guilabel:`Inventory` dashboard. There, new operations "
|
||
"related to the newly created warehouse have been automatically generated."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Regrese al tablero de :guilabel:`Inventario`. Ahí se generaron de forma "
|
||
"automática nuevas operaciones relacionadas con el almacén que acaba de "
|
||
"crear."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Inventory app dashboard displaying new transfer types for the recently "
|
||
"created warehouse."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Tablero de la aplicación Inventario que muestra nuevos tipos de traslados "
|
||
"para el almacén que se acaba de crear."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:80
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Adding a second warehouse will automatically activate the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Locations` setting."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Agregar un segundo almacén activará de forma automática el ajuste "
|
||
":guilabel:`ubicaciones`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:83
|
||
msgid "Create a new location"
|
||
msgstr "Crear una nueva ubicación"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:85
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create a location, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse "
|
||
"Management --> Locations` and click on :guilabel:`Create`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Para crear una ubicación vaya a :menuselection:`Configuración --> Gestión de"
|
||
" almacenes --> Ubicaciones` y haga clic en :guilabel:`crear`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:88
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, fill out a :guilabel:`Location Name` and a :guilabel:`Parent Location`"
|
||
" and click :guilabel:`Save`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Agregue el :guilabel:`nombre de la ubicación` y una :guilabel:`ubicación "
|
||
"padre` y haga clic en :guilabel:`guardar`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Create a new warehouse location in Odoo Inventory."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Creación de una nueva ubicación de almacén en la aplicación Inventario de "
|
||
"Odoo."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Advanced Routes"
|
||
msgstr "Rutas avanzadas"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Concepts"
|
||
msgstr "Conceptos"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Organize a cross-dock in a warehouse"
|
||
msgstr "Organizar un cross-dock en un almacén"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Cross-docking is the process of sending products that are received directly "
|
||
"to the customers, without making them enter the stock. The trucks are simply"
|
||
" unloaded in a *Cross-Dock* area in order to reorganize products and load "
|
||
"another truck."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Cross-docking es el proceso de enviar productos que se reciben directamente "
|
||
"al cliente, sin hacer que ingresen a las existencias. Los camiones "
|
||
"simplemente se descargan en un área de *Cross-Dock* con el fin de "
|
||
"reorganizar productos y cargar otro camión."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:13
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For more information on how to organize your warehouse, read our blog: `What"
|
||
" is cross-docking and is it for me? <https://www.odoo.com/blog/business-"
|
||
"hacks-1/post/what-is-cross-docking-and-is-it-for-me-270>`_"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Para obtener más información sobre cómo organizar su almacén, consulte "
|
||
"nuestro blog: `¿Qué es cross-docking y es lo que necesita? "
|
||
"<https://www.odoo.com/blog/business-hacks-1/post/what-is-cross-docking-and-"
|
||
"is-it-for-me-270>`_"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:20
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the *Inventory* app, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and"
|
||
" activate the *Multi-Step Routes*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En la aplicación *Inventario*, abra :menuselection:`Configuración --> "
|
||
"Ajustes` y active las *Rutas multietapa*."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:27
|
||
msgid "Doing so will also enable the *Storage Locations* feature."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Hacer esto habilitará también la función *Ubicaciones de almacenamiento*."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:29
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now, both *Incoming* and *Outgoing* shipments should be configured to work "
|
||
"with 2 steps. To adapt the configuration, go to :menuselection:`Inventory "
|
||
"--> Configuration --> Warehouses` and edit your warehouse."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Se deben configurar los envíos *entrantes* y *salientes* para que funcionen "
|
||
"con 2 pasos. Para adaptar la configuración, vaya a "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventario --> Configuración --> Almacenes` y edite su "
|
||
"almacén."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:36
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"This modification will lead to the creation of a *Cross-Docking* route that "
|
||
"can be found in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Esta modificación lo llevará a la creación de una ruta de *Cross-Docking* "
|
||
"que puede encontrar en :menuselection:`Inventario --> Configuración --> "
|
||
"Rutas`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:43
|
||
msgid "Configure products with Cross-Dock Route"
|
||
msgstr "Configurar productos con ruta de cross-dock"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:45
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Create the product that uses the *Cross-Dock Route* and then, in the "
|
||
"inventory tab, select the routes *Buy* and *Cross-Dock*. Now, in the "
|
||
"purchase tab, specify the vendor to who you buy the product and set a price "
|
||
"for it."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Cree el producto que utiliza la *ruta de cross-dock* y en la pestaña de "
|
||
"Inventario seleccione las rutas *Comprar* y *Cross-Dock*. En la pestaña de "
|
||
"compra especifique el proveedor de quien compra el producto y establezca su "
|
||
"precio."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:55
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once done, create a sale order for the product and confirm it. Odoo will "
|
||
"automatically create two transfers which will be linked to the sale order. "
|
||
"The first one is the transfer from the *Input Location* to the *Output "
|
||
"Location*, corresponding to the move of the product in the *Cross-Dock* "
|
||
"area. The second one is the delivery order from the *Output Location* to "
|
||
"your *Customer Location. Both are in state *Waiting Another Operation* "
|
||
"because we still need to order the product to our supplier."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Una vez hecho esto, cree una orden de venta para el producto y confírmela. "
|
||
"Odoo creará automáticamente dos traslados, los cuales se vincularán a la "
|
||
"orden de venta. El primer traslado es de la *ubicación de entrada* a la "
|
||
"*ubicación de salida*, el cual corresponde al movimiento del producto en el "
|
||
"área de *Cross-Dock*. El segundo es la orden de entrega de la *ubicación de "
|
||
"salida* a la *ubicación de cliente*. Ambos están en el estado *En espera de "
|
||
"otra operación* porque aún debemos ordenar el producto de nuestro proveedor."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:68
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now, go to the *Purchase* app. There, you will find the purchase order that "
|
||
"has been automatically triggered by the system. Validate it and receive the "
|
||
"products in the *Input Location*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Ahora vaya a la aplicación *Compra*. Ahí encontrará la orden de compra que "
|
||
"el sistema activó de forma automática. Valídela y reciba los productos en la"
|
||
" *ubicación de entrada*."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:77
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When the products have been received from the supplier, you can go back to "
|
||
"your initial sale order and validate the internal transfer from *Input* to "
|
||
"*Output*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Cuando se han recibido los productos del proveedor, puede regresar a su "
|
||
"orden de venta inicial y validar el traslado interno de *entrada* a "
|
||
"*salida*."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:86
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The delivery order is now ready to be processed and can be validated too."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"La orden de entrada está lista para procesarse y también se puede validar."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Sell stock from multiple warehouses using virtual locations"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Venda las existencias de productos de varios almacenes utilizando "
|
||
"ubicaciones virtuales"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"While keeping stock and selling inventory from one warehouse might work for "
|
||
"smaller companies, bigger companies might need to keep stock in, or sell "
|
||
"from, multiple warehouses in multiple locations."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Mientras que mantener existencias y vender inventario desde un almacén puede"
|
||
" funcionar para las empresas más pequeñas, las empresas más grandes pueden "
|
||
"necesitar mantener existencias en, o vender desde, múltiples almacenes en "
|
||
"múltiples ubicaciones."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:9
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In Odoo, sometimes products included in a single sales order might take "
|
||
"stock from two (or more) warehouses. In Odoo, pulling products from multiple"
|
||
" warehouses to satisfy sales demands can be done by using *virtual "
|
||
"locations*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En Odoo, a veces los productos incluidos en una sola orden de venta pueden "
|
||
"utilizar existencias de dos (o más) almacenes. Asimismo, es posible sacar "
|
||
"productos de múltiples almacenes para satisfacer las demandas de ventas al "
|
||
"utilizar las *ubicaciones virtuales*."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:14
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In order to create virtual locations in warehouses and proceed to the "
|
||
"following steps, the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step"
|
||
" Routes` features will need to be enabled in the :menuselection:`Settings` "
|
||
"app."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Para crear ubicaciones virtuales en almacenes y proceder con los siguientes "
|
||
"pasos, las funciones :guilabel:`Ubicaciones de almacenamiento` y "
|
||
":guilabel:`Rutas de múltiples pasos` deberán estar activadas en la "
|
||
"aplicación :menuselection:`Configuración`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:18
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`, "
|
||
"scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, and click the checkboxes "
|
||
"next to :guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes`. "
|
||
"Then, :guilabel:`Save` the changes to finish."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Para ello, vaya a :menuselection:`Inventario --> Configuración --> Ajustes`,"
|
||
" y vaya hacia abajo en la página hasta la sección :guilabel:`Almacén`, luego"
|
||
" dé clic en las casillas que se encuentran al lado de :guilabel:`Ubicaciones"
|
||
" de almacén` y :guilabel:`Rutas de múltiples pasos`. Para concluir dé clic "
|
||
"en, :guilabel:`Guardar` los cambios."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:23
|
||
msgid "Create and configure a virtual parent location"
|
||
msgstr "Cree y configure una ubicación principal virtual"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:25
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Before creating any virtual stock locations, a new warehouse will need to be"
|
||
" created. This new warehouse will act as a *virtual* warehouse, and will be "
|
||
"the *parent* location of other physical warehouses."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Es necesario crear un nuevo almacén antes de crear un almacén de existencias"
|
||
" virtual. Este nuevo almacén fungirá como una ubicación *virtual* y será la "
|
||
"dirección *principal* de otros almacenes."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:31
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Virtual warehouses are great for companies with multiple physical "
|
||
"warehouses. This is because a situation might arise when one warehouse runs "
|
||
"out of stock of a particular product, but another warehouse still has stock "
|
||
"on-hand. In this case, stock from these two (or more) warehouses could be "
|
||
"used to fulfill a single sales order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Los almacenes virtuales son ideales para empresas con varios almacenes "
|
||
"físicos. Esto se debe a que es posible que un almacén se quede sin "
|
||
"existencias de un determinado producto, pero otro aún disponga de unidades "
|
||
"disponibles. En este caso, las existencias de estos dos (o más) almacenes "
|
||
"podrían utilizarse para satisfacer un único pedido de venta."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:36
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The \"virtual\" warehouse acts as a single aggregator of all the inventory "
|
||
"stored in a company's physical warehouses, and is used (for traceability "
|
||
"purposes) to create a hierarchy of locations in Odoo."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Los almacenes \"virtuales\" funcionan como un agrupador único de todo el "
|
||
"inventario guardado en los almacenes físicos de una empresa, y se utiliza "
|
||
"(por motivos de traceabilidad) para crear jerarquías en las ubicaciones de "
|
||
"Odoo."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:43
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create a new warehouse, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration"
|
||
" --> Warehouses`, and click :guilabel:`Create`. From here, the warehouse "
|
||
":guilabel:`Name` and :guilabel:`Short Name` can be changed, and other "
|
||
"warehouse details can be changed under the :guilabel:`Warehouse "
|
||
"Configuration` tab."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Para crear un nuevo almacén, vaya a :menuselection:`Inventario --> "
|
||
"Configuración --> Almacenes`, y haga clic en :guilabel:`Crear`. Desde aquí, "
|
||
"puede cambiar el :guilabel:`Nombre` y el :guilabel:`Nombre corto` del "
|
||
"almacén, así como otros detalles del almacén desde la opción que se "
|
||
"encuentra debajo de la pestaña :guilabel:`Configuración del almacén`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:48
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Under the :guilabel:`Shipments` heading, set the number of steps used to "
|
||
"process :guilabel:`Incoming Shipments` and :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments` by"
|
||
" selecting between the :guilabel:`1 step`, :guilabel:`2 steps`, and "
|
||
":guilabel:`3 steps` radio buttons. The desired option for "
|
||
":guilabel:`Incoming Shipments` and :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments` will "
|
||
"depend on the warehouse's procurement process, and might differ for "
|
||
"individual products or product categories."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En el encabezado :guilabel:`Envíos`, establezca el número de pasos "
|
||
"utilizados para procesar los :guilabel:`Envíos entrantes` y "
|
||
":guilabel:`Envíos salientes` y seleccione entre las opciones de :guilabel:`1"
|
||
" paso`, :guilabel:`2 pasos` y :guilabel:`3 pasos`. La opción deseada para "
|
||
":guilabel:`Envíos entrantes` y :guilabel:`Envíos salientes` dependerá del "
|
||
"proceso de aprovisionamiento del almacén, y puede diferir para productos "
|
||
"individuales o categorías de productos."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:55
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":doc:`How to choose the right flow to handle receipts and deliveries? "
|
||
"</applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries>`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":doc:`¿Cómo elegir el mejor flujo para gestionar las recepciones y los "
|
||
"envíos? "
|
||
"</applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries>`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:58
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Under the :guilabel:`Resupply` heading, configure the method(s) for how the "
|
||
"warehouse resupplies its inventory:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Puede configurar el o los métodos de reabastecimiento de inventario del "
|
||
"almacen desde la pestaña :guilabel:`Reabastecimiento`:"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:61
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Resupply Subcontractors`: resupply subcontractors with components"
|
||
" from this warehouse."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Reabastecer a subcontratistas`: reabastece a subcontratistas con "
|
||
"componentes de este almacén."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:62
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Manufacture to Resupply`: when products are manufactured, they "
|
||
"can be manufactured in this warehouse."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Fabricación para reabastecimiento`: cuando los productos se "
|
||
"fabrican, pueden producirse en este almacén."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:64
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Manufacture`: to produce right away, move the components to the "
|
||
"production location directly and start the manufacturing process; to pick "
|
||
"first and then produce, unload the components from the stock to input "
|
||
"location first, and then transfer it to the production location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:Fabricación: para producir de inmediato, mueva los componentes "
|
||
"directamente a la ubicación de producción y comience el proceso de "
|
||
"fabricación; para recoger primero y luego producir, descargue los "
|
||
"componentes del stock a la ubicación de entrada primero y luego "
|
||
"transfiéralos a la ubicación de producción."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:68
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Buy to Resupply`: when products are bought, they can be delivered"
|
||
" to this warehouse."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:Comprar para reabastecer: cuando compra productos estos pueden ser"
|
||
" entregados en este almacén."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:69
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Resupply From`: automatically create routes to resupply this "
|
||
"warehouse from another chosen warehouse"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Formulario de reabastecimiento`: crea de manera automática rutas "
|
||
"de reabastecimiento para este almacen desde otro almacén elegido."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:73
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"*Routes* can be set and configured directly from the :guilabel:`Warehouse` "
|
||
"form, by clicking on the :guilabel:`Routes` smart button. Once the warehouse"
|
||
" is configured, virtual *Locations* can be created."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Las *Rutas* pueden ser establecidas y configuradas desde el formulario "
|
||
":guilabel:`Almacén` dando clic en el botón inteligente :guilabel:`Rutas`. "
|
||
"Una vez que haya configurado el almacén, puede generar las *Ubicaciones* "
|
||
"virtuales."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst-1
|
||
msgid "The edit screen for creating a new warehouse."
|
||
msgstr "La pantalla de edición para crear un nuevo almacén."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:81
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In order to apply this virtual warehouse as the *parent* location of two "
|
||
"*child* location warehouses, there need to be two warehouses configured with"
|
||
" physical stock locations."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Para configurar este almacén virtual como la ubicación *principal* de otras "
|
||
"dos ubicaciones *secundarias* es necesario que configure dos almacenes con "
|
||
"ubicaciones físicas."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:0
|
||
msgid "**Parent Warehouse**"
|
||
msgstr "*Almacén principal**"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:0
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: `Virtual Warehouse`"
|
||
msgstr ":guilabel:`Almacén`: `Almacén virtual`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:0
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Location`: `VWH`"
|
||
msgstr ":guilabel:`Ubicación`: `VWH`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:0
|
||
msgid "**Child Warehouses**"
|
||
msgstr "**Almacenes secundarios**"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:0
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouses`: `Warehouse A` and `Warehouse B`"
|
||
msgstr ":guilabel:`Almacenes`: `Almacén A` and `Almacén B`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:0
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Locations`: `WHA/Stock` and `WHB/Stock`"
|
||
msgstr ":guilabel:`Ubicaciones`: `WHA/Existencias` y `WHB/Existencias`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:95
|
||
msgid "Create a virtual parent location"
|
||
msgstr "Crear una ubicación principal virtual"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:98
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In order to take stock from multiple warehouses to fulfill a sales order, "
|
||
"there need to be at least **two** warehouses acting as *child locations* of "
|
||
"the *virtual parent location* warehouse."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Para poder tomar existencias de productos de múltiples almacenes y cumplir "
|
||
"con un pedido de venta, debe haber al menos **dos** almacenes que actúen "
|
||
"como *ubicaciones secundarias* del almacén *principal virtual*."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:101
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create and edit *Locations*, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> "
|
||
"Configuration --> Locations`. All :guilabel:`Locations` are listed here, "
|
||
"including the *Stock* :guilabel:`Location` of the virtual warehouse that was"
|
||
" created. Click into the *Stock* :guilabel:`Location` for the virtual "
|
||
"warehouse that was previously created (:dfn:`Warehouse Name/Stock`)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Para crear y editar *Ubicaciones* diríjase a :menuselection:`Inventario --> Configuración --> Ubicaciones`. Aquí aparecerán todas las :guilabel:`Ubicaciones` enumeradas, incluida la :guilabel:`Ubicación` de las *existencias* del almacén virtual que creó.\n"
|
||
" Haga clic en la guilabel:`Ubicación` de las *Existencias* para el almacén virtual que creó (:dfn:Nombre del almacén/Existencias`)."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:106
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, under the :guilabel:`Additional Information` section, change the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Location Type` from :guilabel:`Internal Location` to "
|
||
":guilabel:`View`. :guilabel:`Save` the changes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Luego, en la sección :guilabel:Información Adicional, cambie el "
|
||
":guilabel:Tipo de Ubicación de :guilabel:Ubicación Interna a "
|
||
":guilabel:Vista. :guilabel:`Guardar` los cambios."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:109
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"This identifies this :guilabel:`Location` as a *virtual location*, which is "
|
||
"used to create a hierarchical structure for a warehouse and aggregate its "
|
||
"*child locations*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Esto identifica esta :guilabel:Ubicación como una *ubicación virtual*, que "
|
||
"se utiliza para crear una estructura jerárquica para un almacén y agrupar "
|
||
"sus *ubicaciones secundarias*."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:113
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Products can *not* be stored in a :guilabel:`View` :guilabel:`Location "
|
||
"Type`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Los productos *no* pueden almacenarse en una :guilabel:`Ubicación` de tipo "
|
||
":guilabel:`vista`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Warehouse location types in location creation screen."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Tipos de ubicación de almacén en la pantalla de creación de ubicaciones."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:120
|
||
msgid "Configure physical warehouse locations"
|
||
msgstr "Configure ubicaciones físicas de almacenes"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:122
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Navigate back to the :guilabel:`Locations` overview (via the breadcrumbs), "
|
||
"and remove any filters in the :guilabel:`Search Bar`. Then, click into the "
|
||
"first physical warehouse :guilabel:`Location` that was previously created to"
|
||
" be a *child location*, and click :guilabel:`Edit`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Regrese a la vista general de :guilabel:`Ubicaciones` (a través de las migas"
|
||
" de pan), ) y elimine cualquier filtro en la :guilabel:`Barra de búsqueda`. "
|
||
"Después, haga clic en la primera :guilabel:`Ubicación` física del almacén "
|
||
"que se creó antes como una *ubicación secundaria* y luego haga clic en "
|
||
":guilabel:`Editar`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:126
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Under :guilabel:`Parent Location`, select the virtual warehouse from the "
|
||
"drop-down menu, and :guilabel:`Save` changes. Then, navigate back to the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Locations` overview, and repeat this step for the second physical"
|
||
" warehouse stock location. Be sure to :guilabel:`Save` changes again."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Debajo de la :guilabel:Ubicación principal`, seleccione el almacén virtual "
|
||
"de la lista desplegable y haga clic en :guilabel:`Guardar` cambios. Luego, "
|
||
"regresa a la vista general de :guilabel:`Ubicaciones`, y repita este paso "
|
||
"para la segunda ubicación física del almacén de stock. Asegúrese de "
|
||
":guilabel:`Guardar` los cambios de nuevo."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:130
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Both locations are now *child locations* of the virtual warehouse *parent "
|
||
"location*. This allows stock to be taken from multiple locations to fulfill "
|
||
"a single sales order, if there is not enough stock in any one location "
|
||
"(provided they are both tied to the same virtual warehouse *parent "
|
||
"location*)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Ambas ubicaciones ahora son *ubicaciones secundarias* de la *ubicación "
|
||
"principal* del almacén virtual. Esto permite seleccionar existencias desde "
|
||
"múltiples ubicaciones para cumplir con un solo pedido de venta, en caso de "
|
||
"que no haya suficiente existencias en una sola ubicación (siempre y cuando "
|
||
"estén vinculadas a la misma *ubicación principal* del almacén virtual)."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:136
|
||
msgid "Example flow: Sell a product from a virtual warehouse"
|
||
msgstr "Ejemplo de flujo: Vender un producto desde un almacén virtual"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:139
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To sell products from multiple warehouses using a virtual *parent* location "
|
||
"in this flow, there must be at least **two** products and at least **two** "
|
||
"warehouses configured - with at least **one** product with quantity on-hand "
|
||
"in each warehouse, respectively."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Para vender productos desde múltiples almacenes mediante una ubicación "
|
||
"*principal* virtual en este flujo, debe haber al menos **dos** productos y "
|
||
"**dos** almacenes configurados, con un mínimo de **un** producto disponible "
|
||
"en cada almacén."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:143
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create a new request for quotation, or RFQ, navigate to the "
|
||
":menuselection:`Sales` app, and click :guilabel:`Create` from the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Quotations` overview. Fill out the information on the new "
|
||
"quotation by adding a :guilabel:`Customer`, and click :guilabel:`Add a "
|
||
"product` to add the two products stored in the two warehouses."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Para crear una nueva solicitud de cotización, diríjase a la aplicación de "
|
||
":menuselection:`Ventas` y haga clic en :guilabel:`Crear` desde la vista "
|
||
"general de :guilabel:`Cotizaciones`. Complete la información en la nueva "
|
||
"cotización y añada un :guilabel:`Cliente`, después haga clic en "
|
||
":guilabel:`Agregar un producto` para añadir los dos productos almacenados en"
|
||
" los dos almacenes."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:148
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, click the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab on the sales order form. Under "
|
||
"the :guilabel:`Delivery` section, change the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field "
|
||
"value listed to the virtual warehouse that was previously created. Once the "
|
||
"warehouse has been changed, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to convert the "
|
||
"quotation into a sales order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Luego, haga clic en la pestaña :guilabel:`Información adicional` en el "
|
||
"formulario de la orden de venta. Bajo la sección :guilabel:`Entrega`, cambie"
|
||
" el valor del campo :guilabel:`Almacén` por el almacén virtual que se creó "
|
||
"anteriormente. Una vez que se haya cambiado el almacén, haga clic en "
|
||
":guilabel:`Confirmar` para convertir la cotización en una orden de venta."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:153
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now that the quotation has been confirmed as a sales order, click the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button. From the warehouse delivery form, confirm"
|
||
" that the :guilabel:`Source Location` value matches the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Warehouse` field value from the sales order. Both should list the"
|
||
" virtual warehouse location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Ahora que la cotización se confirmó como una orden de venta, haga clic en el"
|
||
" botón inteligente :guilabel:`Entrega`. Desde el formulario de entrega del "
|
||
"almacén, verifique que el valor de :guilabel:`Ubicación de Origen` coincida "
|
||
"con el valor de :guilabel:`Almacén` del formulario de la orden de venta. "
|
||
"Ambos deben listar la ubicación del almacén virtual."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:159
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The :guilabel:`Source Location` on the warehouse delivery form and the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Warehouse` under the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab on the sales "
|
||
"order form *must* match in order for the products included in the sales "
|
||
"order to be pulled from different warehouses."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"La :guilabel:`Ubicación de Origen` en el formulario de entrega del almacén y"
|
||
" el :guilabel:`Almacén` bajo la pestaña :guilabel:`Información Adicional` en"
|
||
" el formulario de la orden de venta *deben* coincidir para que los productos"
|
||
" incluidos en la orden de venta se extraigan de diferentes almacenes."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:163
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If the virtual warehouse is not the value in the :guilabel:`Source Location`"
|
||
" field on the warehouse delivery form, then click :guilabel:`Edit`, make the"
|
||
" change, and click :guilabel:`Save`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si el almacén virtual no es el valor en el campo :guilabel:`Ubicación de "
|
||
"Origen` en el formulario de entrega del almacén, haga clic en "
|
||
":guilabel:`Editar`, realice el cambio y dé clic en :guilabel:`Guardar`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:166
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If the virtual warehouse is not the value in the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field"
|
||
" on the sales order, then a new quotation may need to be generated."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si el almacén virtual no es el valor en el campo :guilabel:`Almacén` en la "
|
||
"orden de venta, es posible que deba generar una nueva cotización."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:168
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If whe :guilabel:`Warehouse` field is missing on the sales order form, then "
|
||
"the virtual warehouse (and its children warehouses) may not have been set up"
|
||
" correctly, in which case, review the documentation above again to make sure"
|
||
" all settings/configuration were done properly."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si el campo :guilabel:`Almacén` falta en el formulario de la orden de venta,"
|
||
" es posible que el almacén virtual (y sus almacenes secundarios) no se hayan"
|
||
" configurado correctamente. En ese caso, revise la documentación anterior "
|
||
"para asegurarse de que se hayan realizado de manera correcta todas las "
|
||
"configuraciones."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Delivery order with matching source and child locations."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Orden de entrega con ubicaciones de origen y secundarias coincidentes."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:176
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Finally, on the warehouse delivery form, under the :guilabel:`Detailed "
|
||
"Operations` tab, confirm that the *Locations* values under the "
|
||
":guilabel:`From` column for each product matches to the *child locations* "
|
||
"that are tied to the virtual *parent location*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Por último, en el formulario de entrega del almacén, bajo la pestaña "
|
||
":guilabel:`Operaciones Detalladas`, verifique que los valores de las "
|
||
"*Ubicaciones* en la columna :guilabel:`Desde` para cada producto coincidan "
|
||
"con las *ubicaciones secundarias* que están vinculadas a la *ubicación "
|
||
"principal* virtual."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:181
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To view which *Locations* the products are coming from on the drop-down "
|
||
"menus, click the :guilabel:`internal link (arrow)` icon to expand the "
|
||
"*Location* information. If needed, it can be changed from here (granted "
|
||
"there is quantity on hand for the product in that location)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Para ver desde qué *ubicaciones* provienen los productos en los menús "
|
||
"desplegables, haga clic en el icono de :guilabel:`enlace interno (flecha)` "
|
||
"para expandir la información de la *Ubicación*. Si es necesario, puede "
|
||
"cambiarla desde aquí (siempre que haya alguna cantidad disponible del "
|
||
"producto en esa ubicación)."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:185
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once everything has been properly set, click :guilabel:`Validate` and then "
|
||
":guilabel:`Apply` to validate the delivery. Then, navigate back to the sales"
|
||
" order form (via the breadcrumbs), and click :guilabel:`Create Invoice` to "
|
||
"invoice for the sales order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Una vez que todo esté configurado de modo correcto, haga clic en "
|
||
":guilabel:`Validar` y luego en :guilabel:`Aplicar` para validar la entrega. "
|
||
"Luego, regrese al formulario de la orden de venta (a través de las migas de "
|
||
"pan) y dé clic en :guilabel:`Crear Factura` para facturar la orden de venta."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:190
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To use a virtual *parent* location as the default warehouse for sales "
|
||
"orders, each salesperson can have the virtual warehouse assigned to them "
|
||
"from the drop-down menu next to :guilabel:`Default Warehouse` on their "
|
||
"employee form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Para utilizar una *ubicación principal* virtual como almacén predeterminado "
|
||
"para las órdenes de venta, cada representante de ventas puede tener asignado"
|
||
" el almacén virtual desde el menú desplegable junto a :guilabel:`Almacén "
|
||
"Predeterminado` en su formulario de empleado."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Default warehouse location on employee form."
|
||
msgstr "Ubicación de almacén predeterminada en el formulario de empleado."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Routes and Pull/Push Rules"
|
||
msgstr "Rutas y reglas pull y push"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:7
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In inventory management, the supply chain strategy determines when products "
|
||
"should be purchased/manufactured, delivered to distribution centers, and "
|
||
"made available to the retail channel."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En la gestión de inventario, la estrategia de cadena de suministro determina"
|
||
" cuándo los productos se deben comprar o fabricar, cuándo se deben enviar a "
|
||
"los centros de distribución y estar disponibles en el canal minorista."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:11
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In Odoo, a product's supply chain strategy can be configured using *Routes*,"
|
||
" which feature *Pull and Push Rules*. Once everything is properly "
|
||
"configured, the Inventory app can automatically generate transfers following"
|
||
" the configured push/pull rules."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En Odoo se puede configurar la estrategia de cadena de suministro de un "
|
||
"producto mediante las *rutas*, las cuales incluyen las *reglas push y pull*."
|
||
" Una vez que todo se configuró de forma adecuada, la aplicación Inventario "
|
||
"puede generar de forma automática los traslados de acuerdo a las reglas push"
|
||
" o pull configuradas."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:16
|
||
msgid "Inside the warehouse"
|
||
msgstr "Dentro del almacén"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:18
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In a generic warehouse, there are receiving docks, a quality control area, "
|
||
"storage locations, picking and packing areas, and shipping docks. All "
|
||
"products go through all these locations. As the products move through the "
|
||
"locations, each location triggers the products' specified route and rules."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Un almacén genérico cuenta con muelles de recepción, un área de control de "
|
||
"calidad, ubicaciones de almacenamiento, áreas de recolección y empaquetado y"
|
||
" muelles de envío. Conforme el producto pasa por estas ubicaciones, cada una"
|
||
" activa la ruta y reglas específicas del producto."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1
|
||
msgid "View of a generic warehouse with stock and quality control area."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vista de un almacén genérico con áreas de existencias y control de calidad."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:27
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In this example, vendor trucks unload pallets of ordered products at the "
|
||
"receiving docks. Operators then scan the products in the receiving area. "
|
||
"Depending on the product's route and rules, some of these products are sent "
|
||
"to a quality control area (for example, products that are components used in"
|
||
" the manufacturing process), while others are directly stored in their "
|
||
"respective locations."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En este ejemplo, los camiones de los proveedores descargan los palés de "
|
||
"productos ordenados en los muelles de recepción. A continuación, los "
|
||
"operadores escanean los productos en el área de recepción. Dependiendo de "
|
||
"sus rutas y reglas de almacenamiento, algunos productos se envían al área de"
|
||
" control de calidad (por ejemplo, productos que se utilizan como componentes"
|
||
" en el proceso de fabricación), mientras que otros se almacenan directamente"
|
||
" en sus respectivas ubicaciones. "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1
|
||
msgid "View of a generic push to rule when receiving products."
|
||
msgstr "Vista de una regla push genérica en la recepción de productos."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:36
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Here is an example of a fulfillment route. In the morning, items are picked "
|
||
"for all the orders that need to be prepared during the day. These items are "
|
||
"picked from storage locations and moved to the picking area, close to where "
|
||
"the orders are packed. Then, the orders are packed in their respective boxes"
|
||
" and conveyors bring them close to the shipping docks, ready to be delivered"
|
||
" to customers."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Este es un ejemplo de una ruta de cumplimiento. Por la mañana, se recogen "
|
||
"los artículos para todas las órdenes que deben prepararse durante el día. "
|
||
"Estos artículos se recogen de las ubicaciones de almacenamiento y se "
|
||
"trasladan a la zona de recolección, cerca de donde se empaquetan las "
|
||
"órdenes. A continuación, las órdenes se empaquetan en sus respectivas cajas "
|
||
"y las transportadoras los acercan a los muelles de envío, listos para "
|
||
"entregarse a los clientes."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1
|
||
msgid "View of a generic pull from rule when preparing deliveries."
|
||
msgstr "Vista de una regla pull genérica en la preparación de entregas."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:47
|
||
msgid "Pull rules"
|
||
msgstr "Reglas pull"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:49
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"With *Pull Rules*, a demand for some products triggers procurements, while "
|
||
"*Push Rules* are triggered by products arriving in a specific location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Con las *reglas pull*, la demanda de algunos productos activa los "
|
||
"aprovisionamientos, mientras que las *reglas push* se activan debido a "
|
||
"productos que llegan a ubicaciones específicas."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:52
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Pull Rules are used to fulfill a sales order. Odoo generates a need at the "
|
||
"*Customer Location* for each product in the order. Because pull rules are "
|
||
"triggered by a need, Odoo looks for a pull rule defined on the *Customer "
|
||
"Location*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Las reglas pull se utilizan para completar órdenes de venta. Odoo genera una"
|
||
" necesidad en la *ubicación del cliente* para cada producto en la orden. "
|
||
"Como las necesidades activan las reglas pull, Odoo busca una regla definida "
|
||
"en la *ubicación del cliente*."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:56
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In this case, a \"delivery order\" pull rule that transfers products from "
|
||
"the *Shipping Area* to the *Customer Location* is found, and a transfer "
|
||
"between the two locations is created."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En este caso, Odoo encontró una regla pull \"orden de entrega\" que traslada"
|
||
" productos del *área de envío* a la *ubicación del cliente*, y se crea un "
|
||
"traslado entre ambas ubicaciones."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:59
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, Odoo finds another pull rule that tries to fulfill the need for the "
|
||
"*Shipping Area*: the \"packing\" rule that transfers products from the "
|
||
"*Packing Area* to the *Shipping Area*. Finally, other pull rules are "
|
||
"triggered until a transfer between the *Stock* and the *Picking Area* is "
|
||
"created."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Luego, Odoo encuentra otra regla pull que busca satisfacer la necesidad del "
|
||
"*área de envío*: la regla de \"empaquetado\" que traslada productos del "
|
||
"*área de empaquetado* al *área de envío*. Por último, se activan otras "
|
||
"reglas pull hasta que se crea un traslado entre las *existencias* y el *área"
|
||
" de recolección*."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:65
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"All these product transfers are automatically generated by Odoo based on the"
|
||
" pull rules, starting from the end (the customer location) and going "
|
||
"backward (the stock warehouse). While working, the operator processes these "
|
||
"transfers in the opposite order: first the picking, then the packing, and "
|
||
"finally the delivery order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Odoo genera de forma automática todos estos traslados de productos mediante "
|
||
"las reglas pull, empieza por el final (la ubicación del cliente) y va en "
|
||
"retroceso (el almacén de existencias). Mientras trabaja, el operador procesa"
|
||
" estos traslados en orden inverso: primero la recolección, luego el "
|
||
"empaquetado y, por último, la orden de entrega."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:71
|
||
msgid "Push rules"
|
||
msgstr "Reglas push"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:73
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On the other hand, *Push Rules* are much easier to understand. Instead of "
|
||
"generating documents based on needs, they are triggered in real time when "
|
||
"products arrive in a specific location. Push rules basically say: \"when a "
|
||
"product arrives at a specific location, move it to another location.\""
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Por otro lado, las *reglas push* son más fáciles de entender. En lugar de "
|
||
"generar documentos según las necesidades, estas reglas se activan en tiempo "
|
||
"real cuando los productos llegan a una ubicación en específico. En pocas "
|
||
"palabras, las reglas push dicen: \"cuando un producto llegue a una ubicación"
|
||
" específica, se debe trasladar a otra ubicación\"."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:77
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"An example of a push rule would be: when a product arrives in the *Receipt "
|
||
"Area*, move it to the *Storage Location*. As different push rules can be "
|
||
"applied to different products, the user can assign different storage "
|
||
"locations for different products."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Un ejemplo de una regla push sería: cuando un producto llega al *área de "
|
||
"recepción* se debe mover a la *ubicación de almacenamiento*. Como se pueden "
|
||
"aplicar distintas reglas push a distintos productos, el usuario puede "
|
||
"asignar ubicaciones de almacenamiento diferentes a cada producto."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:81
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Another push rule could be: when products arrive at a location, move them to"
|
||
" the *Quality Control Area*. Then, once the quality check is done, move them"
|
||
" to their *Storage Location*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Otra regla push podría ser: cuando lleguen productos a una ubicación, se "
|
||
"deben trasladar al *área de control de calidad*. Una vez realizado el "
|
||
"control de calidad, se deben trasladar a la *ubicación de inventario*."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:85
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Push rules can only be triggered if there are no pull rules that have "
|
||
"already generated the product transfers."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Las reglas push solo se pueden activar si ninguna regla pull ya ha generado "
|
||
"los traslados de productos."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:89
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Sets of push/pull rules like those are called *Routes*. The grouping on the "
|
||
"rule decides if products are grouped in the same transfer or not. For "
|
||
"example, during the picking operation, all orders and their products are "
|
||
"grouped in one transfer, whereas the packing operation respects the grouping"
|
||
" per customer order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Los conjuntos de reglas push y pull se denominan *rutas*. El grupo en la "
|
||
"regla decide si los productos se agrupan en el mismo traslado o no. Por "
|
||
"ejemplo, durante la operación de recolección, todas las órdenes y sus "
|
||
"productos se agrupan en un traslado, mientras que la operación de "
|
||
"empaquetado respeta la agrupación por orden de cliente."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:97
|
||
msgid "Use routes and rules"
|
||
msgstr "Usar rutas y reglas"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:99
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Since *Routes* are a collection of *Push and Pull Rules*, Odoo helps you "
|
||
"manage advanced route configurations such as:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Dado que las *rutas* son un conjunto de *reglas push y pull*, Odoo le ayuda "
|
||
"a gestionar la configuración avanzada de rutas como:"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:102
|
||
msgid "Manage product manufacturing chains."
|
||
msgstr "Gestionar cadenas de fabricación de productos."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:103
|
||
msgid "Manage default locations per product."
|
||
msgstr "Gestionar ubicaciones predeterminadas por producto."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:104
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Define routes within the stock warehouse according to business needs, such "
|
||
"as quality control, after-sales services, or supplier returns."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Definir rutas dentro de sus almacenes de existencias según las necesidades "
|
||
"empresariales, como el control de calidad, servicios posventa o devoluciones"
|
||
" a proveedores."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:106
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Help rental management by generating automated return moves for rented "
|
||
"products."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Ayudar a la gestión de alquileres al generar movimientos de devolución "
|
||
"automatizados para los productos alquilados."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:108
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To configure a route for a product, first, open the :guilabel:`Inventory` "
|
||
"application and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. Then, in "
|
||
"the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, enable the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` "
|
||
"feature and click :guilabel:`Save`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Para configurar una ruta en un producto primero debe acceder a la aplicación"
|
||
" :guilabel:`Inventario` e ir a :menuselection:`Configuración --> Ajustes`. "
|
||
"Después, en la sección :guilabel:`almacén` habilite la función "
|
||
":guilabel:`rutas multietapa` y haga clic en :guilabel:`guardar`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Activate the Multi-Step Routes feature in Odoo Inventory."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Activar la función \"rutas multietapa\" en la aplicación Inventario de Odoo"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:117
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The :guilabel:`Storage Locations` feature is automatically activated with "
|
||
"the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` feature."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"La función :guilabel:`ubicaciones de almacenamiento` se activa de forma "
|
||
"automática cuando se habilita la función :guilabel:`rutas multietapa`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:120
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once this first step is completed, the user can use pre-configured routes "
|
||
"that come with Odoo, or they can create custom routes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Una vez que complete este paso, el usuario puede utilizar las rutas "
|
||
"preconfiguradas de Odoo, o puede crear sus propias rutas personalizadas."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:124
|
||
msgid "Pre-configured routes"
|
||
msgstr "Rutas preconfiguradas"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:126
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To access Odoo's pre-configured routes, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> "
|
||
"Configuration --> Warehouses`. Then, open a warehouse form. In the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, the user can view the warehouse's "
|
||
"pre-configured routes for :guilabel:`Incoming Shipments` and "
|
||
":guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Para acceder a las rutas preconfiguradas de Odoo vaya a "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventario --> Configuración --> Almacenes`. Luego acceda al"
|
||
" formulario de un almacén. En la pestaña :guilabel:`configuración de "
|
||
"almacén` puede ver las rutas preconfiguradas del almacén para los envíos "
|
||
":guilabel:`entrantes` y :guilabel:`salientes`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1
|
||
msgid "A preconfigured warehouse in Odoo Inventory."
|
||
msgstr "Un almacén preconfigurado en la aplicación Inventario de Odoo"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:135
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Some more advanced routes, such as pick-pack-ship, are also available. The "
|
||
"user can select the route that best fits their business needs. Once the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Incoming Shipments` and :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments` routes are"
|
||
" set, head to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes` to see"
|
||
" the specific routes that Odoo generated."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"También están disponibles rutas más avanzadas, como recolectar-empaquetar-"
|
||
"enviar. El usuario puede seleccionar la ruta que cubra mejor sus necesidades"
|
||
" empresariales. Una vez que se establezcan las rutas de envíos "
|
||
":guilabel:`entrantes` y :guilabel:`salientes`, vaya a "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventario --> Configuración --> Rutas` para ver las rutas "
|
||
"específicas que Odoo generó."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1
|
||
msgid "View of all the preconfigured routes Odoo offers."
|
||
msgstr "Vista de todas las rutas preconfiguradas que Odoo ofrece."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:144
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On the :guilabel:`Routes` page, click on a route to open the route form. In "
|
||
"the route form, the user can view which places the route is "
|
||
":guilabel:`Applicable On`. The user can also set the route to only apply on "
|
||
"a specific :guilabel:`Company`. This is useful for multi-company "
|
||
"environments; for example, a user can have a company and warehouse in "
|
||
"Country A and a second company and warehouse in Country B."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En la página :guilabel:`rutas`, haga clic en una ruta para abrir su "
|
||
"formulario. Ahí, la sección :guilabel:`aplicable en` le muestra al usuario "
|
||
"en dónde se puede aplicar la ruta. También puede configurar la ruta para que"
|
||
" solo se aplique a una :guilabel:`empresa` en específico. Esto es útil en "
|
||
"los entornos multiempresa: por ejemplo, un usuario puede tener una empresa y"
|
||
" almacén en el país A y una segunda empresa y almacén en el país B."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"View of a route example applicable on product categories and warehouses."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vista de un ejemplo de ruta que se aplica en categorías de productos y "
|
||
"almacenes."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:154
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"At the bottom of the route form, the user can view the specific "
|
||
":guilabel:`Rules` for the route. Each :guilabel:`Rule` has an "
|
||
":guilabel:`Action`, a :guilabel:`Source Location`, and a "
|
||
":guilabel:`Destination Location`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Al final del formulario de la ruta, el usuario puede ver las "
|
||
":guilabel:`reglas` de cada ruta. Cada :guilabel:`regla` tiene una "
|
||
":guilabel:`acción`, una :guilabel:`ubicación de origen` y una "
|
||
":guilabel:`ubicación destino`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1
|
||
msgid "An example of rules with push & pull actions in Odoo Inventory."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Un ejemplo de reglas con acciones push y pull en la aplicación Inventario de"
|
||
" Odoo."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:163
|
||
msgid "Custom Routes"
|
||
msgstr "Rutas personalizadas"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:165
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create a custom route, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration "
|
||
"--> Routes`, and click on :guilabel:`Create`. Next, choose the places where "
|
||
"this route can be selected. A route can be applicable on a combination of "
|
||
"places."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Para crear una ruta personalizada, vaya a :menuselection:`Inventario --> "
|
||
"Configuración --> Rutas` y haga clic en :guilabel:`crear`. A continuación, "
|
||
"elija dónde se puede seleccionar esta ruta. Una ruta se puede aplicar en una"
|
||
" combinación de lugares."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1
|
||
msgid "View of a pick-pack-ship route."
|
||
msgstr "Vista de una ruta recolectar - empacar - enviar."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:173
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Each place has a different behavior, so it is important to tick only the "
|
||
"useful ones and adapt each route accordingly. Then, configure the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Rules` of the route."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Cada lugar tiene un comportamiento distinto, por lo que es importante "
|
||
"seleccionar solo los que son de utilidad y adaptar cada ruta en "
|
||
"consecuencia. Después, configure las :guilabel:`reglas` de la ruta."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:176
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If the route is applicable on a product category, the route still needs to "
|
||
"be manually set on the product category form by going to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories`. Then, "
|
||
"select the product category and open the form. Next, click :guilabel:`Edit` "
|
||
"and under the :guilabel:`Logistics` section, set the :guilabel:`Routes`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si la ruta se puede aplicar en una categoría de producto, la ruta aún se "
|
||
"debe establecer de forma manual en el formulario de la categoría de producto"
|
||
" en :menuselection:`Inventario --> Configuración --> Categorías de "
|
||
"productos`. Después, seleccione la categoría de producto y abra su "
|
||
"formulario. A continuación, haga clic en :guilabel:`editar` y establezca las"
|
||
" :guilabel:`rutas`en la sección :guilabel:`logística`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:181
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When applying the route on a product category, all the rules configured in "
|
||
"the route are applied to **every** product in the category. This can be "
|
||
"helpful if the business uses the dropshipping process for all the products "
|
||
"from the same category."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Al aplicar la ruta en una categoría de producto, todas las reglas "
|
||
"configuradas en la ruta se aplican a **todos** los productos en esa "
|
||
"categoría. Esto puede ser útil si la empresa utiliza el proceso de "
|
||
"triangulación para todos los productos de la misma categoría."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1
|
||
msgid "View of a route applied to the \"all\" product category."
|
||
msgstr "Vista de una ruta que se aplica a \"todas\" las categorías de productos."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:189
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The same behavior applies to the warehouses. If the route can apply to "
|
||
":guilabel:`Warehouses`, all the transfers occurring inside the chosen "
|
||
"warehouse that meet the conditions of the route's rules will then follow "
|
||
"that route."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"El mismo comportamiento se aplica a los almacenes. Si la ruta se puede "
|
||
"aplicar a los :guilabel:`almacenes`, todos los traslados que ocurren dentro "
|
||
"del almacén seleccionado que cumplen las condiciones de las reglas de la "
|
||
"ruta seguirán esa ruta."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"View of the warehouse drop-down menu when selecting applicable on warehouse."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vista del menú desplegable de almacén cuando se puede aplicar en un almacén."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:197
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If the route is applicable on :guilabel:`Sales Order Lines`, it is more or "
|
||
"less the opposite. The route must be manually chosen when creating a "
|
||
"quotation. This is useful if some products go through different routes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si la ruta se puede aplicar en las :guilabel:`líneas de la orden de venta`, "
|
||
"es más o menos lo contrario. Debe elegir la ruta de forma manual al crear "
|
||
"una cotización. Esto es útil si algunos productos utilizan rutas distintas."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:201
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Remember to toggle the visibility of the :guilabel:`Route` column on the "
|
||
"quotation/sales order. Then, the route can be chosen on each line of the "
|
||
"quotation/sales order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Recuerde activar la visibilidad de la columna :guilabel:`ruta` en la "
|
||
"cotización u orden de venta. Posteriormente, puede elegir la ruta en cada "
|
||
"línea de la cotización u orden de venta."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1
|
||
msgid "View of the menu allowing to add new lines to sales orders."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vista del menú que permite agregar nuevas líneas a las órdenes de venta."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:208
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Finally, there are routes that can be applied to products. Those work more "
|
||
"or less like the product categories: once selected, the route must be "
|
||
"manually set on the product form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Por último, hay rutas que se pueden aplicar a productos. Estas funcionan más"
|
||
" o menos como las categorías de productos: una vez seleccionada, la ruta se "
|
||
"debe establecer de forma manual en el formulario del producto."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:211
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To set a route on a product, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Products "
|
||
"--> Products` and select the desired product. Then, go to the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Inventory` tab and under the :guilabel:`Operations` section, "
|
||
"select the :guilabel:`Routes`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Para establecer una ruta en un producto, vaya a :menuselection:`Inventario "
|
||
"--> Productos --> Productos` y seleccione el producto deseado. Luego, vaya a"
|
||
" la pestaña :guilabel:`Inventario` y en la sección :guilabel:`operaciones` "
|
||
"seleccione las :guilabel:`rutas`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1
|
||
msgid "View of a product form, where the route must be selected."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vista de un formulario de producto en donde se debe seleccionar una ruta."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:220
|
||
msgid "Rules must be set on the route in order for the route to work."
|
||
msgstr "Debe establecer reglas en la ruta para que funcione."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:223
|
||
msgid "Rules"
|
||
msgstr "Reglas"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:225
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The rules are defined on the route form. First, go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes` and open the desired"
|
||
" route form. Next, click :guilabel:`Edit` and in the :guilabel:`Rules` "
|
||
"section, click on :guilabel:`Add a line`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Las reglas se definen en el formulario de la ruta. Primero, vaya a "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventario --> Configuración --> Rutas` y abra el formulario"
|
||
" de la ruta que desea editar. A continuación, haga clic en "
|
||
":guilabel:`editar` y en la sección :guilabel:`reglas`, haga clic en "
|
||
":guilabel:`agregar una línea`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1
|
||
msgid "View of the rules menu, where it is possible to add new rules."
|
||
msgstr "Vista del menú de reglas, donde se pueden agregar nuevas reglas."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:233
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The available rules trigger various actions. If Odoo offers *Push* and "
|
||
"*Pull* rules, others are also available. Each rule has an "
|
||
":guilabel:`Action`:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Las reglas disponibles activan varias acciones. Si Odoo ofrece reglas *push*"
|
||
" y *pull*, entonces también hay otras disponibles. Cada regla tiene una "
|
||
":guilabel:`acción`:"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:236
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Pull From`: this rule is triggered by a need for the product in a"
|
||
" specific location. The need can come from a sales order being validated or "
|
||
"from a manufacturing order requiring a specific component. When the need "
|
||
"appears in the destination location, Odoo generates a picking to fulfill "
|
||
"this need."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Tomar de (pull)`: esta regla se activa por la necesidad de un "
|
||
"producto en una ubicación específica. La necesidad puede venir de una orden "
|
||
"de venta validada o de una orden de fabricación que requiere un componente "
|
||
"específico. Cuando la necesidad aparece en la ubicación de destino, Odoo "
|
||
"genera una recolección para satisfacer esta necesidad."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:240
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Push To`: this rule is triggered by the arrival of some products "
|
||
"in the defined source location. In the case of the user moving products to "
|
||
"the source location, Odoo generates a picking to move those products to the "
|
||
"destination location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Enviar a (push)`: esta regla se activa por la llegada de algunos "
|
||
"productos en la ubicación de origen definida. En caso de que el usuario "
|
||
"mueva productos de la ubicación de origen, Odoo genera una recolección para "
|
||
"mover esos productos a la ubicación de destino."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:243
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Pull & Push`: this rule allows the generation of pickings in the "
|
||
"two situations explained above. This means that when products are required "
|
||
"at a specific location, a transfer is created from the previous location to "
|
||
"fulfill that need. This creates a need in the previous location and a rule "
|
||
"is triggered to fulfill it. Once the second need is fulfilled, the products "
|
||
"are pushed to the destination location and all the needs are fulfilled."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Pull y push`: esta regla permite generar recolecciones en las dos"
|
||
" situaciones que se explicaron anteriormente. Significa que cuando se "
|
||
"necesitan productos en una ubicación específica, se crea un traslado de una "
|
||
"ubicación anterior para satisfacer esa necesidad. Esto crea una necesidad en"
|
||
" la ubicación anterior y se activa una regla para satisfacerla. Una vez que "
|
||
"se satisfaga la segunda necesidad, los productos se envían a la primera "
|
||
"ubicación y se satisfacen todas las necesidades."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:248
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Buy`: when products are needed at the destination location, a "
|
||
"request for quotation is created to fulfill the need."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Comprar`: cuando se necesitan productos en la ubicación de "
|
||
"destino, se crea una solicitud de cotización para satisfacer la necesidad."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:250
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Manufacture`: when products are needed in the source location, a "
|
||
"manufacturing order is created to fulfill the need."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Fabricar`: cuando se necesitan productos en la ubicación de "
|
||
"origen, se crea una orden de fabricación para satisfacer la necesidad."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Overview of a \"Pull From\" rule that creates a transfer between the stock and the packing\n"
|
||
"zone."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vista general de una regla pull que creo un traslado entre la zona de existencias y la de\n"
|
||
"empaquetado."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:258
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The :guilabel:`Operation Type` must also be defined on the rule. This "
|
||
"defines which kind of picking is created from the rule."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"También se debe definir el :guilabel:`tipo de operación` en la regla. Esto "
|
||
"define qué tipo de recolección se crea a partir de la regla."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:261
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If the rule's :guilabel:`Action` is set to :guilabel:`Pull From` or "
|
||
":guilabel:`Pull & Push`, a :guilabel:`Supply Method` must be set. The "
|
||
":guilabel:`Supply Method` defines what happens at the source location:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si la :guilabel:`acción` de la regla se configura como :guilabel:`tomar de "
|
||
"(pull)` o :guilabel:`pull y push`, se debe establecer un :guilabel:`método "
|
||
"de suministro`. El :guilabel:`método de suministro` define qué sucede en la "
|
||
"ubicación de origen:"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:265
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Take From Stock`: the products are taken from the available stock"
|
||
" of the source location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Tomar de las existencias`: los productos se toman de las "
|
||
"existencias disponibles en la ubicación de origen."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:267
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Trigger Another Rule`: the system tries to find a stock rule to "
|
||
"bring the products to the source location. The available stock is ignored."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Activar otra regla`: el sistema trata de encontrar una regla de "
|
||
"existencias para traer los productos a la ubicación de origen. Se ignoran "
|
||
"las existencias disponibles."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:269
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Take From Stock, if Unavailable, Trigger Another Rule`: the "
|
||
"products are taken from the available stock of the source location. If there"
|
||
" is no stock available, the system tries to find a rule to bring the "
|
||
"products to the source location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Tomar de las existencias, si no hay disponibles, activar otra "
|
||
"regla.`: los productos se toman de las existencias disponibles en la "
|
||
"ubicación de origen. Si no hay existencias disponibles, el sistema trata de "
|
||
"encontrar una regla para traer los productos a la ubicación de origen."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:273
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the *Scheduling* section, you can determine how Odoo behaves when one of "
|
||
"the chain's pickings is rescheduled. In case you decide to **Propagate "
|
||
"Rescheduling**, the next move is also to be rescheduled."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En la sección *planeación* puede determinar cómo se comporta Odoo cuando se "
|
||
"reprograma una de las recolecciones de la cadena. En caso de que decida "
|
||
"**propagar la reprogramación**, también se reprograma el próximo movimiento."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:277
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you prefer having the choice to reschedule the next move, you can decide "
|
||
"to receive an alert in the form of a *next activity*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si prefiere tener la opción de reprogramar el siguiente movimiento, puede "
|
||
"elegir recibir una alerta mediante una *próxima actividad*."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:281
|
||
msgid "Sample full route flow"
|
||
msgstr "Ejemplo de un flujo de ruta completo"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:283
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In this example, let's use a custom *Pick - Pack - Ship* route to try a full"
|
||
" flow with an advanced custom route."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En este ejemplo utilizaremos una ruta personalizada de *recolectar - "
|
||
"empaquetar - enviar* para revisar un flujo completo con una ruta "
|
||
"personalizada avanzada."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:286
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"First, a quick look at the route's rules and their supply methods. There are"
|
||
" three rules, all :guilabel:`Pull From` rules. The :guilabel:`Supply "
|
||
"Methods` for each rule are the following:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Para empezar, echemos un vistazo a las reglas de la ruta y sus métodos de "
|
||
"suministro. Tenemos tres reglas, todas son reglas :guilabel:`pull`. Los "
|
||
":guilabel:`métodos de suministro` para cada regla son los siguientes:"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:289
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Take From Stock`: When products are needed in the "
|
||
":guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone`, *picks* (internal transfers from "
|
||
":guilabel:`WH/Stock` to :guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone`) are created from "
|
||
":guilabel:`WH/Stock` to fulfill the need."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Tomar de las existencias`: cuando se necesitan productos en la "
|
||
":guilabel:`WH/Zona de empaquetado`, se crean *recolecciones* (traslados "
|
||
"internos de :guilabel:`WH/Stock` a :guilabel:`WH/Zona de empaquetado`) en "
|
||
":guilabel:`WH/Stock` para satisfacer la necesidad."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:292
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Trigger Another Rule`: When products are needed in "
|
||
":guilabel:`WH/Output`, *packs* (internal transfers from "
|
||
":guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone` to :guilabel:`WH/Output`) are created from "
|
||
":guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone` to fulfill the need."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Activar otra regla`: cuando se necesitan productos en "
|
||
":guilabel:`WH/Salida`, se crean *paquetes* (traslados internos de "
|
||
":guilabel:`WH/Zona de empaquetado` a :guilabel:`WH/Salida`) en "
|
||
":guilabel:`WH/Zona de empaquetado` para satisfacer la necesidad."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:295
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Trigger Another Rule`: When products are needed in "
|
||
":guilabel:`Partner Locations/Customers`, *delivery orders* are created from "
|
||
":guilabel:`WH/Output` to fulfill the need."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Activar otra regla`: cuando se necesitan productos en "
|
||
":guilabel:`ubicaciones de partner o clientes`, se crean *órdenes de entrega*"
|
||
" de :guilabel:`WH/Salida` para satisfacer la necesidad."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Overview of all the transfers created by the pick - pack - ship route."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vista general de todos los traslados que se crearon a partir de la ruta "
|
||
"\"recolectar - empaquetar - enviar\"."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:303
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"This means that, when a customer orders products that have a *pick - pack - "
|
||
"ship* route set on it, a delivery order is created to fulfill the order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Esto significa que, cuando un cliente ordena productos que tienen "
|
||
"establecida una ruta *recolectar - empaquetar - enviar*, se crea una orden "
|
||
"de entrega para satisfacer la orden."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1
|
||
msgid "View of the operations created by a pull from transfer."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vista de las operaciones que se crearon a partir de un traslado con regla "
|
||
"pull."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:311
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If the source document for multiple tranfers is the same sales order, the "
|
||
"status is not the same. The status will be :guilabel:`Waiting Another "
|
||
"Operation` if the previous transfer in the list is not done yet."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Aunque el documento de origen de varios traslados sea la misma orden de "
|
||
"venta, el estado no es el mismo. El estado será :guilabel:`en espera de otra"
|
||
" operación` si aún no se realiza el estado anterior en la lista."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"View of the transfers' various statuses at the beginning of the process."
|
||
msgstr "Vista de los distintos estados de traslados al inicio del proceso."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:319
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To prepare the delivery order, packed products are needed at the output "
|
||
"area, so an internal transfer is requested from the packing zone."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Para preparar la orden de entrega se necesita que los productos empaquetados"
|
||
" estén en el área de salida, por lo que se solicita un traslado interno de "
|
||
"la zona de empaquetado."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"View of the detailed operations for a transfer between the packing and "
|
||
"output zones."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vista de las operaciones detalladas para un traslado entre las zonas de "
|
||
"empaquetado y de salida."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:326
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Obviously, the packing zone needs products ready to be packed. So, an "
|
||
"internal transfer is requested to the stock and employees can gather the "
|
||
"required products from the warehouse."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Por supuesto, la zona de empaquetado necesita productos listos para ser "
|
||
"empaquetados. Por lo tanto, se solicita a las existencias un traslado "
|
||
"interno y los empleados pueden recolectar los productos requeridos del "
|
||
"almacén."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"View of the detailed operations for a transfer between the stock and packing"
|
||
" zones."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vista de las operaciones detalladas para un traslado entre las zonas de "
|
||
"existencias y de empaquetado."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:333
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"As explained in the introduction of the documentation, the last step in the "
|
||
"process (for this route, the delivery order) is the first to be triggered, "
|
||
"which then triggers other rules until we reach the first step in the process"
|
||
" (here, the internal transfer from the stock to the packing area). Now, "
|
||
"everything is ready to be processed so the customer can get the ordered "
|
||
"items."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Como se explicó en la introducción de este documento, el último paso del "
|
||
"proceso (en el caso de esta ruta, la orden de entrega) es el primero que se "
|
||
"debe activar, y este activa otras reglas hasta llegar al primer paso en el "
|
||
"proceso (en este caso, el traslado interno de las existencias al área de "
|
||
"empaquetado). Ahora todo está listo para procesarse y el cliente pueda "
|
||
"recibir los productos ordenados."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:338
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In this example, the product is delivered to the customer when all the rules"
|
||
" have been triggered and the transfers are done."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En este ejemplo, el producto se entrega a los clientes cuando se han "
|
||
"activado todas las reglas y se han realizado todos los traslados."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1
|
||
msgid "View of the transfers' statuses when the route is completed."
|
||
msgstr "Vista de los estados de los traslados cuando se completa la ruta."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Putaway & Removal Strategies"
|
||
msgstr "Estrategias de remoción y almacenamiento"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Putaway rules"
|
||
msgstr "Reglas de almacenamiento"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:6
|
||
msgid "What is a Putaway Rule?"
|
||
msgstr "¿Qué es una regla de almacenamiento?"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A good warehouse implementation makes sure that products automatically move "
|
||
"to their appropriate destination location. To make that process easier, Odoo"
|
||
" uses *Putaway Rules*. Putaway is the process of taking products from the "
|
||
"received shipments and putting them into the appropriate location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Una buena implementación de almacén se asegura de que los productos se "
|
||
"muevan de forma automática a su ubicación de destino. Para facilitar este "
|
||
"proceso, Odoo utiliza *reglas de almacenamiento*. El almacenamiento es el "
|
||
"proceso de tomar los productos recibidos y ponerlos en la ubicación "
|
||
"adecuada."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:13
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If, for example, a warehouse contains volatile substances, it is important "
|
||
"to make sure that certain products are not stored close to each other "
|
||
"because of a potential chemical reaction. That's where putaway rules "
|
||
"intervene, to avoid storing products wrongly."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si, por ejemplo, un almacén contiene sustancias volátiles, es importante "
|
||
"asegurarse de que ciertos productos no se almacenan cerca debido a una "
|
||
"potencial reacción química. Aquí es donde intervienen las reglas de "
|
||
"almacenamiento, para evitar almacenar productos erróneamente."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:20
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the :guilabel:`Inventory` app, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
|
||
"Settings` and activate the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` feature. By doing "
|
||
"so, the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` feature is also automatically "
|
||
"activated."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En la aplicación :guilabel:`Inventario`, vaya a "
|
||
":menuselection:`Configuración --> Ajustes` y active la función "
|
||
":guilabel:`rutas multietapa`. Hacer esto activa la función "
|
||
":guilabel:`ubicaciones de almacenamiento` de forma automática."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Activate Multi-Step Routes in Inventory configuration settings."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Activar las rutas multietapa en los ajustes de la aplicación Inventario."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:29
|
||
msgid "Setting up a putaway rule"
|
||
msgstr "Configurar una regla de almacenamiento"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:31
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In some cases, like for a retail shop storing fruits and vegetables, "
|
||
"products should be stored in different locations depending on several "
|
||
"factors like frequency, size, product category, specific environment needs, "
|
||
"and so on."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En algunos casos, como el de una tienda minorista que almacena frutas y "
|
||
"verduras, los productos se deben almacenar en ubicaciones distintas "
|
||
"dependiendo de varios factores, como la frecuencia, el tamaño, la categoría "
|
||
"de producto, las necesidades específicas del entorno, etc."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:35
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In this example, suppose there is one warehouse location, **WH/Stock**, with"
|
||
" the following sub-locations:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En este ejemplo, suponga que hay una ubicación de almacén, **WH/Stock**, con"
|
||
" las siguientes sububicaciones:"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:38
|
||
msgid "WH/Stock/Pallets"
|
||
msgstr "WH/Stock/Palés"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:40
|
||
msgid "WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL1"
|
||
msgstr "WH/Stock/Palés/PAL1"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:41
|
||
msgid "WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL2"
|
||
msgstr "WH/Stock/Palés/PAL2"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:42
|
||
msgid "WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL3"
|
||
msgstr "WH/Stock/Palés/PAL3"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:44
|
||
msgid "WH/Stock/Shelf 1"
|
||
msgstr "WH/Stock/Estante 1"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:46
|
||
msgid "WH/Stock/Shelf 2"
|
||
msgstr "WH/Stock/Estante 2"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:48
|
||
msgid "WH/Stock/Shelf 2/Small Refrigerator"
|
||
msgstr "WH/Stock/Estante 2/Refrigerador pequeño"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:50
|
||
msgid "WH/Stock/Shelf 3"
|
||
msgstr "WH/Stock/Estante 3"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:52
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Manage those locations with putaway rules. To create a putaway rule, open "
|
||
"the :guilabel:`Inventory` app and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
|
||
"Putaway Rules`. Then, click on :guilabel:`Create` and configure a putaway "
|
||
"rule that indicated the main location the product will enter before being "
|
||
"redirected to the right storage location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Debe gestionar todas estas ubicaciones con reglas de almacenamiento. Para "
|
||
"crear una regla de almacenamiento, abra la aplicación :guilabel:`Inventario`"
|
||
" y vaya a :menuselection:`Configuración --> Reglas de almacenamiento`. "
|
||
"Luego, haga clic en :guilabel:`crear` y configure una regla de "
|
||
"almacenamiento que indique la ubicación principal a la que entrará el "
|
||
"producto antes de ser redirigido a la ubicación de almacenamiento correcta."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:58
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The putaway rules can be defined either per product/product category and/or "
|
||
"package type (the :guilabel:`Packages` setting must be enabled for that). "
|
||
"Putaway rules are read sequentially until a match is found."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Las reglas de almacenamiento se pueden definir por producto/categoría de "
|
||
"producto y/o por tipo de paquete (se debe habilitar la función "
|
||
":guilabel:`paquetes` para hacerlo). Las reglas de almacenamiento se leen de "
|
||
"forma secuencial hasta que se encuentra una coincidencia."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:62
|
||
msgid "Take the following example:"
|
||
msgstr "Considere el siguiente ejemplo:"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:64
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If water (category All/drinks) is received, whatever the package, it will be"
|
||
" redirected to WH/Stock/Shelf 2/Small Refrigerator."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si se recibe agua (pertenece a la categoría Todos/bebidas), sin importar el "
|
||
"paquete, se redirigirá a WH/Stock/Estante 2/Refrigerador pequeño."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:66
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If orange juice cans, packaged in boxes, are received, they will be "
|
||
"redirected to WH/Stock/Shelf 2."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si se reciben latas de jugo de naranja, empaquetadas en cajas, se "
|
||
"redirigirán a WH/Stock/Estante 2."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:68
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If water or apple juice bottles, packaged in boxes, are received, they will "
|
||
"be redirected to WH/Stock/Shelf 3."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si se reciben botellas de agua o de jugo de manzana, empaquetadas en cajas, "
|
||
"se redirigirán a WH/Stock/Estante 3."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:70
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If a pallet of lemonade cans are receieved, it will be redirected to "
|
||
"WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL1."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si se recibe un palé de latas de limonada, se redirigirá a "
|
||
"WH/Stock/Palés/PAL1."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Some examples of putaway rules."
|
||
msgstr "Algunos ejemplos de reglas de almacenamiento."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:77
|
||
msgid "Using Storage Categories"
|
||
msgstr "Utilizar categorías de almacenamiento"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:79
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A *Storage Category* is an extra location attribute. Storage categories "
|
||
"allow the user to define the quantity of products that can be stored in the "
|
||
"location and how the location will be selected with putaway rules."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Las *categorías de almacenamiento* son atributos adicionales de las "
|
||
"ubicaciones. Permiten al usuario definir la cantidad de productos que se "
|
||
"pueden almacenar en la ubicación y cómo la ubicación selecciona las reglas "
|
||
"de almacenamiento."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:86
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the :guilabel:`Inventory` app, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
|
||
"Settings` and activate the :guilabel:`Storage Categories` feature. By doing "
|
||
"so, the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` feature is also automatically "
|
||
"activated."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En la aplicación :guilabel:`Inventario`, vaya a "
|
||
":menuselection:`Configuración --> Ajustes` y active la función "
|
||
":guilabel:`Categorías de almacenamiento`. Hacer esto activa la función "
|
||
":guilabel:`ubicaciones de almacenamiento` de forma automática."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:91
|
||
msgid "Create a Storage Category"
|
||
msgstr "Crear una categoría de almacenamiento"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:93
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create a storage category, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> "
|
||
"Configuration --> Storage Categories` and click :guilabel:`Create`. Then, "
|
||
"click :guilabel:`Save` and click :guilabel:`Storage Categories` or go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Configuration --> Storage Categories` to create a new "
|
||
"storage category."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Para crear una categoría de almacenamiento, vaya a "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventario --> Configuración --> Categorías de "
|
||
"almacenamiento` y haga clic en :guilabel:`crear`. Luego, haga clic en "
|
||
":guilabel:`guardar` y luego en :guilabel:`categorías de almacenamiento`, o "
|
||
"vaya a :menuselection:`Configuración --> Categorías de almacenamiento` para "
|
||
"crear una nueva categoría de almacenamiento."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Create Storage Categories inside Odoo Inventory configuration settings."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Crear categorías de almacenamiento en los ajustes de configuración de la "
|
||
"aplicación Inventario de Odoo."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:102
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"First, click :guilabel:`Create` and type a name for the storage category."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Primero, haga clic en :guilabel:`crear` y escriba el nombre de la categoría "
|
||
"de almacenamiento."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:104
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, there are options to limit the capacity by weight, by product, or by "
|
||
"package type. The :guilabel:`Allow New Product` field defines when the "
|
||
"location is considered available to store a product:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"También hay opciones para limitar la capacidad por peso, por producto o por "
|
||
"tipo de paquete. El campo :guilabel:`permitir nuevo producto` define cuándo "
|
||
"se define la ubicación como disponible para almacenar un producto:"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:108
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`If location is empty`: a product can be added there only if the "
|
||
"location is empty."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Si la ubicación está vacía`: se puede agregar un producto solo si"
|
||
" la ubicación está vacía."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:109
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`If products are the same`: a product can be added there only if "
|
||
"the same product is already there."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Si los productos son los mismos`: se puede agregar un producto "
|
||
"solo si ya hay un producto igual ahí."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:111
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Allow mixed products`: several different products can be stored "
|
||
"in this location at the same time."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Permitir productos mezclados`: se pueden almacenar varios "
|
||
"productos distintos al mismo tiempo en esta ubicación."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:114
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the storage category settings are saved, the storage category can be "
|
||
"linked to a location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Una vez que guarde los ajustes de categoría de almacenamiento, puede "
|
||
"vincularla a una ubicación."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When a Storage Category is created, it can be linked to a warehouse "
|
||
"location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Cuando se crea una categoría de almacenamiento, se puede vincular a una "
|
||
"ubicación de almacén."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:121
|
||
msgid "Storage categories in putaway rules"
|
||
msgstr "Usar categorías de almacenamiento en reglas de almacenamiento"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:123
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To continue the example from above, apply the \"High Frequency Pallets\" on "
|
||
"the PAL1 and PAL2 locations and rework the putaway rules as follows:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Para continuar el ejemplo anterior, aplique la categoría \"palés de alta "
|
||
"frecuencia\" en las ubicaciones PAL1 y PAL2 y reconfigure las reglas de "
|
||
"almacenamiento como se muestra a continuación:"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:126
|
||
msgid "Assume one pallet of lemonade cans is received:"
|
||
msgstr "Suponga que se recibe un palé de latas de limonada:"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:128
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If PAL1 and PAL2 are empty, the pallet will be redirected to "
|
||
"WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL1."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si PAL1 y PAL2 están vacíos, el palé se redirigirá a WH/Stock/Palés/PAL1."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:129
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If PAL1 is full, the pallet will be redirected to WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL2."
|
||
msgstr "Si PAL1 está lleno, el palé se redirigirá a WH/Stock/Palés/PAL2."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:130
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If PAL1 and 2 are full, the pallet will be redirected to WH/Stock/Pallets."
|
||
msgstr "Si PAL1 y PAL2 están llenos, el palé se redirigirá a WH/Stock/Palés."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Storage Categories used in a variety of putaway rules."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Uso de categorías de almacenamiento en varias reglas de almacenamiento."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:3
|
||
msgid "What is a Removal Strategy (FIFO, LIFO, FEFO, Closest location)?"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"¿Qué es una estrategia de remoción (PEPS, UEPS, FEFO, ubicación más "
|
||
"cercana)?"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Usually, *Removal Strategies* are defined in picking operations to select "
|
||
"the best products, optimize the distance for the worker, for quality control"
|
||
" purposes, or to first move products with the closest expiration date."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Normalmente, las *estrategias de remoción* se definen en las operaciones de "
|
||
"recolección para seleccionar los mejores productos, optimizar la distancia "
|
||
"para el trabajador, con fines de control de calidad, o para mover primero "
|
||
"los productos con la fecha de caducidad más próxima."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:9
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When a product movement needs to be done, Odoo finds available products that"
|
||
" can be assigned to the transfer. The way Odoo assigns these products "
|
||
"depends on the *Removal Strategy* defined in the *Product Category* or on "
|
||
"the *Location*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Cuando se debe realizar un movimiento de producto, Odoo encuentra los "
|
||
"productos disponibles que se pueden asignar al traslado. La forma en la que "
|
||
"Odoo asigna estos productos depende de la *estrategia de remoción* que se "
|
||
"definió en la *categoría de producto* o en la *ubicación*."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:14
|
||
msgid "What happens inside the warehouse?"
|
||
msgstr "¿Qué sucede dentro del almacén?"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:16
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Imagine a generic warehouse plan, with receiving docks and areas, storage "
|
||
"locations, picking and packing areas, and shipping docks. All products go "
|
||
"through all these locations, but some rules, such as removal strategies, can"
|
||
" have an effect on which products are taken for the pickings."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Imagine un plan de almacén genérico, con áreas y muelles de recepción, "
|
||
"ubicaciones de almacenamiento, áreas de recolección y empaquetado, y muelles"
|
||
" de envío. Todos los productos pasan por estas ubicaciones, pero algunas "
|
||
"reglas, como las estrategias de remoción, pueden afectar qué productos se "
|
||
"toman en las recolecciones."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Empty stock waiting for deliveries at the docks."
|
||
msgstr "En espera de entrega de existencias en los muelles."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:24
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Here, vendor trucks unload pallets of goods at the docks. Then, operators "
|
||
"scan the products in the receiving area with the reception date and, if the "
|
||
"product has an expiration date, the expiration date. After that, products "
|
||
"are stored in their respective locations."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Aquí, los camiones de los proveedores descargan palés de mercancías en los "
|
||
"muelles. Posteriormente, los operadores escanean los productos en el área de"
|
||
" recepción, con su fecha de recepción y, si la hay, su fecha de caducidad. "
|
||
"Después de esto, los productos se almacenan en sus respectivas ubicaciones."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Products entering stock via the receiving area."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Productos que ingresan a las existencias a través del área de recepción."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:32
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Next, several orders for the same product are made, but in this example, the"
|
||
" goods weren't received on the same day and they don't have the same "
|
||
"expiration date. In that situation, logically, sending those with the "
|
||
"closest date first is preferred. Depending on the chosen removal strategy, "
|
||
"Odoo generates a transfer with the products that fit the settings the best."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"A continuación, se crean varias órdenes para el mismo producto, pero en este"
|
||
" ejemplo no se recibieron las mercancías el mismo día y no tienen fecha de "
|
||
"caducidad. En ese caso, lógicamente, es preferible enviar primero los "
|
||
"productos con la fecha más cercana. Dependiendo de la estrategia de "
|
||
"remoción, Odoo genera un traslado con los productos que son más compatibles "
|
||
"con sus ajustes."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":alt: Products being packed at the packing area for delivery, taking expiration dates into\n"
|
||
"account."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":alt: Productos que se empaquetan en el área de empaquetado para enviarse, se consideran las fechas de\n"
|
||
"caducidad."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:43
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To pick for delivery, the product's lot/serial number can be found on the "
|
||
"transfer form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Para recolectar productos para una entrega, puede encontrar sus números de "
|
||
"lote o de serie en el formulario de traslado."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:46
|
||
msgid "How does it work?"
|
||
msgstr "¿Cómo funciona?"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:49
|
||
msgid "First In, First Out (FIFO)"
|
||
msgstr "Primeras entradas, primeras salidas (PEPS)"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:51
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When using a *First In, First Out* (FIFO) strategy, a demand for some "
|
||
"products triggers a removal rule, which requests a transfer for the "
|
||
"lot/serial number that has entered the stock first."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Al utilizar la estrategia *primeras entradas, primeras salidas* (PEPS), la "
|
||
"demanda de algunos productos activa una regla de remoción que solicita un "
|
||
"traslado del número de lote o de serie que ingresó primero a sus "
|
||
"existencias."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:54
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For example, imagine there are three lots of nails in the warehouse. Those "
|
||
"three have the following lot numbers: :guilabel:`00001`, :guilabel:`00002`, "
|
||
":guilabel:`00003`, each with five boxes of nails in it."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Por ejemplo, imagine que hay tres lotes de clavos en el almacén. Tienen los "
|
||
"siguientes números de lote: :guilabel:`00001`, :guilabel:`00002`, "
|
||
":guilabel:`00003`, cada uno con cinco cajas de clavos."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:58
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`00001` entered the stock on the 23rd of May, :guilabel:`00002` on"
|
||
" the 25th of May, and :guilabel:`00003` on the 1st of June. A customer "
|
||
"orders six boxes on the 11th of June. With the :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First "
|
||
"Out)` removal strategy selected, a transfer is requested for the five boxes "
|
||
"of :guilabel:`00001` and one of the boxes in :guilabel:`00002`, because "
|
||
":guilabel:`00001` entered the stock before the others. The box from "
|
||
":guilabel:`00002` is taken next because it has the oldest reception date "
|
||
"after :guilabel:`00001`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`00001` ingresó a las existencias el 23 de mayo, :guilabel:`00002`"
|
||
" el 25 de mayo y :guilabel:`00003` el 1 de junio. Un cliente ordena seis "
|
||
"cajas el 11 de junio. Si se selecciona la estrategia de remoción :abbr:`PEPS"
|
||
" (primeras entradas, primeras salidas)`, se solicita un traslado para las "
|
||
"cinco cajas de :guilabel:`00001` y una de las cajas de :guilabel:`00002`. "
|
||
"Esto sucede porque :guilabel:`00001` ingresó a las existencias antes que los"
|
||
" demás. La caja de :guilabel:`00002` es la siguiente porque tiene la fecha "
|
||
"de recepción más antigua, después de :guilabel:`00001`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:65
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"So, for every order of a product with the :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`"
|
||
" strategy selected, Odoo requests a transfer for the products that have been"
|
||
" in the stock for the longest period."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Así, para cada orden de un producto con la estrategia :abbr:`PEPS (primeras "
|
||
"entradas, primeras salidas)`, Odoo solicita un traslado de los productos que"
|
||
" llevan en sus existencias la mayor cantidad de tiempo."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:69
|
||
msgid "Last In, First Out (LIFO)"
|
||
msgstr "Últimas entradas, primeras salidas (UEPS)"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:71
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Similar to :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, the *Last In, First Out* "
|
||
"(LIFO) strategy moves products based on the date they entered the stock. "
|
||
"Here, a demand for some products triggers a removal rule that requests a "
|
||
"transfer for the lot/serial number that has entered the stock most recently."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Al igual que para :abbr:`PEPS (primeras entradas, primeras salidas)`, la "
|
||
"estrategia de remoción *últimas entradas, primeras salidas* (UEPS) mueve "
|
||
"productos según la fecha en la que ingresaron a las existencias. En este "
|
||
"caso, la demanda de algunos productos activa una regla de remoción que "
|
||
"solicita un traslado del número de lote o de serie con el ingreso a las "
|
||
"existencias más reciente."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:76
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For example, imagine there are three lots of screws in the warehouse. Those "
|
||
"three have the following numbers: :guilabel:`10001`, :guilabel:`10002`, and "
|
||
":guilabel:`10003`, each with 10 boxes of screws in it."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Por ejemplo, imagine que hay tres lotes de tornillos en el almacén. Tienen "
|
||
"los siguientes números de lote: :guilabel:`10001`, :guilabel:`10002` y "
|
||
":guilabel:`10003`, cada uno con 10 cajas de tornillos."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:80
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`10001` entered the stock on the 1st of June, :guilabel:`10002` on"
|
||
" the 3rd of June, and :guilabel:`10003` on the 6th of June. A customer "
|
||
"orders seven boxes on the 8th of June. With the :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First "
|
||
"Out)` removal strategy selected, a transfer is requested for seven boxes of "
|
||
":guilabel:`10003` because that lot is the last one to have entered the "
|
||
"stock."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`10001` ingresó a las existencias el 1 de junio, :guilabel:`10002`"
|
||
" el 3 de junio y :guilabel:`10003` el 6 de junio. Un cliente ordena siete "
|
||
"cajas el 8 de junio. Si se selecciona la estrategia de remoción :abbr:`UEPS "
|
||
"(últimas entradas, primeras salidas)`, se solicita un traslado de siete "
|
||
"cajas de :guilabel:`10003` porque ese fue el último lote que ingresó a las "
|
||
"existencias."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:85
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Basically, for every order of a product with the :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First"
|
||
" Out)` strategy used, a transfer for the last lot to have entered the stock "
|
||
"is requested."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Básicamente, para cada orden de un producto con la estrategia :abbr:`UEPS "
|
||
"(últimas entradas, primeras salidas)`, se solicita un traslado para el "
|
||
"último lote que ingresó a las existencias."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:89
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)` strategy is banned in many countries "
|
||
"and can lead to only having old or obsolete products in the stock."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"La estrategia :abbr:`UEPS (últimas entradas, primeras salidas)` está "
|
||
"prohibida en muchos países y puede llevar a tener solo productos antiguos u "
|
||
"obsoletos en sus existencias."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:93
|
||
msgid "First Expire, First Out (FEFO)"
|
||
msgstr "Primero en expirar, primero en salir (FEFO, por sus siglas en inglés)"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:95
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The *First Expired, First Out* (FEFO) strategy is a bit different from the "
|
||
"other two removal strategies. For :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)`, "
|
||
"the expiration date is important, not the date the product entered the "
|
||
"stock."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"La estrategia *primero en expirar, primera salida* (FEFO, por sus siglas en "
|
||
"inglés) es un poco diferente de las dos estrategias de remoción anteriores. "
|
||
"Para :abbr:`FEFO (primero en expirar, primera salida, por sus siglas en "
|
||
"inglés)`, lo que importa es la fecha de expiración y no la fecha de ingreso "
|
||
"a las existencias."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:99
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For example, imagine there are three lots of six-egg boxes (in this specific"
|
||
" case, don't forget to use :doc:`units of measure "
|
||
"<../../management/products/uom>`). Those three lots have the following "
|
||
"numbers: :guilabel:`20001`, :guilabel:`20002`, and :guilabel:`20003`, each "
|
||
"with five boxes in it."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Por ejemplo, imagine que hay tres lotes de cajas con seis huevos (en este "
|
||
"caso en específico, no olvide utilizar :doc:`unidades de medida "
|
||
"<../../management/products/uom>`). Los lotes tienen los siguientes números: "
|
||
":guilabel:`20001`, :guilabel:`20002` y :guilabel:`20003`, cada uno con cinco"
|
||
" cajas."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:103
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`20001` entered the stock on the 1st of July and expires on the "
|
||
"15th of July, :guilabel:`20002` entered on the 2nd and expires on the 14th "
|
||
"of July, and :guilabel:`20003` entered on the 4th and expires on the 21st of"
|
||
" July. A customer orders six boxes on the 5th of July. With the :abbr:`FEFO "
|
||
"(First Expired, First Out)` strategy selected, a transfer is requested for "
|
||
"the five boxes of :guilabel:`20002` and one from :guilabel:`20001`. The "
|
||
"transfer for all the boxes in lot :guilabel:`20002` is because they have the"
|
||
" closest expiration date. The transfer also requests one box from "
|
||
":guilabel:`20001` because has the next closest expiration date after lot "
|
||
":guilabel:`20002`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`20001` ingresó a las existencias el 1 de julio y expira el 15 de "
|
||
"julio, :guilabel:`20002` ingresó el 2 de julio y expira el 14 de julio, y "
|
||
":guilabel:`20003` ingresó el 4 de julio y expira el 21 de julio. Un cliente "
|
||
"ordena seis cajas el 5 de julio. Si se selecciona la estrategia :abbr:`FEFO "
|
||
"(primero en expirar, primera salida, por sus siglas en inglés)`, se solicita"
|
||
" un traslado para las cinco cajas de :guilabel:`20002` y una de "
|
||
":guilabel:`20001`. El traslado de todas las cajas en el lote "
|
||
":guilabel:`20002` es debido a que tiene la fecha de expiración más próxima. "
|
||
"El traslado también solicita una caja de :guilabel:`20001` porque tiene la "
|
||
"fecha de expiración más próxima después de :guilabel:`20002`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:112
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Basically, for every sales order of a product with the :abbr:`FEFO (First "
|
||
"Expired, First Out)` strategy, a transfer is requested for the product that "
|
||
"has the nearest expiration date from the order date."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Básicamente, para cada orden de venta de un producto con la estrategia "
|
||
":abbr:`FEFO (primero en expirar, por sus siglas en inglés)`, se solicita un "
|
||
"traslado del producto que tiene la fecha de expiración más próxima a la "
|
||
"orden de la fecha."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:117
|
||
msgid "Closest Location"
|
||
msgstr "Ubicación más cercana"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:119
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The *Closest Location* strategy is completely different from the other "
|
||
"removal strategies. It is not related to the date of entry in the warehouse,"
|
||
" but rather the location of the product. It is commonly used for products "
|
||
"that do not deteriorate with time."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"La estrategia de *ubicación más cercana* es completamente diferente a las "
|
||
"demás estrategias de remoción. No se relaciona con la fecha de ingreso al "
|
||
"almacén, sino a la ubicación del producto. Se utiliza normalmente con "
|
||
"productos que no se deterioran con el tiempo."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:123
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The aim is to avoid making the warehouse worker take a long journey to the "
|
||
"bottom of the stock when the product is also located at a near location. "
|
||
"This method is only available if the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` setting "
|
||
"is on. The closest location is actually the one that comes first in the "
|
||
"alphabetic order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"El objetivo es evitar que el trabajador del almacén tenga que buscar en lo "
|
||
"más profundo del almacén cuando el producto también se ubica en una "
|
||
"ubicación cercana. Este método solo está disponible si el ajuste "
|
||
":guilabel:`ubicaciones de almacenamiento` está activado. De hecho, la "
|
||
"ubicación más cercana es la que aparece primero en el orden alfabético."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:129
|
||
msgid "Use removal strategies"
|
||
msgstr "Utilizar estrategias de remoción"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:131
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To differentiate some units from others, the units need to be tracked, "
|
||
"either by *lot* or by *serial number*. To do so, go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. Then, activate "
|
||
"the :guilabel:`Storage Location`, :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes`, and "
|
||
":guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` settings."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Para diferenciar algunas unidades de otras, debe rastrearlas. Puede hacerlo "
|
||
"por *número de lote* o *de serie*. Para hacerlo, vaya a "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventario --> Configuración --> Ajustes`. Luego, active las"
|
||
" funciones :guilabel:`ubicación de almacenamiento`, :guilabel:`rutas "
|
||
"multietapa` y :guilabel:`números de lote y de serie`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Features to enable in order to properly use removal strategies."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Funciones por habilitar para utilizar las estrategias de remoción de forma "
|
||
"adecuada."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:141
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To work with the :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` strategy, also "
|
||
"activate the :guilabel:`Expiration Dates` feature."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Para utilizar la estrategia :abbr:`FEFO (primero en expirar, primera "
|
||
"salida)` también debe activar la función :guilabel:`fechas de expiración`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:144
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Next, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product "
|
||
"Categories` to define the removal strategy on a product category."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"A continuación, vaya a :menuselection:`Inventario --> Configuración --> "
|
||
"Categorías de producto` para definir la estrategia de remoción en una "
|
||
"categoría de producto."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Force removal strategy set up as first in first out."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Forzar la estrategia de remoción que se configuró como primeras entradas, "
|
||
"primeras salidas."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:152
|
||
msgid "FIFO (First In, First Out)"
|
||
msgstr "PEPS (Primeras entradas, primeras salidas)"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:154
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"As explained, a :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)` removal strategy implies "
|
||
"that products stocked first move out first. Companies should use this method"
|
||
" if they are selling products with short demand cycles, such as clothes, and"
|
||
" to ensure they are not stuck with outdated styles in stock."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Como se explicó anteriormente, una estrategia de remoción :abbr:`PEPS "
|
||
"(primeras entradas, primeras salidas)` implica que los productos que se "
|
||
"almacenaron primero son los primeros en salir. Las empresas deben usar este "
|
||
"método si venden productos con ciclos de demanda cortos, como ropa, y así "
|
||
"garantizar que no se quedarán con estilos anticuados en sus existencias."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:158
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In this example, there are three lots of white shirts. The shirts are from "
|
||
"the :guilabel:`All/Clothes` category, where *FIFO* is set as the removal "
|
||
"strategy. In the stock location (:guilabel:`WH/Stock`), the user can find "
|
||
"the three lots available."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En este ejemplo, tenemos tres lotes de camisas blancas. Las camisas "
|
||
"pertenecen a la categoría :guilabel:`Todos/Ropa`, en la cual se estableció "
|
||
"*PEPS* como su estrategia de remoción. El usuario puede encontrar los tres "
|
||
"lotes disponibles en la ubicación de existencias (:guilabel:`WH/Stock`)."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst-1
|
||
msgid "View of the white shirt lots inventory valuation."
|
||
msgstr "Vista de la valoración de inventario de los lotes de camisas blancas."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:166
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Lot :guilabel:`000001` contains five shirts, :guilabel:`000002` contains "
|
||
"three shirts, and :guilabel:`000003` contains two shirts."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"El lote :guilabel:`000001` contiene cinco camisas, :guilabel:`000002` "
|
||
"contiene tres camisas y :guilabel:`000003` contiene dos camisas."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:169
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"As seen above, :guilabel:`000001` entered the stock first. Now, create a "
|
||
"sales order of six white shirts to check that those products from lot "
|
||
":guilabel:`000001` are the first ones to move out."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Como vemos, :guilabel:`000001` ingresó primero a las existencias. Ahora cree"
|
||
" una orden de venta de seis camisas blancas para comprobar que los productos"
|
||
" del lote :guilabel:`000001` son los primeros en salir."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:172
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On the delivery order linked to the picking, the oldest lot numbers should "
|
||
"have been reserved thanks to the :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)` "
|
||
"strategy."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En la orden de entrega vinculada con la recolección se debieron reservar los"
|
||
" números de lote más antiguos gracias a la estrategia :abbr:`PEPS (primeras "
|
||
"entradas, primeras salidas)`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Two lots being reserved for a sales order with the FIFO strategy."
|
||
msgstr "Dos lotes reservados para una orden de venta con la estrategia PEPS."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:180
|
||
msgid "LIFO (Last In, First Out)"
|
||
msgstr "UEPS (Últimas entradas, primeras salidas)"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:182
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"With a *LIFO* strategy, that's quite the opposite. In fact, the products "
|
||
"that are received last move out first. :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)` is "
|
||
"mostly used for products without a shelf life."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"La estrategia *UEPS* es lo contrario. De hecho, los productos que ingresaron"
|
||
" al último son los primeros en salir. La estrategia :abbr:`UEPS (últimas "
|
||
"entradas, primeras salidas)` se utiliza principalmente con productos sin "
|
||
"vida útil."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:185
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In this example, let's use the white shirts again to test the :abbr:`LIFO "
|
||
"(Last In, First Out)` strategy. First, open the product category via "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories` and "
|
||
"change the removal strategy to :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En este ejemplo, volvamos a usar las camisas blancas para probar la "
|
||
"estrategia :abbr:`UEPS (últimas entradas, primeras salidas)`. Primero, abra "
|
||
"la categoría de producto en :menuselection:`Inventario --> Configuración -->"
|
||
" Categorías de producto` y cambie la estrategia de remoción a :abbr:`UEPS "
|
||
"(últimas entradas, primeras salidas)`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Last in first out strategy set up as forced removal strategy."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Estrategia \"últimas entradas, primeras salidas\" establecida para forzar la"
|
||
" estrategia de remoción."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:193
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, create a sales order for four white shirts and check that the reserved"
|
||
" products are from lots :guilabel:`000003` and :guilabel:`000002`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Luego, cree una orden de venta para cuatro camisas blancas y compruebe que "
|
||
"los productos reservados son de los lotes :guilabel:`000003` y "
|
||
":guilabel:`000002`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Two lots being reserved for sale with the LIFO strategy."
|
||
msgstr "Dos lotes reservados para una venta con la estrategia UEPS."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:201
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Don't forget that the :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)` strategy is banned "
|
||
"in many countries!"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"¡No olvide que la estrategia :abbr:`UEPS (últimas entradas, primeras "
|
||
"salidas)` está prohibida en muchos países!"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:204
|
||
msgid "FEFO (First Expired, First Out)"
|
||
msgstr "FEFO (primero en expirar, primera salida, por sus siglas en inglés)"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:206
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"With the :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` removal strategy, the way "
|
||
"products are picked is not based on the reception date. In this particular "
|
||
"case, they are dispatched according to their expiration date."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Con la estrategia de remoción :abbr:`FEFO (primero en expirar, primera "
|
||
"salida, por sus siglas en inglés)`, la recolección de los productos no se "
|
||
"basa en la fecha de recepción. En este caso en particular, se envían según "
|
||
"su fecha de expiración."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:211
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For have more information about expiration dates, please have a look at "
|
||
":doc:`the related doc "
|
||
"<../../management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates>`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Para obtener más información sobre fechas de expiración, consulte :doc:`la "
|
||
"documentación relacionada "
|
||
"<../../management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates>`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:214
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By activating the :guilabel:`Expiration Dates` feature, it becomes possible "
|
||
"to define different expiration dates on the serial/lot numbers that will be "
|
||
"used in :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)`. These expiration dates can "
|
||
"be set by going to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Products --> Lots/Serial "
|
||
"Numbers`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Al activar la función :guilabel:`fechas de expiración` es posible definir "
|
||
"distintas fechas de expiración en los números de lote o de serie que se "
|
||
"utilizarán en la estrategia :abbr:`FEFO (primero en expirar, primera "
|
||
"salida)`. Se pueden establecer estas fechas en :menuselection:`Inventario "
|
||
"--> Productos --> Números de lote/de serie`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst-1
|
||
msgid "View of the removal date for 0000001."
|
||
msgstr "Vista de la fecha de remoción para 0000001."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:223
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Lots are picked based on their removal date, from earliest to latest. Lots "
|
||
"without a removal date defined are picked after lots with removal dates."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Los lotes se recolectan según la fecha de remoción, de la más antigua a la "
|
||
"más reciente. Los lotes sin fecha de remoción definida se recolectan después"
|
||
" de los lotes con fecha de remoción."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:227
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Other dates are for informational and reporting purposes only. If not "
|
||
"removed from the stock, lots that are past the expiration dates may still be"
|
||
" picked for delivery orders!"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Otras fechas solo son para fines informativos y de reportes. ¡Los lotes con "
|
||
"fechas de caducidad pasadas se pueden recolectar para órdenes de entrega si "
|
||
"no se remueven de las existencias!"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:230
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To use the :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` strategy, go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories` and set "
|
||
":abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` in the :guilabel:`Force Removal "
|
||
"Strategy` field."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Para utilizar la estrategia :abbr:`FEFO (primero en expirar, primera salida,"
|
||
" por sus siglas en inglés)` vaya a :menuselection:`Inventario --> "
|
||
"Configuración --> Categorías de producto` y establezca :abbr:`FEFO (primero "
|
||
"en expirar, primera salida, por sus siglas en inglés)` en el campo "
|
||
":guilabel:`forzar estrategia de remoción`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst-1
|
||
msgid "View of the FEFO strategy being set up as forced removal strategy."
|
||
msgstr "Establecer la estrategia FEFO como estrategia de remoción."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:238
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For this particular case, the stock has hand cream. There are three lots of "
|
||
"them."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En este caso en particular, el producto es crema para manos. Tenemos tres "
|
||
"lotes."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:241
|
||
msgid "**Lot / Serial No**"
|
||
msgstr "**Número de lote o de serie**"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:241
|
||
msgid "**Product**"
|
||
msgstr "**Producto**"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:241
|
||
msgid "**Expiration Date**"
|
||
msgstr "**Fecha de expiración**"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:243
|
||
msgid "0000001"
|
||
msgstr "0000001"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:243
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:245
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:247
|
||
msgid "Hand Cream"
|
||
msgstr "Crema para manos"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:243
|
||
msgid "09/30/2019"
|
||
msgstr "30/09/2019"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:245
|
||
msgid "0000002"
|
||
msgstr "0000002"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:245
|
||
msgid "11/30/2019"
|
||
msgstr "30/11/2019"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:247
|
||
msgid "0000003"
|
||
msgstr "0000003"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:247
|
||
msgid "10/31/2019"
|
||
msgstr "31/10/2019"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:250
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When a sales order for 25 units of Hand Cream is created, Odoo automatically"
|
||
" reserves the lots with the closest expiration date, :guilabel:`0000001` and"
|
||
" :guilabel:`0000003`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Cuando se crea una orden de venta para 25 unidades de crema para manos, Odoo"
|
||
" reserva de forma automática los lotes con la fecha de expiración más "
|
||
"próxima, :guilabel:`0000001` y :guilabel:`0000003`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Two hand cream lots reserved for sell with the FEFO strategy."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Dos lotes de crema para manos reservados para la venta con la estrategia "
|
||
"FEFO."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Shipping"
|
||
msgstr "Envío"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Shipping Operations"
|
||
msgstr "Operaciones de envío"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:3
|
||
msgid "How to cancel a shipping request to a shipper?"
|
||
msgstr "¿Cómo cancelar una solicitud de envío a un transportista?"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers. "
|
||
"Odoo will be linked with the transportation company tracking system."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Odoo puede gestionar varios métodos de entrega, incluso terceros "
|
||
"transportistas. Odoo se vinculará con el sistema de rastreo de la empresa de"
|
||
" transporte."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:12
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"It will allow you to manage the transport company, the real prices and the "
|
||
"destination."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Esto le permitirá gestionar la empresa de transporte, los precios reales y "
|
||
"el destino."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:15
|
||
msgid "You can easily cancel the request made to the carrier system."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"También puede cancelar con facilidad la solicitud hecha al sistema de "
|
||
"transporte."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:18
|
||
msgid "How to cancel a shipping request?"
|
||
msgstr "¿Cómo cancelar una solicitud de envío?"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:20
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If the delivery order is not **Validated**, then the request hasn't been "
|
||
"made. You can choose to cancel the delivery or to change the carrier."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si la orden de entrega no está en el estado de **Validada**, no se ha hecho "
|
||
"la solicitud. Puede elegir cancelar la entrega o cambiar el transportista."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:24
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you have clicked on **Validate**, the request has been made and you "
|
||
"should have received the tracking number and the label. You can still cancel"
|
||
" the request. Simply click on the **Cancel** button next to the **Carrier "
|
||
"Tracking Ref**:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si hizo clic en **Validar**, se realizó la solicitud y debió recibir el "
|
||
"número de rastreo y la etiqueta. Todavía puede cancelar la solicitud. "
|
||
"Simplemente haga clic en el botón de **Cancelar** al lado de la **Referencia"
|
||
" de seguimiento del transportista**."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:32
|
||
msgid "You will now see that the shipment has been cancelled."
|
||
msgstr "Ahora puede ver que se canceló el envío."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:37
|
||
msgid "You can now change the carrier if you wish."
|
||
msgstr "Ahora puede cambiar el transportista si lo desea."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:40
|
||
msgid "How to send a shipping request after cancelling one?"
|
||
msgstr "¿Cómo enviar una solicitud de envío después de cancelar una?"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:42
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After cancelling the shipping request, you can change the carrier you want "
|
||
"to use. Confirm it by clicking on the **Send to shipper** button. You will "
|
||
"get a new tracking number and a new label."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Después de cancelar la solicitud de envío, puede cambiar el transportista "
|
||
"que desea usar. Confírmelo al hacer clic en el botón **Enviar al "
|
||
"transportista**. Obtendrá un nuevo número de seguimiento y una nueva "
|
||
"etiqueta."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:50
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:115
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:83
|
||
msgid ":doc:`invoicing`"
|
||
msgstr ":doc:`invoicing`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:51
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:116
|
||
msgid ":doc:`multipack`"
|
||
msgstr ":doc:`multipack`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Use dropshipping to ship directly from suppliers to customers"
|
||
msgstr "Uso de triangulación de envíos para enviar de proveedores a clientes"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Dropshipping is an order fulfillment strategy that allows sellers to have "
|
||
"items shipped directly from suppliers to customers. Normally, a seller "
|
||
"purchases a product from a supplier, stores it in their inventory, and ships"
|
||
" it to the end customer once an order is placed. With dropshipping, the "
|
||
"supplier is responsible for storing and shipping the item. This benefits the"
|
||
" seller by reducing inventory costs, including the price of operating "
|
||
"warehouses."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"La triangulación de envíos es una estrategia de cumplimiento de pedidos que "
|
||
"permite a los vendedores enviar artículos directamente de los proveedores a "
|
||
"los clientes. Por lo general, un vendedor le compra un producto a un "
|
||
"proveedor, lo almacena en su inventario y lo envía al cliente final una vez "
|
||
"que se realiza un pedido. Mediante la triangulación de envíos, el proveedor "
|
||
"es responsable de almacenar y enviar el artículo. Esto beneficia al vendedor"
|
||
" al reducir los costos de inventario, incluido el precio de los almacenes "
|
||
"operativos."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst:12
|
||
msgid "Configure products to be dropshipped"
|
||
msgstr "Configurar productos para realizar una triangulación de envío"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst:14
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To use dropshipping as a fulfillment strategy, navigate to the "
|
||
":menuselection:`Purchase` app and select :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
|
||
"Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Logistics` heading, click the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Dropshipping` checkbox, and :guilabel:`Save` to finish."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Para usar la triangulación como estrategia de cumplimiento, vaya a la "
|
||
"aplicación :menuselection:`Compra` y seleccione "
|
||
":menuselection:`Configuración --> Ajustes`. Bajo el encabezado "
|
||
":guilabel:`Logística` haga clic en la casilla :guilabel:`Triangular` y "
|
||
"después en :guilabel:`Guardar` para finalizar."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst:18
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Next, go to the :menuselection:`Sales` app, click :menuselection:`Products "
|
||
"--> Products` and choose an existing product or select :guilabel:`Create` to"
|
||
" configure a new one. On the :guilabel:`Product` page, make sure that the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Can be Sold` and :guilabel:`Can be Purchased` checkboxes are "
|
||
"enabled."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"A continuación, vaya a la aplicación :menuselection:`Ventas`, haga clic en "
|
||
":menuselection:`Productos --> Products` y elija un producto existente o "
|
||
"seleccione :guilabel:`Nuevo` para configurar uno. En la página del "
|
||
":guilabel:`producto` asegúrese de que las casillas :guilabel:`Se puede "
|
||
"vender` y :guilabel:`Se puede comprar` están habilitadas."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Enable the \"Can be Sold\" and \"Can be Purchased\" checkboxes on the "
|
||
"product form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Habilitar las casillas de verificación \"Se puede vender\" y \"Se puede "
|
||
"comprar\" en el formulario del producto."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst:27
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click on the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab and specify a vendor and the price "
|
||
"that they sell the product for. Multiple vendors can be added, but the "
|
||
"vendor at the top of the list will be the one automatically selected for "
|
||
"purchase orders."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Haga clic en la pestaña :guilabel:`Compra` y especifique un proveedor y el "
|
||
"precio al que venden el producto. Se pueden agregar varios proveedores, pero"
|
||
" el que se encuentre en la parte superior de la lista será el que se "
|
||
"seleccione de forma automática para las órdenes de compra."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst-1
|
||
msgid "The product form with a vendor specified."
|
||
msgstr "El formulario de producto con un proveedor especificado."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst:35
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Finally, select the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and enable the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Dropship` checkbox in the :guilabel:`Routes` section."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Por último, seleccione la pestaña :guilabel:`Inventario` y habilite la "
|
||
"casilla :guilabel:`Triangular` en la sección :guilabel:`Rutas` ."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Enable the Dropship option in the product inventory tab."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Habilitar la opción Triangular en la pestaña de inventario del producto."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst:43
|
||
msgid "Fulfill orders using dropshipping"
|
||
msgstr "Completar órdenes mediante el uso de triangulación de envíos"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst:45
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When a customer completes an online purchase for a dropshipped product, a "
|
||
"sales order will be automatically created with an associated request for "
|
||
"quotation (:abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)`) for the supplier. Sales "
|
||
"orders can be viewed in the :menuselection:`Sales` app by selecting "
|
||
":menuselection:`Orders --> Orders`. Click the :guilabel:`Purchase` smart "
|
||
"button at the top right of a sales order to view the associated :abbr:`RFQ "
|
||
"(Request for Quotation)`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Cuando un cliente completa una compra en línea para un producto triangulado,"
|
||
" se creará una orden de venta de forma automática con una solicitud de "
|
||
"cotización asociada para el proveedor. Las órdenes de venta se pueden ver en"
|
||
" la aplicación :menuselection:`Ventas` seleccionando :menuselection:`Órdenes"
|
||
" --> Órdenes`. Haga clic en el botón inteligente :guilabel:`Compra` en la "
|
||
"parte superior derecha de una orden de venta para ver la solicitud de "
|
||
"cotización asociada."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst:52
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Dropship sales orders can also be created manually through the "
|
||
":menuselection:`Sales` app by selecting :menuselection:`Orders --> Orders "
|
||
"--> Create` and adding a product configured for dropshipping."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Las órdenes de venta trianguladas también se pueden crear de forma manual a "
|
||
"través de la aplicación :menuselection:`Ventas` seleccionando "
|
||
":menuselection:`Órdenes --> Órdenes --> Nuevo`, agregue un producto "
|
||
"configurado para triangular."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A dropship sales order with the Purchase smart button in the top right "
|
||
"corner."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Una orden de venta triangulada con el botón inteligente Compra en la esquina"
|
||
" superior derecha."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst:60
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` is confirmed, it becomes a "
|
||
"purchase order and a dropship receipt is created and linked to it. The "
|
||
"receipt can be viewed by clicking the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button in "
|
||
"the top right corner of the purchase order form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Una vez que se confirma la solicitud de cotización, esta se convierte en una"
|
||
" orden de compra, se crea un recibo de triangulación y se vincula. El recibo"
|
||
" se puede ver haciendo clic en el botón inteligente :guilabel:`Recepción` en"
|
||
" la esquina superior derecha del formulario de orden de compra."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A dropship purchase order with the Receipt smart button in the top right "
|
||
"corner."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Una orden de compra triangulada con el botón inteligente Recepción en la "
|
||
"esquina superior derecha."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst:68
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The dropship receipt will list the supplier in the :guilabel:`Receive From` "
|
||
"section and the customer in the :guilabel:`Destination Location` section. "
|
||
"Upon delivery of the product to the customer, click on the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Validate` button at the top left of the dropship receipt to "
|
||
"confirm the delivered quantity."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"El recibo de la triangulación enumerará al proveedor en la sección "
|
||
":guilabel:`Recibir de` y al cliente en la sección :guilabel:`Ubicación de "
|
||
"destino`. Tras la entrega del producto al cliente, haga clic en el botón "
|
||
":guilabel:`Validar` en la parte superior izquierda del recibo de "
|
||
"triangulación para confirmar la cantidad entregada."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Validate the dropship receipt after delivery."
|
||
msgstr "Validar el recibo de triangulación después de la entrega."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst:77
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To view all dropship orders, simply navigate to the "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory` :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard and click the teal"
|
||
" :guilabel:`# TO PROCESS` button on the :guilabel:`Dropship` card."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Para ver todas las órdenes trianguladas, diríjase al tablero "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventario`, vaya al :guilabel:`resumen` y haga clic en el "
|
||
"botón turquesa :guilabel:`# POR PROCESAR` en la tarjeta de "
|
||
":guilabel:`triangulación`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click the green button on the Dropship card to view all dropship orders."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Haga clic en el botón verde de la tarjeta de triangulación para ver todas "
|
||
"las órdenes trianguladas."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:3
|
||
msgid "How to invoice the shipping cost to the customer?"
|
||
msgstr "¿Cómo facturar el costo de envío al cliente?"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:8
|
||
msgid "There are two ways to invoice the shipping costs:"
|
||
msgstr "Hay dos formas de facturar los costos de envío:"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:10
|
||
msgid "Agree with the customer over a cost and seal it down in the sale order"
|
||
msgstr "Acordar con el cliente un costo y registrarlo en la orden de venta."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:13
|
||
msgid "Invoice the real cost of the shipping."
|
||
msgstr "Facturar el costo real del envío."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:18
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To configure the price of your delivery methods, go to the **Inventory** "
|
||
"app, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery --> Delivery "
|
||
"Methods`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Para configurar el precio de sus métodos de envío, vaya a la aplicación "
|
||
"**Inventario**, haga clic en :menuselection:`Configuración --> Entrega --> "
|
||
"Métodos de entrega`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:21
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can manually set a price for the shipping: It can be fixed or based on "
|
||
"rules."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Puede establecer un precio de forma manual para el envío: Puede ser fijo o "
|
||
"basado en reglas."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:24
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Or you can use the transportation company computation system. Read the "
|
||
"document :doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"O puede usar el sistema de cálculo de la empresa de transporte. Consulte el "
|
||
"documento :doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:28
|
||
msgid "How to invoice the shipping costs to the customer?"
|
||
msgstr "¿Cómo facturar los costos de envío al cliente?"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:31
|
||
msgid "Invoice the price set on the sale order"
|
||
msgstr "Facturar el precio configurado en la orden de venta"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:33
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:55
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On your sale order, choose the carrier that will be used. Click on "
|
||
"**Delivery Method** to choose the right one."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En su orden de venta, elija el transportista que se utilizará. Haga clic en "
|
||
"**Método de entrega** para elegir el adecuado."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:39
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:36
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The price is computed when you **save** the sale order or when you click on "
|
||
"**Set price**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"El precio se calcula cuando **guarda** la orden de venta o cuando hace clic "
|
||
"en **establecer precio**."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:42
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, click on "
|
||
"**Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery method as a "
|
||
"product. It may vary from the real price."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Para facturar el precio del costo de entrega en la orden de venta, haga clic"
|
||
" en **establecer precio**, esto agregará una línea con el nombre del método "
|
||
"de entrega como un producto. Puede variar del precio real."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:46
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When you create the invoice, it will take the price set on the sale order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Al crear la factura, utilizará el precio establecido en la orden de venta."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:53
|
||
msgid "Invoice the real shipping costs"
|
||
msgstr "Facturar los costos reales de envío"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:61
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The price is computed when you **save** the sale order. Confirm the sale "
|
||
"order and proceed to deliver the product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"El precio se calcula cuando **guarda** la orden de venta. Confirme la orden "
|
||
"de venta y continúe con la entrega del producto."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:64
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The real shipping cost is computed when the delivery order is validated, you"
|
||
" can see the real cost in the chatter of the delivery order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"El costo real de envío se calcula cuando se valida la orden de entrega, "
|
||
"puede ver el costo real en el chatter de la orden de entrega."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:70
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Go back to the sale order, the real cost is now added to the sale order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Regrese a la orden de venta, el costo real se agregó a la orden de venta."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:76
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When you create the invoice, it will take the price computed by the carrier."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Al crear la factura, utilizará el precio calculado por el transportista."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:83
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you split the delivery and make several ones, each delivery order will "
|
||
"add a line to the sale order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si divide la entrega y realiza varias, cada orden de entrega agregará una "
|
||
"línea a la orden de venta."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:87
|
||
msgid ":doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`"
|
||
msgstr ":doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:88
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:84
|
||
msgid ":doc:`labels`"
|
||
msgstr ":doc:`labels`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Change shipping label size"
|
||
msgstr "Cambiar el tamaño de la etiqueta de envío"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In Odoo, there are a variety of different types of shipping labels that can "
|
||
"be selected for delivery orders. Depending on the types of shipping packages"
|
||
" used, different label sizes may be more appropriate, and can be configured "
|
||
"to fit the package."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En Odoo hay una variedad de diferentes tipos de etiquetas de envío que se "
|
||
"pueden seleccionar para las órdenes de entrega. Según los tipos de paquetes "
|
||
"de envío utilizados, pueden ser más apropiados diferentes tamaños de "
|
||
"etiquetas y se pueden configurar para adaptarse al paquete."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:15
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the :menuselection:`Inventory` module, go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery --> Shipping Methods.` Choose a "
|
||
"delivery method and click :guilabel:`Edit`. For the following example, "
|
||
"*FedEx International* will be used."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En el módulo :menuselection:`Inventario`, vaya a "
|
||
":menuselection:`Configuración --> Entrega --> Métodos de envío.` Elija un "
|
||
"método de entrega y haga clic en :guilabel:`Editar`. Para el siguiente "
|
||
"ejemplo, se utilizará*FedEx internacional*."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Different shipping methods."
|
||
msgstr "Diferentes métodos de envío."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:23
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab, under :guilabel:`Label Type`, choose "
|
||
"one of the label types available. The availability will vary depending on "
|
||
"the carrier. :guilabel:`Save` the changes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En la pestaña de guilabel:`Configuración`, elija uno de los tipos de "
|
||
"etiquetas disponibles en :guilabel:`Tipo de etiqueta`. La disponibilidad "
|
||
"variará según el transportista. Haga clic en :guilabel:`Guardar`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Select a label type."
|
||
msgstr "Seleccione un tipo de etiqueta."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:30
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When a sales order with the corresponding shipping company is confirmed and "
|
||
"a delivery order is validated, the shipping label will be automatically "
|
||
"created as a PDF and appear in the :guilabel:`Chatter`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Cuando se confirma una orden de venta con la empresa de transporte "
|
||
"correspondiente y se valida una orden de entrega, la etiqueta de envío se "
|
||
"creará como un PDF de forma automática y aparecerá en el "
|
||
":guilabel:`Chatter`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:37
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the :menuselection:`Sales` application, click :guilabel:`Create` and "
|
||
"select an international customer. Click :guilabel:`Add A Product` and select"
|
||
" an item. Click :guilabel:`Add Shipping`, select a shipping method, then "
|
||
"click :guilabel:`Get Rate`, and finally, click :guilabel:`Add`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En la aplicación :menuselection:`Ventas` haga clic en :guilabel:`Nuevo` y "
|
||
"seleccione un cliente internacional. Haga clic en :guilabel:`Agregar "
|
||
"producto` y seleccione un artículo. Haga clic en :guilabel:`Agregar un "
|
||
"envío`, seleccione un método de envío, luego haga clic en :guilabel:`Obtener"
|
||
" tarifa`, y por último, haga clic en :guilabel:`Agregar`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Add a shipping method and rate to a sales order."
|
||
msgstr "Agregar un método de envío y una tarifa a una orden de venta."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:45
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the quotation is confirmed by clicking :guilabel:`Confirm`, a "
|
||
":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button will appear."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Una vez que se confirma la cotización haciendo clic en "
|
||
":guilabel:`Confirmar`, aparecerá un botón inteligente :guilabel:`Entrega`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Delivery order smart button."
|
||
msgstr "Botón inteligente de entrega de la orden."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:52
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the delivery order is validated by clicking :guilabel:`Validate` in the"
|
||
" delivery order, the shipping documents appear in the :guilabel:`Chatter`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Una vez que la orden a entregar está validada tras hacer clic en "
|
||
":guilabel:`Validar`, los documentos del envío aparecen en el "
|
||
":guilabel:`Chatter`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Shipping PDF documents."
|
||
msgstr "Documentos PDF del envío."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:60
|
||
msgid "Example labels"
|
||
msgstr "Etiquetas de ejemplo"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:62
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The default :guilabel:`Label Type` is :guilabel:`Paper Letter`. An example "
|
||
"of a FedEx letter sized label is:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"El :guilabel:`tipo de etiqueta` predeterminado es :guilabel:`papel tamaño "
|
||
"carta`. El siguiente es un ejemplo de una etiqueta tamaño carta de FedEx:"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Full page letter size FedEx shipping label."
|
||
msgstr "Etiqueta de envío en tamaño carta a página completa de FedEx ."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:69
|
||
msgid "For comparison, an example of a FedEx bottom-half label is:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Este es un ejemplo de una etiqueta de la mitad inferior de FedEx, para que "
|
||
"pueda compararlas:"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Half page letter size FedEx shipping label."
|
||
msgstr "Etiqueta de envío en tamaño carta a media página de FedEx ."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:3
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:85
|
||
msgid "How to print shipping labels?"
|
||
msgstr "¿Cómo imprimir etiquetas de envío?"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers "
|
||
"linked with the transportation company tracking system. It allows you to "
|
||
"manage the transport company, the real prices and the destination. And "
|
||
"finally, you will be able to print the shipping labels directly from Odoo."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Odoo permite administrar varios métodos de entrega, entre ellos los envíos "
|
||
"de terceros vinculados con el sistema de seguimiento de la empresa de "
|
||
"transporte. Le permite gestionar la empresa de transporte, los precios "
|
||
"reales y el destino. Además, podrá imprimir las etiquetas de envío "
|
||
"directamente desde Odoo."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:18
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:17
|
||
msgid "Install the shipper company connector module"
|
||
msgstr "Instalar el módulo conector con la empresa transportista"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:20
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the **Inventory** module, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
|
||
"Settings`. Under **Shipping Connectors**, flag the transportation companies "
|
||
"you want to integrate :"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En el módulo **Inventario**, haga clic en :menuselection:`Configuración --> "
|
||
"Ajustes`. En **conectores de envío**, marque las empresas de transporte que "
|
||
"desea incluir:"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:27
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:26
|
||
msgid "Then click on **Apply**."
|
||
msgstr "Luego haga clic en **aplicar**."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:30
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:34
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:33
|
||
msgid "Configure the delivery method"
|
||
msgstr "Configurar el método de entrega"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:32
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:36
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:35
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To configure your delivery methods, go to the **Inventory** module, click on"
|
||
" :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery Methods`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Para configurar sus métodos de entrega, vaya a la aplicación **Inventario**,"
|
||
" haga clic en :menuselection:`Configuración --> Métodos de entrega`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:35
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The delivery methods for the chosen shippers have been automatically "
|
||
"created."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Se crearon de forma automática los métodos de entrega para los "
|
||
"transportistas elegidos."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:41
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the **Pricing** tab, the name of the provider means that the delivery "
|
||
"will be handled and computed by the shipper system."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En la pestaña **precios**, el nombre del proveedor indica que la entrega se "
|
||
"gestionará y calculará mediante el sistema del transportista."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:44
|
||
msgid "The configuration of the shipper is split into two columns :"
|
||
msgstr "La configuración del transportista se divide en dos columnas:"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:46
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The first one is linked to **your account** (develop key, password,...). For"
|
||
" more information, please refer to the provider website."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"La primera está vinculada a **su cuenta** (clave de desarrollo, contraseña, "
|
||
"etc.). Para más información vaya al sitio web del proveedor."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:49
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:62
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The second column varies according to the **provider**. You can choose the "
|
||
"packaging type, the service type, the weight unit..."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"La segunda columna varía según el **proveedor**. Puede elegir el tipo de "
|
||
"empaquetado, el tipo de servicio, la unidad de peso..."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:52
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:65
|
||
msgid "Uncheck **Test Mode** when you are done with the testings."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Desmarque el **modo de prueba** cuando haya terminado con las pruebas."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:55
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:77
|
||
msgid "Company configuration"
|
||
msgstr "Configuración de la empresa"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:57
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:79
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In order to compute the right price, the provider needs your company "
|
||
"information. Be sure your address and phone number are correctly encoded."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Con el fin de calcular el precio correcto, el proveedor necesita la "
|
||
"información de su empresa. Asegúrese de codificar correctamente su dirección"
|
||
" y número de teléfono."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:64
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:86
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To check your information, go to the **Settings** application and click on "
|
||
"**General Settings**. Click on the first link **Configure your company "
|
||
"data**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Para comprobar su información, vaya a la aplicación **Ajustes** y haga clic "
|
||
"en **ajustes generales**. Haga clic en el primer enlace **configurar los "
|
||
"datos de su empresa**."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:70
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:92
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The shipper companies need the weight of your product, otherwise the price "
|
||
"computation cannot be done."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Las empresas de transporte necesitan saber el peso de su producto, de lo "
|
||
"contrario no pueden calcular el precio."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:73
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Go the **Sales** module, click on :menuselection:`Sales --> Products`. Open "
|
||
"the products you want to ship and set a weight on it."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vaya al módulo **Ventas**, haga clic en :menuselection:`Ventas --> "
|
||
"Productos`. Abra los productos que desea enviar y establezca un peso."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:80
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The weight on the product form is expressed in kilograms. Don't forget to do"
|
||
" the conversion if you are used to the imperial measurement system."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"El peso en el formulario del producto se presenta en kilogramos. No olvide "
|
||
"hacer la conversión si suele utilizar el sistema de medición imperial."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:87
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The delivery order created from the sale order will take the shipping "
|
||
"information from it, but you can change the carrier if you want to."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"La orden de entrega creada desde la orden de venta tomará su información de "
|
||
"envío, aunque podrá cambiar el transportista si lo desea."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:90
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:135
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you create a delivery transfer from the inventory module, you can add the"
|
||
" third party shipper in the additional info tab."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si crea una entrega desde el módulo Inventario, podrá agregar un "
|
||
"transportista externo en la pestaña \"información adicional\"."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:96
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click on **Validate** to receive the tracking number and **the label(s)**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Haga clic en **validar** para recibir el número de seguimiento y **las "
|
||
"etiquetas**."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:98
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:151
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The label to stick on your package is available in the history underneath :"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"La etiqueta que se debe pegar en el paquete estará disponible en el "
|
||
"historial que aparece debajo:"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:104
|
||
msgid "Click on it to open the document and print it :"
|
||
msgstr "Haga clic en el documento para abrirlo e imprimirlo:"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:110
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you are doing multi-packages shippings, most of the time, there will be "
|
||
"one label per package. Each label will appear in the delivery history."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si realiza envíos con varios paquetes, la mayoría de las veces deberá haber "
|
||
"una etiqueta por paquete. Todas las etiquetas aparecerán en el historial de "
|
||
"envíos."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:3
|
||
msgid "How to manage multiple packs for the same delivery order?"
|
||
msgstr "¿Cómo gestionar varios paquetes para la misma orden de entrega?"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By default, Odoo considers that your delivery is composed of one package. "
|
||
"But you can easily ship your deliveries with more than one package. It is "
|
||
"fully integrated with the third-party shippers."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"De forma predeterminada, Odoo considera que su entrega solo incluye un "
|
||
"paquete. Sin embargo, puede enviar con facilidad sus entregas con más de un "
|
||
"paquete. Está totalmente integrado con los transportistas externos."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:15
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To configure the use of packages, go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory "
|
||
"--> Configuration --> Settings`. Locate the **Packages** section and tick "
|
||
"**Record packages used on packing: pallets, boxes,...**"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Para configurar el uso de paquetes, vaya al menú :menuselection:`Inventario "
|
||
"--> Configuración --> Ajustes`. Encuentre la sección **paquetes** y "
|
||
"seleccione **registrar los paquetes utilizados en el empaquetado: palés, "
|
||
"cajas,...**."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:23
|
||
msgid "Click on **Apply** when you are done."
|
||
msgstr "Haga clic en **aplicar** cuando termine."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:26
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:107
|
||
msgid "Sale process"
|
||
msgstr "Proceso de venta"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:29
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:77
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:110
|
||
msgid "Sale order"
|
||
msgstr "Orden de venta"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:34
|
||
msgid "Click on a **Delivery Method** to choose the right one."
|
||
msgstr "Haga clic en un **método de entrega** para elegir el correcto."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:40
|
||
msgid "Multi-packages Delivery"
|
||
msgstr "Entrega multipaquetes"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:42
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The delivery created from the sale order will take the shipping information "
|
||
"from it."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"La orden de entrega creada desde la orden de venta utilizará su información "
|
||
"de envío."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:48
|
||
msgid "From here, you can split your delivery into multiple packages."
|
||
msgstr "Ahí puede dividir su entrega en múltiples paquetes."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:50
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Choose the quantity you want to put in the first pack in the **Done** "
|
||
"column, then click on the link **Put in Pack**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Elija la cantidad que desea poner en el primer paquete en la columna "
|
||
"**hecho**, luego haga clic en el enlace **poner en paquete**."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:56
|
||
msgid "It will automatically create a pack with the requested quantity."
|
||
msgstr "Se creará de forma automática un paquete con la cantidad indicada."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:58
|
||
msgid "Do the same steps for the other pieces you want to pack in."
|
||
msgstr "Siga los mismos pasos para las otras piezas que desea empacar."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:63
|
||
msgid "Click on **Validate** when you are done."
|
||
msgstr "Haga clic en **validar** cuando termine."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:66
|
||
msgid "Multi-packages with a 3rd party-shipper"
|
||
msgstr "Múltipaquetes con un transportista externo"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:68
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the delivery order is validated, you will receive the tracking number. "
|
||
"The **carrier Tracking ref** field will automatically be filled. Click on "
|
||
"the **Tracking** button to check your delivery on the provider website."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Una vez que se valide la orden de entrega, recibirá un número de "
|
||
"seguimiento. El campo **referencia de seguimiento del transportista** se "
|
||
"completará de forma automática. Haga clic en el botón **seguimiento** para "
|
||
"comprobar su entrega en el sitio web del proveedor."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:76
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The **labels** to stick on your packages are available in the history "
|
||
"underneath:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Las **etiquetas** a pegar en sus paquetes están disponibles en el historial:"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Shipping Setup"
|
||
msgstr "Configuración de envío"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:3
|
||
msgid "How to setup a delivery method?"
|
||
msgstr "¿Cómo configurar un método de entrega?"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, but it is not activated by "
|
||
"default. Delivery methods can be used for your sale orders, your deliveries "
|
||
"but also on your e-commerce."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Odoo permite gestionar varios métodos de entrega, aunque no están activados "
|
||
"de forma predeterminada. Los métodos de entrega se pueden utilizar para sus "
|
||
"órdenes de venta y sus entregas, pero también en su comercio electrónico."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:12
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Delivery methods allow you to manage the transport company, the price and "
|
||
"the destination. You can even integrate Odoo with external shippers to "
|
||
"compute the real price and the packagings."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Los métodos de entrega le permiten gestionar la empresa de transporte, el "
|
||
"precio y el destino. Incluso puede integrar Odoo con transportistas externos"
|
||
" para calcular el precio real y los empaquetados."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:20
|
||
msgid "Install the inventory module"
|
||
msgstr "Instalar el módulo Inventario"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:22
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Delivery methods are handled by the **Delivery costs** module. Go to "
|
||
"**Apps** and search for the module. You should remove the **Apps** filter in"
|
||
" order to see it :"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Los métodos de entrega se gestionan a través del módulo **Costos de "
|
||
"entrega**. Vaya a **Aplicaciones** y busque el módulo. Debe eliminar el "
|
||
"filtro **aplicaciones** para poder verlo:"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:30
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:29
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you want to integrate delivery methods in your e-commerce, you'll have to"
|
||
" install the **eCommerce Delivery** module."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si desea integrar los métodos de entrega en su comercio electrónico, tendrá "
|
||
"que instalar el módulo **Gestión de envíos para el comercio electrónico**."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:39
|
||
msgid "First set a name and a transporter company."
|
||
msgstr "Primero establezca un nombre y una empresa de transporte."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:44
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then you'll have to set the pricing. It can be fixed or based on rules."
|
||
msgstr "Luego deberá establecer el precio. Puede ser fijo o basado en reglas."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:46
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If the price is fixed, tick **Fixed price**. You'll just have to define the "
|
||
"price. If you want the delivery to be free above a certain amount, tick the "
|
||
"option **Free if Order total is more than** and set a price."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si el precio es fijo, marque **precio fijo**. Deberá definir el precio. Si "
|
||
"desea que la entrega sea gratuita cuando sea mayor a un importe determinado,"
|
||
" marque la opción **gratis si la orden total es mayor a** y establezca un "
|
||
"precio."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:54
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If the price varies according to rules, tick **Based on Rules**. Click on "
|
||
"**add an item to a pricing rule**. Choose a condition based on either the "
|
||
"weight, the volume, the price or the quantity."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si el precio varía de acuerdo a reglas, marque **basado en reglas**. Haga "
|
||
"clic en **añadir un artículo a una regla de precios**. Elija una condición "
|
||
"basada ya sea en el peso, el volumen, el precio o la cantidad."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:61
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Finally you can limit the delivery method to a few destinations. The limit "
|
||
"can be applied to some countries, states or even zip codes. This feature "
|
||
"limits the list of countries on your e-commerce."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Por último, puede limitar el método de entrega a algunas ubicaciones. El "
|
||
"límite puede aplicarse a algunos países, estados o incluso códigos postales."
|
||
" Esta función limita la lista de países en su comercio electrónico."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:69
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can integrate Odoo with external shippers in order to compute the real "
|
||
"price and packagings, and handle the printing the shipping labels. See "
|
||
":doc:`third_party_shipper`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Puede integrar Odoo con transportistas externos para calcular el precio real"
|
||
" y los empaquetados, y gestionar la impresión de las etiquetas de envío. "
|
||
"Consulte :doc:`third_party_shipper`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:74
|
||
msgid "Delivery process"
|
||
msgstr "Proceso de entrega"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:82
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can now choose the **Delivery Method** on your sale order. If you want "
|
||
"to invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, click on "
|
||
"**Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery method as a "
|
||
"product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Ahora puede elegir el **método de entrega** en su orden de venta. Si desea "
|
||
"facturar el precio de los costos de envío en la orden de venta, haga clic en"
|
||
" **fijar precio**, esto agregará una línea con el nombre del método de "
|
||
"entrega como un producto."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:88
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:130
|
||
msgid "Delivery"
|
||
msgstr "Entrega"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:90
|
||
msgid "You can add or change the delivery method on the delivery itself."
|
||
msgstr "Puede agregar o cambiar el método de entrega en la misma entrega."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:95
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On the delivery, check the **Carrier Information**. The carrier is the "
|
||
"chosen delivery method."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En la entrega, compruebe la **información del transportista**. El "
|
||
"transportista es el método de entrega elegido."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:99
|
||
msgid ":doc:`third_party_shipper`"
|
||
msgstr ":doc:`third_party_shipper`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:100
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:158
|
||
msgid ":doc:`../operation/invoicing`"
|
||
msgstr ":doc:`../operation/invoicing`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:3
|
||
msgid "How to get DHL credentials for integration with Odoo?"
|
||
msgstr "¿Cómo obtener las credenciales de DHL para la integración con Odoo?"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:5
|
||
msgid "In order to use the Odoo DHL API, you will need:"
|
||
msgstr "Para utilizar la API de DHL para Odoo, necesitará:"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:7
|
||
msgid "A DHL.com SiteID"
|
||
msgstr "Un identificador para el sitio de DHL"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:9
|
||
msgid "A DHL Password"
|
||
msgstr "Una contraseña DHL"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:11
|
||
msgid "A DHL Account Number"
|
||
msgstr "Un número de cuenta de DHL"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:15
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Getting SiteID and password for countries other than United States (UK and "
|
||
"Rest of the world)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Obtener el identificador del sitio y la contraseña para países que no son "
|
||
"Estados Unidos (Reino Unido y el resto del mundo)"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:17
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You should contact DHL account manager and request integration for XML "
|
||
"Express API. The presales should provide you live credentials."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Contacte al administrador de cuentas de DHL y solicite la integración de la "
|
||
"API XML Express. La preventa debería proporcionarle las credenciales en "
|
||
"tiempo real."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:20
|
||
msgid "Getting SiteID and Password for United States"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Obtener el identificador del sitio y la contraseña para los Estados Unidos"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:22
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You need to write to xmlrequests@dhl.com along with your full Account "
|
||
"details like account number, region, address, etc. to get API Access."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Debe enviar un correo electrónico a xmlrequests@dhl.com con los datos "
|
||
"completos de su cuenta, como el número de cuenta, la región, la dirección, "
|
||
"etc., para obtener el acceso a la API."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Set up Sendcloud shipping services in Odoo"
|
||
msgstr "Configurar los servicios de envío de Sendcloud en Odoo"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Sendcloud is a shipping service aggregator that facilitates the integration "
|
||
"of European shipping carriers with Odoo. Once integrated, users can select "
|
||
"shipping carriers on inventory operations in their Odoo database."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Sendcloud es un agregador de servicio de envío que facilita la integración "
|
||
"de transportistas europeos en Odoo. Una vez integrado, los usuarios pueden "
|
||
"seleccionar transportistas en las operaciones de inventario de su base de "
|
||
"datos de Odoo."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:10
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"`Sendcloud integration documentation <https://support.sendcloud.com/hc/en-"
|
||
"us/articles /360059470491-Odoo-integration>`_"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"`Documentación de Sendcloud sobre la integración "
|
||
"<https://support.sendcloud.com/hc/en-us/articles /360059470491-Odoo-"
|
||
"integration>`_"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:14
|
||
msgid "Setup in Sendcloud"
|
||
msgstr "Configuración en Sendcloud"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:17
|
||
msgid "Create an account and activate carriers"
|
||
msgstr "Crear una cuenta y activar transportistas"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:19
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To get started, go to `Sendcloud's platform <https://www.sendcloud.com>`_ to"
|
||
" configure the account and generate the connector credentials. Log in with "
|
||
"the Sendcloud account, or create a new one if needed."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Para empezar, vaya a la `plataforma de Sendcloud "
|
||
"<https://www.sendcloud.com>`_ para configurar su cuenta y generar las "
|
||
"credenciales de conector. Inicie sesión con su cuenta de Sendcloud, o cree "
|
||
"una si es necesario."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:24
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For new account creation, Sendcloud will ask for a :abbr:`VAT (Value-Added "
|
||
"Tax Identification)` number or :abbr:`EORI (Economic Operators' Registration"
|
||
" and Identification)` number. After completing the account setup, activate "
|
||
"(or deactivate) the shipping carriers that will be used in the Odoo "
|
||
"database."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Para crear una nueva cuenta, Sendcloud le solicitará un número de "
|
||
":abbr:`registro de IVA` o un número :abbr:`EORI (identificación y registro "
|
||
"de operadores económicos, por sus siglas en inglés)`. Después de completar "
|
||
"la configuración de la cuenta, active (o desactive) los transportistas que "
|
||
"se utilizarán en la base de datos de Odoo."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:30
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo integration of Sendcloud works on free Sendcloud plans *only* if a bank"
|
||
" account is linked, since Sendcloud won't ship for free. To use shipping "
|
||
"rules or individual custom carrier contacts, a paid plan of Sendcloud is "
|
||
"required."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"La integración entre Odoo y Sencloud funciona en los planes gratuitos de "
|
||
"Sendcloud *solo* si se vincula una cuenta bancaria, ya que Sendcloud no "
|
||
"realiza envíos gratis. Para utilizar reglas de envío o contactos de "
|
||
"transportistas individuales personalizados se necesita un plan de pago de "
|
||
"Sendcloud."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:35
|
||
msgid "Warehouse configuration"
|
||
msgstr "Configuración del almacén"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:37
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once logged into the Sendcloud account, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings"
|
||
" --> Shipping --> Addresses`, and fill in the field for :guilabel:`Warehouse"
|
||
" address`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Una vez que inice sesión en la cuenta de Sendcloud, vaya a "
|
||
":menuselection:`Ajustes --> Envío --> Direcciones` y complete el campo "
|
||
":guilabel:`dirección de almacén`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Adding addresses in the Sendcloud settings."
|
||
msgstr "Agregar direcciones en los ajustes de Sendcloud."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:44
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To allow Sendcloud to process returns as well, a :guilabel:`Return Address` "
|
||
"is required. Under the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous section`, there is a field "
|
||
"called :guilabel:`Address Name (optional)`. The Odoo warehouse name should "
|
||
"be entered here, and the characters should be exactly the same."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Para permitir que Sendcloud también procese devoluciones se necesita de una "
|
||
":guilabel:`dirección de devolución`. En la sección :guilabel:`varios`, hay "
|
||
"un campo denominado :guilabel:`nombre de la dirección (opcional)`. Ahí debe "
|
||
"ingresar el nombre del almacén en Odoo, y los caracteres deben ser "
|
||
"exactamente los mismos."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
|
||
msgid "**SendClould configuration**"
|
||
msgstr "**Configuración en Sendclould**"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Miscellaneous`"
|
||
msgstr ":guilabel:`Varios`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Address Name (optional)`: `Warehouse #1`"
|
||
msgstr ":guilabel:`Nombre de la dirección (opcional)`: `Almacén #1`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Brand`: `Default`"
|
||
msgstr ":guilabel:`Marca`: `predeterminada`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
|
||
msgid "**Odoo warehouse configuration**"
|
||
msgstr "**Configuración del almacén en Odoo**"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: `Warehouse #1`"
|
||
msgstr ":guilabel:`Almacén`: `Almacén #1`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Short Name`: `WH`"
|
||
msgstr ":guilabel:`Nombre corto`: `WH`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: `My company (San Francisco)`"
|
||
msgstr ":guilabel:`Empresa`: `Mi empresa (San Francisco)`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Address`: `My Company (San Francisco)`"
|
||
msgstr ":guilabel:`Dirección`: `Mi empresa (San Francisco)`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:61
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Notice how the inputs for the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field, for both the Odoo"
|
||
" configuration and the Sendcloud configuration, are the exact same."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Note como la información ingresada en el campo :guilabel:`almacén` para "
|
||
"ambas configuraciones es exactamente igual."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:65
|
||
msgid "Generate Sendcloud credentials"
|
||
msgstr "Generar credenciales Sendcloud"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:67
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the Sendcloud account, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> "
|
||
"Integrations` in the menu on the right. Next, search for :guilabel:`Odoo "
|
||
"Native`. Then, click on :guilabel:`Connect`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En su cuenta de Sendcloud, vaya a :menuselection:`Ajustes --> Integraciones`"
|
||
" en el menú a la derecha. A continuación, busque :guilabel:`Odoo nativo`. "
|
||
"Posteriormente, haga clic en :guilabel:`conectar`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:70
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After clicking on :guilabel:`Connect`, the page redirects to the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Sendcloud API` settings page, where the :guilabel:`Public and "
|
||
"Secret Keys` are produced. The next step is to name the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Integration`. The naming convention is as follows: `Odoo "
|
||
"CompanyName`, with the user's company name replacing `CompanyName` (e.g. "
|
||
"`Odoo StealthyWood`)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Después de hacer clic en :guilabel:`conectar`, la página lo redirigirá a la "
|
||
"página de ajustes :guilabel:`API de Sendcloud`, en donde se generan las "
|
||
":guilabel:`claves pública y secreta`. El siguiente paso es darle un nombre a"
|
||
" la :guilabel:`integración`. La convención para los nombres es la siguiente:"
|
||
" `Odoo NombredeEmpresa`, en donde `NombredeEmpresa` es el nombre de la "
|
||
"empresa del usuario (por ejemplo, `Odoo StealthyWood`)."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:75
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, check the box next to :guilabel:`Service Points` and select the "
|
||
"shipping services for this integration. After saving, the :guilabel:`Public "
|
||
"and Secret Keys` are generated."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Después, seleccione la casilla a lado de :guilabel:`Puntos de servicio` y "
|
||
"seleccione los servicios de envío para esta integración. Después de guardar,"
|
||
" se generan las :guilabel:`claves pública y secreta`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Configuring the Sendcloud integration and receiving the credentials."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Configuración de la integración con Sendcloud para recibir las credenciales."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:83
|
||
msgid "Setup in Odoo"
|
||
msgstr "Configuración en Odoo"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:86
|
||
msgid "Install the Sendcloud shipping module"
|
||
msgstr "Instalar el módulo Envío por Sendcloud"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:88
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After the Sendcloud account is set up and configured, it's time to configure"
|
||
" the Odoo database. To get started, go to Odoo's :guilabel:`Apps` module, "
|
||
"search for the :guilabel:`Sendcloud Shipping` integration, and install it."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Tras la configuración de la cuenta de Sendcloud debe configurar la base de "
|
||
"datos de Odoo. Para empezar, vaya al módulo :guilabel:`Aplicaciones` de "
|
||
"Odoo, busque la integración de :guilabel:`envío por Sendcloud` e instálela."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Sendcloud Shipping module in the Odoo Apps module."
|
||
msgstr "Módulo de envío por Sendcloud en el módulo Aplicaciones de Odoo."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:97
|
||
msgid "Sendcloud shipping connector configuration"
|
||
msgstr "Configuración del conector de envío por Sendcloud"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:99
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once installed, activate the :guilabel:`Sendcloud Shipping` module in "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. The "
|
||
":guilabel:`Sendcloud Connector` setting is found under the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Shipping Connectors` section."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Una vez instalado, active el módulo :guilabel:`Envío por Sendcloud` en "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventario --> Configuración --> Ajustes`. El ajuste "
|
||
":guilabel:`conector de Sendcloud` se encuentra en la sección "
|
||
":guilabel:`conectores de envío`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:103
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After activating the :guilabel:`Sendcloud Connector`, click on the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Sendcloud Shipping Methods` link below the listed connector. Once"
|
||
" on the :guilabel:`Shipping Methods` page, click :guilabel:`Create`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Después de activar el :guilabel:`conector de Sendcloud`, haga clic en el "
|
||
"enlace de :guilabel:`métodos de envío de Sendcloud` que se encuentra debajo "
|
||
"del conector. Una vez que esté en la página de :guilabel:`métodos de envío`,"
|
||
" haga clic en :guilabel:`crear`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:108
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Shipping Methods` can also be accessed by going to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Delivery --> Shipping "
|
||
"Methods`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"También puede acceder a los :guilabel:`métodos de envío` en "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventario --> Configuración --> Entrega --> Métodos de "
|
||
"envío`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:111
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Fill out the following fields in the :guilabel:`New Shipping Method` form:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Complete los siguientes campos del formulario del :guilabel:`nuevo método de"
|
||
" envío` form:"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:113
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Shipping Method`: type `Sendcloud DPD`."
|
||
msgstr ":guilabel:`Método de envío`: escriba `Sendcloud DPD`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:114
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Provider`: select :guilabel:`Sendcloud` from the drop-down menu."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Proveedor`: seleccione :guilabel:`Sendcloud` en el menú "
|
||
"desplegable."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:115
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Delivery Product`: set the product that was configured for this "
|
||
"shipping method or create a new product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Producto de envío`: establezca el producto que se configuró para "
|
||
"este método de envío o cree un nuevo producto."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:117
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the :guilabel:`SendCloud Configuration` tab, enter the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Sendcloud Public Key`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En la pestaña :guilabel:`configuración de SendCloud`, introduzca la "
|
||
":guilabel:`clave pública de Sendcloud`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:118
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the :guilabel:`SendCloud Configuration` tab, enter the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Sendcloud Secret Key`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En la pestaña :guilabel:`configuración de SendCloud`, introduzca la "
|
||
":guilabel:`clave secreta de Sendcloud`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:119
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Manually :guilabel:`Save` the form by clicking the cloud icon next to the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Shipping Methods / New` breadcrumbs."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Guarde` el formulario de forma manual al hacer clic en el icono "
|
||
"de nube a lado de las migas de pan :guilabel:`Métodos de envío / Nuevo`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:122
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After configuring and saving the form, follow these steps to load the "
|
||
"shipping products:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Después de configurar y guardar el formulario, siga los siguientes pasos "
|
||
"para guardar los productos de envío:"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:124
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the :guilabel:`SendCloud Configuration` tab of the :guilabel:`New "
|
||
"Shipping Method` form, click on the :guilabel:`Load your SendCloud shipping "
|
||
"products` link."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En la pestaña :guilabel:`configuración de SendCloud` del formulario del "
|
||
":guilabel:`nuevo método de envío` haga clic en el enlace que dice "
|
||
":guilabel:`Cargar sus productos de envío de Sendcloud`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:126
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Select the shipping products the company would like to use for deliveries "
|
||
"and returns."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Seleccione los productos de envío que la empresa desea usar para entregas y "
|
||
"devoluciones."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:127
|
||
msgid "Click :guilabel:`Select`."
|
||
msgstr "Haga clic en :guilabel:`Seleccionar`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:130
|
||
msgid "Sample Sendcloud shipping products configured in Odoo:"
|
||
msgstr "Ejemplo de productos enviados por Sendcloud configurados en Odoo:"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`DELIVERY`"
|
||
msgstr ":guilabel:`ENVÍO`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Shipping Product`: `DPD Home 0-31.5kg`"
|
||
msgstr ":guilabel:`Tipo de envío`: `DPD Home 0-31.5kg`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Carrier`: `DPD`"
|
||
msgstr ":guilabel:`Transportista`: `DPD`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Minimum Weight`: `0.00`"
|
||
msgstr ":guilabel:`Peso mínimo`: `0.00`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Maximum Weight`: `31.50`"
|
||
msgstr ":guilabel:`Peso máximo`: `31.50`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:138
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Countries`: `Austria` `Belgium` `Bosnia` `Herzegovina` `Bulgaria`"
|
||
" `Croatia` `Czech` `Republic` `Denmark` `Estonia` `Finland` `France` "
|
||
"`Germany` `Greece` `Hungary` `Iceland` `Ireland` `Italy` `Latvia` "
|
||
"`Liechtenstein` `Lithuania` `Luxembourg` `Monaco` `Netherlands` `Norway` "
|
||
"`Poland` `Portugal` `Romania` `Serbia` `Slovakia` `Slovenia` `Spain` "
|
||
"`Sweden` `Switzerland`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Países`: `Austria` `Bélgica` `Bosnia y Herzegovina` `Bulgaria` "
|
||
"`Croacia` `República Checa` `Dinamarca` `Estonia` `Finlandia` `Francia` "
|
||
"`Alemania` `Grecia` `Hungría` `Islandia` `Irlanda` `Italia` `Letonia` "
|
||
"`Liechtenstein` `Lituania` `Luxemburgo` `Mónaco` `Países Bajos` `Noruega` "
|
||
"`Polonia` `Portugal` `Rumanía` `Serbia` `Eslovaquia` `Eslovenia` `España` "
|
||
"`Suecia` `Suiza`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`RETURN`"
|
||
msgstr ":guilabel:`DEVOLUCIÓN`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Return Shipping Product`: `DPD Return 0-20kg`"
|
||
msgstr ":guilabel:`Tipo de devolución`: `DPD Return 0-20kg`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Return Carrier`: `DPD`"
|
||
msgstr ":guilabel:`Transportista`: `DPD`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Return Minimum Weight`: `0.00`"
|
||
msgstr ":guilabel:`Peso mínimo`: `0.00`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Return Maximum Weight`: `20.00`"
|
||
msgstr ":guilabel:`Peso máximo`: `20.00`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Return Countries`: `Belgium` `Netherlands`"
|
||
msgstr ":guilabel:`Países`: `Bélgica` `Países Bajos`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Example of shipping products configured in Odoo."
|
||
msgstr "Ejemplo de productos de envío configurados en Odoo:"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:156
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Sendcloud does not provide test keys when a company tests the sending of a "
|
||
"package in Odoo. This means if a package is created, the configured "
|
||
"Sendcloud account will be charged, unless the associated package is canceled"
|
||
" within 24 hours of creation."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Sendcloud no proporciona claves de prueba cuando una empresa prueba el envío"
|
||
" de productos desde Odoo. Esto supone que, si crea un paquete, se le hará un"
|
||
" cargo a su cuenta de Sendcloud, a menos que cancele el envío en las "
|
||
"primeras 24 horas de su creación."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:160
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo has a built-in layer of protection against unwanted charges when using "
|
||
"test environments. Within a test environment, if a shipping method is used "
|
||
"to create labels, then those labels are immediately canceled after the "
|
||
"creation — this occurs automatically. The test and production environment "
|
||
"settings can be toggled back and forth from the :guilabel:`Smart Buttons`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Odoo tiene una capa incorporada de protección contra cargos no deseados al "
|
||
"usar entornos de prueba. Si se encuentra dentro de un entorno de prueba y "
|
||
"utiliza un método de envío para crear etiquetas, entonces estas se cancelan "
|
||
"de inmediato tras su creación, de forma automática. La configuración del "
|
||
"entorno de prueba y producción se puede alternar desde los "
|
||
":guilabel:`botones inteligentes`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:166
|
||
msgid "Generate a label with Sendcloud"
|
||
msgstr "Generar una etiqueta con Sendcloud"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:168
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When creating a quotation in Odoo, add shipping and a :guilabel:`Sendcloud "
|
||
"shipping product`. Then, :guilabel:`Validate` the delivery. Shipping label "
|
||
"documents are automatically generated in the chatter, which include the "
|
||
"following:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Al crear una cotización en Odoo, agregue el envío y elija "
|
||
":guilabel:`Producto de envío de Sendcloud`, luego :guilabel:`valide` la "
|
||
"entrega. Los documentos de la etiqueta de envío se generan de forma "
|
||
"automática en el chatter e incluyen lo siguiente:"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:172
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Shipping label(s)` depending on the number of packages."
|
||
msgstr ":guilabel:`Etiqueta(s) de envío` según el número de paquetes."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:173
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Return label(s)` if the Sendcloud connector is configured for "
|
||
"returns."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Etiqueta(s) de devolución` si el conector de Sendcloud está "
|
||
"configurado para devoluciones."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:174
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Customs document(s)` should the destination country require them."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Documento(s) aduanero(s)` si el país de destino lo(s) requiere."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:176
|
||
msgid "Additionally, the tracking number is now available."
|
||
msgstr "Además, ahora está disponible el número de rastreo."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:179
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When return labels are created, Sendcloud will automatically charge the "
|
||
"configured Sendcloud account."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Sendcloud hace un cargo automático a la cuenta configurada cuando se crean "
|
||
"etiquetas de devolución."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:183
|
||
msgid "FAQ"
|
||
msgstr "Preguntas frecuentes"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:186
|
||
msgid "Shipment is too heavy"
|
||
msgstr "El envío es demasiado pesado"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:188
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If the shipment is too heavy for the Sendcloud service that is configured, "
|
||
"then the weight is split to simulate multiple packages. Products will need "
|
||
"to be put in different :guilabel:`Packages` to :guilabel:`Validate` the "
|
||
"transfer and generate labels."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si el envío es demasiado pesado para el servicio de Sendcloud que se "
|
||
"configuró, entonces el peso se divide para simular varios paquetes. Los "
|
||
"productos tendrán que ser puestos en distintos :guilabel:`paquetes` para "
|
||
":guilabel:`validar` el traslado y generar etiquetas."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:192
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Rules` can also be set up in Sendcloud to use other shipping "
|
||
"methods when the weight is too heavy. However, note that these rules will "
|
||
"not apply to the shipping price calculation on the calculation on the sales "
|
||
"order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"También se pueden configurar :guilabel:`reglas` en Sendcloud para usar otros"
|
||
" métodos de envío cuando la carga es muy pesada. Sin embargo, tenga en "
|
||
"cuenta que estas reglas no se aplicarán al cálculo del precio de envío en el"
|
||
" cálculo de la orden de venta."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:197
|
||
msgid "When using a personal carrier contract"
|
||
msgstr "Al utilizar un contrato de transportista personal"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:199
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When using a personal carrier contract in Sendcloud, if the the price is not"
|
||
" accurately reflected when creating a quotation in Odoo, then the pricing "
|
||
"information needs to be updated in Sendcloud."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si el precio no se refleja con precisión al crear una cotización en Odoo "
|
||
"utilizando un contrato de transportista personal en Sendcloud, entonces la "
|
||
"información de precios debe actualizarse en Sendcloud."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:203
|
||
msgid "Measuring volumetric weight"
|
||
msgstr "Medición del peso volumétrico"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:205
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Many carriers have several measures for weight. There is the actual weight "
|
||
"of the products in the parcel, and there is the *volumetric weight* "
|
||
"(:dfn:`Volumetric weight is the volume that a package occupies when in "
|
||
"transit. In other words it is the physical size of a package`)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Muchos transportistas tienen varias medidas de peso. Está el peso real de "
|
||
"los productos en el paquete y el *peso volumétrico* (:dfn:`El peso "
|
||
"volumétrico es el volumen que ocupa un paquete cuando está en tránsito. Es "
|
||
"decir, el tamaño físico de un paquete`)."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:210
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Check to see if selected carrier(s) already have defined formulas to compute"
|
||
" the volumetric weight."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Verifique si el transportista seleccionado ya tiene fórmulas definidas para "
|
||
"calcular el peso volumétrico."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:214
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"`Sendcloud: How to calculate & automate parcel volumetric weight "
|
||
"<https://support.sendcloud.com/ hc/en-us/articles/360059644051-How-to-"
|
||
"calculate-automate-parcel-volumetric-weight>`_"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"`Sendcloud: Cómo calcular y automatizar el peso volumétrico de los paquetes "
|
||
"<https://support.sendcloud.com/ hc/en-us/articles/360059644051-How-to-"
|
||
"calculate-automate-parcel-volumetric-weight>`_"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:219
|
||
msgid "Unable to calculate shipping rate"
|
||
msgstr "No es posible calcular la tarifa de envío"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:221
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"First, verify that product being shipped has a weight that is supported by "
|
||
"the selected shipping method. If this is set, then verify that the "
|
||
"destination country (from the customer address) is supported by the carrier."
|
||
" The country of origin (warehouse address) should also be supported by the "
|
||
"carrier."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Primero verifique que el producto a enviar tenga un peso compatible con el "
|
||
"método de envío seleccionado. Si el peso es correcto, entonces verifique que"
|
||
" el país de destino (desde la dirección del cliente) sea compatible con el "
|
||
"transportista, lo mismo debe suceder con el país de origen (dirección del "
|
||
"almacén)."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:3
|
||
msgid "How to integrate a third party shipper?"
|
||
msgstr "¿Cómo integrar un transportista externo?"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers. "
|
||
"Odoo can be linked with the transportation company tracking system. It will "
|
||
"allow you to manage the transport company, the real prices and the "
|
||
"destination."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Odoo permite varios métodos de entrega, incluyendo transportistas externos. "
|
||
"Odoo se puede vincular con el sistema de seguimiento de la empresa de "
|
||
"transporte. Le permitirá gestionar la empresa de transporte, los precios "
|
||
"reales y el destino."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:19
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the inventory module, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
|
||
"Settings`. Under **Shipping Connectors**, flag the transportation companies "
|
||
"you want to integrate :"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En el módulo de inventario, haga clic en :menuselection:`Configuración --> "
|
||
"Ajustes`. En **Conectores de envío**, seleccione las empresas de transporte "
|
||
"que desea integrar:"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:38
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The delivery methods for the chosen shippers have been automatically "
|
||
"created. Most of the time, there will be **2** delivery methods for the same"
|
||
" provider: one for **international** shipping and the other for **domestic**"
|
||
" shipping."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Los métodos de entrega para los transportistas seleccionados se crearán de "
|
||
"forma automática. La mayoría de las veces, habrá **dos** métodos de entrega "
|
||
"para el mismo proveedor: uno para el **envío internacional** y otro para el "
|
||
"**envío nacional**."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:43
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can create other methods with the same provider with other "
|
||
"configuration, for example the **Packaging Type**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Se pueden crear otros métodos con el mismo proveedor con otra configuración,"
|
||
" por ejemplo, el **Tipo de paquete**."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:46
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can change the **Name** of the delivery method. This is the name that "
|
||
"will appear on your ecommerce."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Puede cambiar el **Nombre** del método de entrega. Este será el nombre que "
|
||
"aparecerá en su comercio electrónico."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:49
|
||
msgid "Flag **Shipping enabled** when you are ready to use it."
|
||
msgstr "Marque **Envío habilitado** cuando esté listo para usarlo."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:54
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the pricing tab, the name of the provider chosen under the **Price "
|
||
"computation** means that the pricing will be computed by the shipper system."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En la pestaña de precios, el nombre del proveedor elegido bajo **Cálculo de "
|
||
"precios** significa que el sistema del transportista calculará los precios."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:57
|
||
msgid "The configuration of the shipper is split into two columns:"
|
||
msgstr "La configuración del transportista está dividida en dos columnas:"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:59
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The first one is linked to **your account** (developer key, password,...). "
|
||
"For more information, please refer to the provider website."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"La primera está vinculada a **su cuenta** (clave de desarrollador, "
|
||
"contraseña...). Para más información, consulte el sitio web del proveedor."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:67
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Finally you can limit the delivery method to a few destinations. You can "
|
||
"limit it to some countries, states or even zip codes. This feature limits "
|
||
"the list of countries on your e-commerce. It is useful for the domestic "
|
||
"providers. For example, USPS US only delivers from the United States to the "
|
||
"United States."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Por último, puede limitar el método de entrega a algunos destinos. Puede "
|
||
"limitarlo a algunos países, estados o incluso códigos postales. Esta función"
|
||
" limita la lista de países en su comercio electrónico. Es útil para los "
|
||
"proveedores nacionales. Por ejemplo, USPS US solo realiza entregas desde "
|
||
"Estados Unidos a Estados Unidos."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:95
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Go the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> Products`. Open the products"
|
||
" you want to ship and set a weight on it."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vaya al menú :menuselection:`Ventas --> Ventas --> Productos`. Abra los "
|
||
"productos que desea enviar y establezca un peso."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:102
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The weight on the product form is expressed in kilograms. Don't forget to "
|
||
"make the conversion if you are used to the imperial measurement system."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"El peso en el formulario del producto se presenta en kilogramos. No olvide "
|
||
"hacer la conversión si suele utilizar el sistema de medición imperial."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:115
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can now choose the carrier on your sale order. Click on **Delivery "
|
||
"method** to choose the right one."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Ahora puede elegir el transportista en su orden de venta. Haga clic en "
|
||
"**Método de entrega** para elegir el correcto."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:118
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The price is computed when you save the sale order or when you click on "
|
||
"**Set price**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Se calcula el precio cuando se guarda la orden de venta o cuando se hace "
|
||
"clic en **Fijar precio**."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:121
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you want to invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, "
|
||
"click on **Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery "
|
||
"method as a product. It may vary from the real price."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si desea facturar el precio de los gastos de envío en la orden de venta, "
|
||
"haga clic en **Fijar precio**, esto añadirá una línea con el nombre del "
|
||
"método de envío como producto. Puede variar del precio real."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:125
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Otherwise, the real price (computed when the delivery is validated) will "
|
||
"automatically be added to the invoice. For more information, please read the"
|
||
" document :doc:`../operation/invoicing`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"De lo contrario, el precio real (calculado cuando se valida la entrega) se "
|
||
"añadirá automáticamente a la factura. Para más información, lea el documento"
|
||
" :doc:`../operation/invoicing`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:132
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The delivery created from the sale order will take the shipping information "
|
||
"from it. You can change the carrier if you want to."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"La orden de entrega creada desde la orden de venta tomará su información de "
|
||
"envío, aunque podrá cambiar el transportista si lo desea."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:141
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The weight is computed based on the products weights. The shipping cost will"
|
||
" be computed once the transfer is validated."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"El peso se calcula en función del peso de los productos. Los gastos de envío"
|
||
" se calcularán una vez que se valide el traslado."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:144
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click on **Validate** to receive the tracking number. The **Carrier Tracking"
|
||
" ref** field will automatically be filled. Click on the **Tracking** button "
|
||
"to check your delivery on the provider website."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Haga clic en **Validar** para recibir el número de seguimiento. El campo "
|
||
"**Referencia de seguimiento del transportista** se completará "
|
||
"automáticamente. Haga clic en el botón **Seguimiento** para consultar su "
|
||
"entrega en el sitio web del proveedor."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:159
|
||
msgid ":doc:`../operation/labels`"
|
||
msgstr ":doc:`../operation/labels`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:3
|
||
msgid "How to get UPS credentials for integration with Odoo?"
|
||
msgstr "¿Cómo obtener las credenciales de UPS para la integración con Odoo?"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:5
|
||
msgid "In order to use the Odoo UPS API, you will need:"
|
||
msgstr "Para utilizar la API de UPS para Odoo, necesitará:"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:7
|
||
msgid "A UPS.com user ID and password"
|
||
msgstr "Un usuario y contraseña en UPS.com"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:9
|
||
msgid "A UPS account number"
|
||
msgstr "Un número de cuenta UPS"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:11
|
||
msgid "An Access Key"
|
||
msgstr "Una clave de acceso"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:13
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"An Access Key is a 16 character alphanumeric code that allows access to the "
|
||
"UPS Developer Kit API Development and Production servers."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Una clave de acceso es un código alfanumérico de 16 caracteres que permite "
|
||
"el acceso a los servidores de desarrollo y producción de la API del kit de "
|
||
"desarrollador de UPS."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:17
|
||
msgid "Create a UPS Account"
|
||
msgstr "Crear una cuenta UPS"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:19
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Note that only customers located in the US can open a UPS account online. If"
|
||
" you are located outside the US, you will need to contact UPS Customer "
|
||
"Service in order to to open an account."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Tenga en cuenta que solo los clientes ubicados en los Estados Unidos pueden "
|
||
"abrir una cuenta de UPS en línea. Si se encuentra fuera de los Estados "
|
||
"Unidos, deberá ponerse en contacto con el servicio de atención al cliente de"
|
||
" UPS para abrir una cuenta."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:23
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can read additional information about opening a UPS account on the their"
|
||
" website, on the page, `How to Open a UPS Account Online "
|
||
"<https://www.ups.com/content/us/en/resources/sri/openaccountonline.html?srch_pos=2&srch_phr=open+ups+account>`_"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Encontrará información adicional sobre la apertura de una cuenta UPS en su "
|
||
"sitio web, en la página, `Cómo abrir una cuenta UPS en línea "
|
||
"<https://www.ups.com/content/us/en/resources/sri/openaccountonline.html?srch_pos=2&srch_phr=open+ups+account>`_"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:27
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you don't already have a UPS account, you can create one along with your "
|
||
"online profile by following these steps:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si aún no tiene una cuenta de UPS, puede crear una junto con su perfil en "
|
||
"línea siguiendo estos pasos:"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:30
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"1. Access the UPS.com web site at `www.ups.com <http://www.ups.com/>`__, and"
|
||
" click the **New User** link at the top of the page."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"1. Acceda al sitio web UPS.com en `www.ups.com <http://www.ups.com/>`__, y "
|
||
"haga clic en el enlace **Nuevo usuario** en la parte superior de la página."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:34
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"2. Click the **Register for MyUPS** button, and follow the prompts to "
|
||
"complete the registration process."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"2. Haga clic en el botón **Registro para MyUPS**, y siga las instrucciones "
|
||
"para el completar el proceso de registro."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:37
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you already have a UPS account, you can add it to your online profile as "
|
||
"follows:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si ya tiene una cuenta UPS, puede agregarla a su perfil en línea de la "
|
||
"siguiente manera:"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:39
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Log in to the `UPS.com website <http://www.ups.com/>`_) using your UPS.com "
|
||
"User ID and Password."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Inicie sesión en el sitio web `UPS.com <http://www.ups.com/>`_) utilizando "
|
||
"su ID y contraseña de UPS.com."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:41
|
||
msgid "Click the **My UPS** tab."
|
||
msgstr "Haga clic en la pestaña **My UPS**."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:43
|
||
msgid "Click the **Account Summary** link."
|
||
msgstr "Haga clic en el enlace **Resumen de cuenta**."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:45
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"4. Click the **Add an Existing UPS Account** link in the **UPS Account "
|
||
"Details** section of the page."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"4. Haga clic en el enlace **Agregar una cuenta UPS existente** en la sección"
|
||
" **Detalles de cuenta UPS** de la página."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:48
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"5. In the **Add New Account** screen, enter the **UPS Account Number**, "
|
||
"**Account Name**, and **Postal Code** fields. The country defaults to United"
|
||
" States.q"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"5. En la pantalla **Agregar nueva cuenta**, introduzca los campos **Número "
|
||
"de cuenta UPS**, **Nombre de la cuenta** y **Código postal**. El país "
|
||
"predeterminado es Estados Unidos."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:52
|
||
msgid "Click the **Next** button to continue."
|
||
msgstr "Haga clic en el botón **Siguiente** para continuar."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:55
|
||
msgid "Get an Access Key"
|
||
msgstr "Obtener una llave de acceso"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:57
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After you have added your UPS account number to your user profile you can "
|
||
"request an Access Key from UPS using the steps below:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Una vez que haya añadido su número de cuenta UPS a su perfil de usuario, "
|
||
"puede solicitar una clave de acceso a UPS siguiendo los siguientes pasos:"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:60
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Go to the `UPS Developer Kit web page "
|
||
"<https://www.ups.com/upsdeveloperkit?loc=en_US>`_"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vaya al sitio web del `Kit de desarrollador de UPS "
|
||
"<https://www.ups.com/upsdeveloperkit?loc=en_US>`_"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:61
|
||
msgid "Log into UPS.com with your user ID and password"
|
||
msgstr "Ingrese a UPS.com con su usuario y contraseña"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:62
|
||
msgid "Click on the link **Request an access key**."
|
||
msgstr "Haga clic en el vinculo **Solicitar una clave de acceso**."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:63
|
||
msgid "Verify your contact information"
|
||
msgstr "Verifique su información de contacto"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:64
|
||
msgid "Click the **Request Access Key** button."
|
||
msgstr "Haga clic en el botón **Solicitar clave de acceso**."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:66
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The **Access Key** will be provided to you on the web page, and an email "
|
||
"with the Access Key will be sent to the email address of the primary "
|
||
"contact."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Se le proporcionará la **clave de acceso** en el sitio web, y se enviará un "
|
||
"correo con la clave de acceso a la dirección de correo electrónico del "
|
||
"contacto principal."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:8
|
||
msgid "Manufacturing"
|
||
msgstr "Fabricación"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:10
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Odoo Manufacturing** helps manufacturers schedule, plan and process "
|
||
"manufacturing orders. With the work center control panel, put tablets on the"
|
||
" shop floor to control work orders in real-time and allow workers to trigger"
|
||
" maintenance operations, feedback loops, quality issues, etc."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"La aplicación **Fabricación de Odoo** le ayuda a los fabricantes a "
|
||
"programar, planificar y procesar las órdenes de fabricación. Coloque "
|
||
"tabletas en el taller para controlar todas las órdenes de trabajo en tiempo "
|
||
"real mediante el panel de control del centro de trabajo y permita que los "
|
||
"trabajadores activen las operaciones de mantenimiento, circuitos de "
|
||
"retroalimentación, problemas de calidad, etc."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:15
|
||
msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: MRP <https://www.odoo.com/slides/mrp-29>`_"
|
||
msgstr "`Tutoriales de Odoo: MRP <https://www.odoo.com/slides/mrp-29>`_"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:17
|
||
msgid ":doc:`IoT Boxes (MES) </applications/productivity/iot>`"
|
||
msgstr ":doc:`IoT Boxes (MES) </applications/productivity/iot>`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Maintenance"
|
||
msgstr "Mantenimiento"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Add new equipment"
|
||
msgstr "Agregar equipo nuevo"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In Odoo, **equipment** refers to any item that is used in everyday "
|
||
"operations, including the manufacturing of products. This can mean a piece "
|
||
"of machinery on a production line, a tool that is used in different "
|
||
"locations, or a computer in an office space. Equipment registered in Odoo "
|
||
"can be owned by the company that uses the Odoo database, or by a third "
|
||
"party, such as a vendor in the case of equipment rentals."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En Odoo, **equipo** se refiere a cualquier artículo que se utilice en "
|
||
"operaciones cotidianas, esto incluye la fabricación de productos. Puede ser "
|
||
"una pieza de maquinaria en una línea de producción, una herramienta que se "
|
||
"utiliza en varios lugares, o una computadora en una oficina. Los equipos "
|
||
"registrados en Odoo pueden ser propiedad de la empresa que utiliza la base "
|
||
"de datos de Odoo, o de un tercero, como un proveedor en el caso del alquiler"
|
||
" de equipos."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:11
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Using Odoo **Maintenance**, it is possible to track individual pieces of "
|
||
"equipment, along with information about their maintenance requirements. To "
|
||
"add a new piece of equipment, navigate to the :guilabel:`Maintenance` "
|
||
"module, select :menuselection:`Equipments --> Machines & Tools --> Create`, "
|
||
"and configure the equipment as follows:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Mediante el uso de la aplicación **Mantenimiento** de Odoo, es posible "
|
||
"realizar un seguimiento de partes individuales de equipo junto con "
|
||
"información sobre sus requisitos de mantenimiento. Para agregar un nuevo "
|
||
"equipo, vaya al módulo de :guilabel:`Mantenimiento` y seleccione "
|
||
":menuselection:`Equipos --> Máquinas y herramientas --> Nuevo`, configure el"
|
||
" equipo de la siguiente manera:"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:16
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Equipment Name`: the product name of the piece of equipment"
|
||
msgstr ":guilabel:`Nombre del equipo`: el nombre de producto del equipo."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:17
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Equipment Category`: the category that the equipment belongs to; "
|
||
"for example, computers, machinery, tools, etc.; new categories can be "
|
||
"created by navigating to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Equipment "
|
||
"Categories` and clicking :guilabel:`Create`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Categoría del equipo`: la categoría a la que pertenece el equipo;"
|
||
" por ejemplo, computadoras, maquinaria, herramientas, etc. También puede "
|
||
"crear nuevas categorías, vaya a :menuselection:`Configuración --> Categorías"
|
||
" de equipo` y haga clic en :guilabel:`Nuevo`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:20
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Company`: the company that owns the equipment; again, this can be"
|
||
" the company that uses the Odoo database, or a third-party company"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Empresa`: la empresa propietaria del equipo, puede ser la que "
|
||
"utiliza la base de datos de Odoo o una empresa externa."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:22
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Used By`: specify if the equipment is used by a specific "
|
||
"employee, department, or both; select :guilabel:`Other` to specify both an "
|
||
"employee and a department"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Usado por`: especifique si un empleado específico, departamento, "
|
||
"o ambos utilizan el equipo. Seleccione :guilabel:`Otro` si se comparte entre"
|
||
" un empleado y un departamento."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:24
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Maintenance Team`: the team responsible for servicing the "
|
||
"equipment; new teams can be created by navigating to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Configuration --> Maintenance Teams` and selecting "
|
||
":guilabel:`Create`; the members of each team can also be assigned from this "
|
||
"page"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Equipo de mantenimiento`: el equipo responsable del mantenimiento"
|
||
" del equipo. Puede crear nuevos equipos, vaya a "
|
||
":menuselection:`Configuración --> Equipos de mantenimiento` y seleccione "
|
||
":guilabel:`Nuevo`. Los miembros de cada equipo también se pueden asignar "
|
||
"desde esta página."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:27
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Technician`: the person responsible for servicing the equipment; "
|
||
"this can be used to assign a specific individual in the event that no "
|
||
"maintenance team is assigned or when a specific member of the assigned team "
|
||
"should always be responsible for the equipment; any person added to Odoo as "
|
||
"a user can be assigned as a technician"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Técnico`: la persona responsable del mantenimiento del equipo. "
|
||
"Esto puede utilizarse para asignar a una persona específica en caso de que "
|
||
"no se asigne ningún equipo de mantenimiento o cuando un miembro específico "
|
||
"del equipo asignado siempre sea responsable del equipo. Cualquier persona "
|
||
"agregada a Odoo como usuario puede ser asignada como técnico."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:31
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Used in location`: the location where the equipment is used; this"
|
||
" is a simple text field that can be used to specify locations that are not "
|
||
"work centers, like an office, for example"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Usado en la ubicación`: la ubicación donde se utiliza el equipo. "
|
||
"Este campo de texto simple se puede utilizar para especificar ubicaciones "
|
||
"que no son centros de trabajo (por ejemplo, una oficina)."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:34
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Work Center`: if the equipment is used at a work center, specify "
|
||
"it here; equipment can also be assigned to a work center by navigating to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Maintenance --> Equipments --> Work Centers`, selecting a "
|
||
"work center or creating a new one using the :guilabel:`Create` button, and "
|
||
"clicking the :guilabel:`Equipment` tab on the work center form"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Centro de trabajo`: especifique aquí si el equipo se utiliza en "
|
||
"un centro de trabajo. El equipo también se puede asignar a un centro de "
|
||
"trabajo, vaya a :menuselection:`Mantenimiento --> Equipos --> Centros de "
|
||
"trabajo` y seleccione un centro de trabajo o cree uno con el botón "
|
||
":guilabel:`Nuevo`, luego haga clic en la pestaña :guilabel:`Equipo` en el "
|
||
"formulario del centro de trabajo."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst-1
|
||
msgid "An example of a fully configured new equipment form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Un ejemplo de un formulario de equipo nuevo configurado en su totalidad."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:44
|
||
msgid "Include additional product information"
|
||
msgstr "Incluir información adicional del producto"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:46
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The :guilabel:`Product Information` tab at the bottom of the form can be "
|
||
"used to provide further details about the piece of equipment:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"La pestaña :guilabel:`Información del producto` en la parte inferior del "
|
||
"formulario se puede utilizar para proporcionar más detalles sobre el equipo:"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:49
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Vendor`: the vendor that the equipment was purchased from"
|
||
msgstr ":guilabel:`Proveedor`: el proveedor al que se compró el equipo."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:50
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Vendor Reference`: the reference code assigned to the vendor"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Referencia del proveedor`: el código de referencia asignado al "
|
||
"proveedor."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:51
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Model`: the specific model of the piece of equipment"
|
||
msgstr ":guilabel:`Modelo`: el modelo específico del equipo."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:52
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Serial Number`: the unique serial number of the equipment"
|
||
msgstr ":guilabel:`Número de serie`: el número de serie único del equipo."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:53
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Effective Date`: the date that the equipment became available for"
|
||
" use; this is used to calculate the :abbr:`MTBF (Mean Time Between "
|
||
"Failures)`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Fecha efectiva`: la fecha en que el equipo estuvo disponible para"
|
||
" su uso, se utiliza para calcular el :abbr:`MTBF (Tiempo medio entre "
|
||
"fallos)`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:55
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Cost`: the amount the equipment was purchased for"
|
||
msgstr ":guilabel:`Costo`: la cantidad por la que se compró el equipo."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:56
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Warranty Expiration Date`: the date on which the equipment's "
|
||
"warranty will expire"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Fecha en la que expira la garantía`: la fecha en la que vence la "
|
||
"garantía del equipo."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst-1
|
||
msgid "The product information tab for the new piece of equipment."
|
||
msgstr "La pestaña de información del producto para el nuevo equipo."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:63
|
||
msgid "Add maintenance details"
|
||
msgstr "Agregar detalles de mantenimiento"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:65
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The :guilabel:`Maintenance` tab includes information that can be useful to "
|
||
"maintenance teams:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"La pestaña :guilabel:`Mantenimiento` incluye información que puede ser útil "
|
||
"para los equipos de mantenimiento:"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:67
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Preventive Maintenance Frequency`: specifies how often "
|
||
"maintenance should be performed to prevent equipment failure"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Frecuencia del mantenimiento preventivo`: especifica con qué "
|
||
"frecuencia debe realizarse el mantenimiento para evitar fallas en el equipo."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:69
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Maintenance Duration`: the amount of time required to fix the "
|
||
"equipment when it fails"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Duración de mantenimiento`: la cantidad de tiempo necesaria para "
|
||
"reparar el equipo cuando falla."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:70
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Expected Mean Time Between Failure`: the average amount of time "
|
||
"that the equipment is expected to operate before failing"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Tiempo medio esperado entre fallos`: la cantidad promedio de "
|
||
"tiempo que se espera que el equipo funcione antes de fallar."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst-1
|
||
msgid "The maintenance tab for the new piece of equipment."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:78
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The :guilabel:`Maintenance` tab also includes sections for :guilabel:`Mean "
|
||
"Time Between Failure`, :guilabel:`Estimated Next Failure`, :guilabel:`Latest"
|
||
" Failure`, and :guilabel:`Mean Time To Repair`. These values are calculated "
|
||
"automatically based on maintenance requests if any exist."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:84
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To see the maintenance requests for a piece of equipment, go to the page for"
|
||
" the equipment and select :guilabel:`Maintenance` in the top right corner of"
|
||
" the form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Manufacturing management"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Alternative Work Centers"
|
||
msgstr "Centros de trabajo alternativos"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Manufacturing several different products simultaneously at the same work "
|
||
"center is a common issue for manufacturing companies. Although in practice, "
|
||
"employees can manufacture the goods at another work center instead of "
|
||
"waiting for one to be available, it's not always simple to have visibility "
|
||
"on which work center is busy and plan resources accordingly in real-time."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:10
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"With Odoo, you can configure alternative work centers to solve this issue. "
|
||
"This automatically checks which work center is busy and which equivalent "
|
||
"ones are free, and schedules orders and maintenance accordingly."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:14
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"This way, your process becomes more efficient, as work center utilisation is"
|
||
" optimised."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:17
|
||
msgid "Configure your Work Centers"
|
||
msgstr "Configure sus centros de trabajo"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:19
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"First, go to the :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> "
|
||
"Settings`. Then, enable the :guilabel:`Work Orders` feature and hit "
|
||
":guilabel:`Save`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Work order settings ticked in Odoo Manufacturing."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:26
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Work Centers` and create two "
|
||
"new work centers. Add the second work center as an alternative to the first "
|
||
"one and vice versa."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Create a secondary work center as an alternate to the first."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:33
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Next, go to :menuselection:`Products --> Bills of Materials`, choose your "
|
||
"product, and add these work centers to the operations of your :abbr:`BoM "
|
||
"(Bill of Materials)`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Add work centers to Bill of Materials operations."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:41
|
||
msgid "Create your Work Orders"
|
||
msgstr "Cree sus centros de trabajo"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:43
|
||
msgid "Now that everything is configured, you can create your *Work Orders*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:45
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Go to :menuselection:`Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and hit "
|
||
":guilabel:`Create`. There, add your product to your manufacturing order and "
|
||
"plan it. You can then retrieve them from the :guilabel:`Work Orders` list "
|
||
"view, under :menuselection:`Operations > Work Orders`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:49
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Each new *Work Order*, which will be created before the end of the first "
|
||
"one, will be scheduled at the alternative work center you configured, as "
|
||
"shown below."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Work order creation and scheduling."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:57
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Keep in mind that, if you add time after production to your work center, you"
|
||
" may have work orders scheduled for your alternative work center even if the"
|
||
" usual one is free."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Tenga en cuenta que, si añade tiempo después de la producción a su centro de"
|
||
" trabajo, podría tener órdenes de trabajo programadas para su centro de "
|
||
"trabajo alterno, incluso si el habitual está libre."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Create a bill of materials"
|
||
msgstr "Crear una lista de materiales"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A *Bill of Materials* (or *BoM* for short) is a document that defines the "
|
||
"quantity of each component required to make or deliver a finished product. "
|
||
"It can also include various operations and the individual step guidelines "
|
||
"needed to complete a production process."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Una *lista de materiales* (LdM) es un documento que define la cantidad de "
|
||
"cada componente necesario para fabricar un producto final. También incluye "
|
||
"varias operaciones y los lineamientos de los pasos individuales necesarios "
|
||
"para terminar el proceso de producción."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:9
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In Odoo Manufacturing, multiple :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` can be "
|
||
"linked to each product, so that even product variants can have their own "
|
||
"tailored :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En la aplicación de Fabricación, podemos vincular varias :abbr:`LdM (listas "
|
||
"de materiales)` a un solo producto, de esta manera se pueden crear variantes"
|
||
" de producto que tengan sus propias :abbr:`LdM (listas de materiales)`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:12
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Correctly setting up a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` helps optimize the "
|
||
"manufacturing process and save time."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Configurar de manera correcta las :abbr:`LdM (listas de materiales)` agiliza"
|
||
" el proceso de fabricación y ahorra tiempo."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:16
|
||
msgid "Set up a bill of materials (BoM)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:18
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The simplest :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` setup is one without operations"
|
||
" or instructions, only components. In this case, the production is solely "
|
||
"managed using *Manufacturing Orders*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"La configuración más sencilla de una :abbr:`LdM (lista de materiales)` es la"
|
||
" que no contiene operaciones ni instrucciones, solo componentes. En estos "
|
||
"casos, la producción se gestiona con las *órdenes de fabricación*."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:21
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` from the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Manufacturing` module, go to :menuselection:`Products --> Bills "
|
||
"of Materials`. Then, click :guilabel:`Create`. Next, specify the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Product`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si desea crear una :abbr:`LdM (lista de materiales)` desde el módulo "
|
||
":guilabel:`Fabricación`, vaya a :menuselection:`Productos --> Listas de "
|
||
"materiales`, haga clic en :guilabel:`Crear` y seleccione su "
|
||
":guilabel:`Producto`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:26
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` can also be created directly from the "
|
||
"product form, in which case the :guilabel:`Product` field is pre-filled."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"También puede crear una :abbr:`LdM (lista de materiales)` desde el "
|
||
"formulario del producto. En este caso, el campo :guilabel:`Producto` ya está"
|
||
" completado."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:29
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For a standard :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, set the :guilabel:`BoM Type`"
|
||
" to :guilabel:`Manufacture this Product`. Then, click :guilabel:`Add a Line`"
|
||
" to specify the various components that make up the production of the final "
|
||
"product and their respective quantities. New components can be created "
|
||
"quickly through the :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, or can be created "
|
||
"beforehand in :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Products --> "
|
||
"Create`. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to finish creating the :abbr:`BoM "
|
||
"(Bill of Materials)`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si desea crear una :abbr:`LdM (lista de materiales)` estándar, establezca el"
|
||
" :guilabel:`tipo de LdM` como :guilabel:`Fabricar este producto`. Haga clic "
|
||
"en :guilabel:`Agregar línea` para añadir todos los componentes necesarios "
|
||
"para crear el producto final. Puede crear nuevos componentes desde la "
|
||
":abbr:`LdM (lista de materiales)`, o se pueden crear antes en "
|
||
":menuselection:`Fabricación --> Productos --> Productos --> Crear`. Por "
|
||
"último, haga clic en :guilabel:`Guardar` para terminar de crear su "
|
||
":abbr:`LdM (Lista de materiales)`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Set up a Bill of Materials."
|
||
msgstr "Configurar una lista de materiales."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:41
|
||
msgid "Specify a bill of materials (BoM) for a product variant"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Establezca una lista de materiales (LdM) para una variante de producto"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:43
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` can also be assigned to specific *Product "
|
||
"Variants*, with two setup options available to choose from."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"También puede asignar :abbr:`LdM (listas de materiales)` a *variantes de "
|
||
"productos* específicas. Cuenta con dos opciones de configuración disponibles"
|
||
" para elegir."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:47
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In order to assign :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` to product variants, "
|
||
"the product's variant attributes must already be configured on the product "
|
||
"form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si desea asignar :abbr:`LdM (listas de materiales)` a variantes de "
|
||
"productos, primero debe configurar los atributos de variantes en el "
|
||
"formulario del producto."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:50
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The first method is to create one :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` per "
|
||
"variant by creating a new :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` and specifying the"
|
||
" :guilabel:`Product Variant`. The second method is to create one master "
|
||
":abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` that contains all of the components, and "
|
||
"specify which variant each component applies to using the :guilabel:`Apply "
|
||
"on Variants` column."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"El primer método consiste en crear una :abbr:`LdM (lista de materiales)` por"
|
||
" variante, para esto debe crear una nueva :abbr:`LdM (lista de materiales)`"
|
||
" y especificar la :guilabel:`variante del producto`. El segundo método "
|
||
"consiste en crear una :abbr:`LdM (lista de materiales)` principal que "
|
||
"contenga todos los componentes necesarios para todas las variantes. Para "
|
||
"ello, debe especificar en la columna :guilabel:`Aplicar en variantes` qué "
|
||
"variante utiliza cada componente."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Product Variants in the Bill of Materials."
|
||
msgstr "Variantes de producto en la lista de materiales"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:60
|
||
msgid "Set up operations"
|
||
msgstr "Crear operaciones"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:62
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Add an :guilabel:`Operation` to a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` to specify"
|
||
" instructions for production and register time spent on an operation. To use"
|
||
" this feature, first enable the :guilabel:`Work Orders` feature in "
|
||
":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> Settings --> "
|
||
"Operations`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Añada una :guilabel:`Operación` en la :abbr:`LdM (lista de materiales)` en "
|
||
"la que se especifiquen las instrucciones para la producción y registre el "
|
||
"tiempo invertido en una operación. Si desea usar esta función, debe "
|
||
"habilitar las :guilabel:`Órdenes de trabajo` en "
|
||
":menuselection:`Fabricación--> Configuración --> Ajustes --> Operaciones`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:67
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, when creating a new :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, click on the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Operations` tab and click :guilabel:`Add a line` to add a new "
|
||
"operation. In the :guilabel:`Create Operations` box, give the operation a "
|
||
"name, specify the :guilabel:`Work Center` and duration settings. Like "
|
||
"components, Odoo gives the option to specify a product variant in the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Apply on Variants` field so the operation only applies to that "
|
||
"variant. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Para crear una operación primero debe crear una :abbr:`LdM (lista de "
|
||
"materiales)`, sin salirse del formulario, vaya a la pestaña "
|
||
":guilabel:`Operaciones` y haga clic en :guilabel:`Agregar línea`. En la "
|
||
"ventana :guilabel:`Crear operaciones` escoja un nombre para la operación, un"
|
||
" :guilabel:`Centro de trabajo` y complete los campos de duración. Al igual "
|
||
"que los componentes, Odoo da la opción de especificar una variante de "
|
||
"producto en el campo :guilabel:`Aplicar en variantes`, de esta manera la "
|
||
"operación solo se habilitará en esa variante. Por último haga clic en "
|
||
":guilabel:`Guardar y cerrar`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:74
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Each operation is unique, as it is always exclusively linked to one "
|
||
":abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`. Operations can be reused when configuring a"
|
||
" new :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, with the :guilabel:`Copy Existing "
|
||
"Operations` feature."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Copy Existing Operations feature."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:83
|
||
msgid "Add by-products to a bill of materials (BoM)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:85
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A *By-Product* is a residual product that is created during production in "
|
||
"addition to the main product of a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`. Unlike "
|
||
"the primary product, there can be more than one by-product on a :abbr:`BoM "
|
||
"(Bill of Materials)`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:89
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To add by-products to a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, first enable the "
|
||
":guilabel:`By-Products` feature in :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> "
|
||
"Configuration --> Settings --> Operations`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:92
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the feature is enabled, you can add by-products to a :abbr:`BoM (Bill "
|
||
"of Materials)` by clicking on the :guilabel:`Operations` tab and clicking "
|
||
":guilabel:`Add a line`. Then, name the by-product and indicate the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Quantity` and the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure`. If the :abbr:`BoM "
|
||
"(Bill of Materials)` has configured operations, specify exactly which "
|
||
"operation the by-product is produced from in the :guilabel:`Produced in "
|
||
"Operation` field. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Use kits"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A *kit* is a set of unassembled components. Kits may be sold as products, "
|
||
"but are also useful tools for managing more complex bills of materials "
|
||
"(BoMs). To use kits, the :guilabel:`Manufacturing` and :guilabel:`Inventory`"
|
||
" applications need to be installed."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:10
|
||
msgid "Create the kit as a product"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:12
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To use a kit as a sellable product or simply as a component organization "
|
||
"tool, the kit should first be created as a product. To create a kit product,"
|
||
" go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing or Inventory --> Products --> "
|
||
"Products`, and then click :guilabel:`Create`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:16
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Next, set the :guilabel:`Product Type` to :guilabel:`Storable Product`: this"
|
||
" allows for management of kit inventory. The :guilabel:`Route` designation "
|
||
"under the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab does not matter, since Odoo uses the "
|
||
"routes of the kit's components for replenishment purposes. All other "
|
||
"parameters for the kit product may be modified according to preference. "
|
||
"Finally, click :guilabel:`Save`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:22
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The kit's components must also be configured as products via "
|
||
":menuselection:`Manufacturing or Inventory --> Products --> Products`. These"
|
||
" components require no specific configuration."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:26
|
||
msgid "Set up the kit BoM"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:28
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After fully configuring the kit product and its components, create a "
|
||
":abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` for the kit product. Go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Bills of Materials`, and then"
|
||
" click :guilabel:`Create`. Next, set the :guilabel:`Product` field to the "
|
||
"previously configured kit product. Then, set the :guilabel:`BoM Type` to "
|
||
":guilabel:`Kit`. Finally, add each component and specify its quantity. Make "
|
||
"sure to :guilabel:`Save` the changes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Kit selection on the bill of materials."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:38
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If the kit is solely being used as a sellable product, then only components "
|
||
"need to be added under the :guilabel:`Components` tab, and configuring "
|
||
"manufacturing operations is not necessary."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:42
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When a kit is sold as a product, it appears as a single line item on the "
|
||
"quotation and sales order. However, on delivery orders, each component of "
|
||
"the kit is listed."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:46
|
||
msgid "Use kits to manage complex BoMs"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:48
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Kits are also used to manage *multilevel* :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)`."
|
||
" These are products that contain other products as components and therefore "
|
||
"require nested :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)`. Incorporating pre-"
|
||
"configured kits into multilevel :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` allows for"
|
||
" cleaner organization of bundled products. Under :guilabel:`Components`, "
|
||
"list a kit as a component in a higher-level product's :abbr:`BoM (Bills of "
|
||
"Material)` to eliminate the need to add the kit's parts individually. Any "
|
||
":guilabel:`BoM Type` can be used for the higher-level product's :abbr:`BoM "
|
||
"(Bill of Materials)`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Kit as a component in a multilevel bill of materials."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:60
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To access a comprehensive overview of the multilevel :abbr:`BoM's (Bill of "
|
||
"Material's)` components, click on the :guilabel:`Structure & Cost` smart "
|
||
"button. Sublevel :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` can be expanded and "
|
||
"viewed from this report."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Expanded kit in the Structure and Cost report."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:68
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When creating a manufacturing order for a product with a multilevel "
|
||
":abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, the kit product automatically expands to "
|
||
"show all components. Any operations in the kit's :abbr:`BoM (Bill of "
|
||
"Materials)` are also added to the list of work orders on the manufacturing "
|
||
"order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:74
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Kits are primarily used to bundle components together for organization or "
|
||
"sale. To manage multilevel products that require manufactured subcomponents,"
|
||
" refer to :doc:`this documentation <sub_assemblies>` on sub-assemblies."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Managing BoMs for product variants"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo allows one bill of materials (BoM) to be used for multiple variants of "
|
||
"the same product. Having a consolidated BoM for a product with variants "
|
||
"saves time by preventing the need to manage multiple BoMs."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:10
|
||
msgid "Activate product variants"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:12
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To activate variants, simply navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> "
|
||
"Configuration --> Settings --> Products`, and then enable the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Variants` option. After that, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the"
|
||
" setting. For more information on configuring product variants, refer to "
|
||
":doc:`this page <../../../sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants>`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Selecting \"Variants\" from Inventory app settings."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:22
|
||
msgid "Apply BoM components to product variants"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:24
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Next, create a new BoM or edit an existing one by going to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Bills of Materials`. Then, "
|
||
"click :guilabel:`Edit`. The :guilabel:`Apply on Variants` option to assign "
|
||
"components to specific product variants on the BoM is available once the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Variants` setting is activated from the :guilabel:`Inventory` "
|
||
"application. If the :guilabel:`Apply on Variants` field is not immediately "
|
||
"visible, activate it from the additional options menu."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst-1
|
||
msgid "\"Apply on Variants\" option on the additional options menu."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:35
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Each component can be assigned to multiple variants. Components with no "
|
||
"variants specified are used in every variant of the product. The same "
|
||
"principle applies when configuring operations and by-products."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:39
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When defining variant BoMs by component assignment, the :guilabel:`Product "
|
||
"Variant` field in the main section of the BoM should be left blank, as shown"
|
||
" below. This field is used only when creating a BoM specifically for one "
|
||
"product variant."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Applying components to multiple variants."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/quality_control.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Quality Control"
|
||
msgstr "Control calidad"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/quality_control.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Whether you want to control the quality of your production, or the "
|
||
"production of your subcontractor, before registering the products into your "
|
||
"stock, you can rely on Odoo's Quality module."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/quality_control.rst:10
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To control the quality of your production, you need to set a *Quality "
|
||
"Control Point* on the Manufacturing Operation Type, as shown below. To "
|
||
"create it, Go to :menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Control "
|
||
"Points`, and click **Create**. If the check only applies to specific "
|
||
"products, or product categories, you can specify these during the setup as "
|
||
"well."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/quality_control.rst:19
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Regarding the reception of subcontracted products, instead of the "
|
||
"Manufacturing Operation Type, you need to select the 'Receipts' Operation "
|
||
"type. For the rest, the same principles apply."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/quality_control.rst:25
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By doing so, a quality check is automatically created each time a finished "
|
||
"product is made and/or received. Note that several Quality Check *Types* can"
|
||
" be chosen from the dropdown. Note also that several Quality Check Points "
|
||
"can be set up for the same Operation Type."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Manage semi-finished products"
|
||
msgstr "Gestionar productos semielaborados"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A *semi-finished product*, also known as a *subassembly*, is a manufactured "
|
||
"product that is used as a component in another product's bill of materials "
|
||
"(BoM). Semi-finished products are used to simplify complex :abbr:`BoMs "
|
||
"(Bills of Materials)` or to more accurately represent a manufacturing flow. "
|
||
"A :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` that contains semi-finished products is "
|
||
"referred to as a *multilevel BoM*, where the main *top-level product* and "
|
||
"its subassemblies are distinguished."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:12
|
||
msgid "Configure semi-finished products"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:14
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To set up a multilevel :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, the top-level "
|
||
"product and semi-finished products must be configured. Therefore, the first "
|
||
"step is to create the semi-finished products and their :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of"
|
||
" Materials)`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:19
|
||
msgid ":doc:`bill_configuration`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst-1
|
||
msgid "A bill of materials for a semi-finished product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:26
|
||
msgid "Create the top-level bill of materials (BoM)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:28
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After the semi-finished products are fully configured, navigate to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Products`. Then, "
|
||
":guilabel:`Create` the top-level product. Configure the product's "
|
||
"specifications as desired, and be sure to :guilabel:`Save`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:32
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the top-level product is configured, click the :guilabel:`Bill of "
|
||
"Materials` smart button on the product form, then click :guilabel:`Create` "
|
||
"to make a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` for the top-level product. Then, "
|
||
"simply add the semi-finished products to this :abbr:`BoM (Bill of "
|
||
"Materials)`, along with any other necessary components."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A bill of materials for a top-level product, containing a subassembly "
|
||
"component."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:42
|
||
msgid "Manage production planning"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:44
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"There are several methods to manage manufacturing order automation for "
|
||
"products with multilevel :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:48
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Semi-finished products are specifically used to manage manufacturable "
|
||
"products with multilevel BoMs. If a BoM is being created simply to organize "
|
||
"components or bundle sellable products, using :doc:`Kits <kit_shipping>` is "
|
||
"the more appropriate option."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:52
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To automatically trigger manufacturing orders for semi-finished products "
|
||
"after confirming a manufacturing order for the main product, there are two "
|
||
"options:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:55
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Option 1 (recommended):** Create *Reordering Rules* for the semi-finished "
|
||
"products and set both the minimum and maximum desired stock quantities to "
|
||
"`0`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:59
|
||
msgid ":doc:`../../purchase/products/reordering`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:61
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Option 2:** Activate the :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` and "
|
||
":guilabel:`Manufacture` routes under the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of the "
|
||
"semi-finished product's product form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:64
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Option 1 is more flexible than Option 2 and is therefore recommended. "
|
||
"Reordering rules do not directly link demand to replenishment, and therefore"
|
||
" allow stocks to be unreserved and redirected to other orders, if necessary."
|
||
" The Replenish on Order (MTO) route creates a unique link between the semi-"
|
||
"finished and top-level products, exclusively reserving quantities for the "
|
||
"confirmed top-level manufacturing order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:70
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Regardless of the method chosen, semi-finished products must be fully "
|
||
"manufactured before manufacturing can begin on the top-level product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst-1
|
||
msgid "A manufacturing order for a top-level product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Subcontract your Manufacturing"
|
||
msgstr "Subcontratar la fabricación"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Outsourcing a portion or all of your company’s manufacturing needs is not "
|
||
"easy. To make it work correctly, you have to:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:8
|
||
msgid "Manage the inventory of raw materials at your subcontractor"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:9
|
||
msgid "Ship raw material to your subcontractors, at the right time"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:10
|
||
msgid "Control incoming goods quality"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:11
|
||
msgid "Control subcontractors bills"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:13
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Here is an example of subcontracting the manufacturing of “C”, which is "
|
||
"produced out of raw materials “A” and “B”."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"El siguiente es un ejemplo de subcontratación de la fabricación de “C”, que "
|
||
"se produce a partir de las materias primas “A” y “B”."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:20
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"With its MRP subcontracting feature, Odoo helps you handle this flow easily."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:25
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To use the subcontracting feature, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> "
|
||
"Configuration --> Settings` and tick the box *Subcontracting*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Para utilizar la función de subcontratación, vaya a "
|
||
":menuselection:`Fabricación --> Configuración --> Ajustes` y marque la "
|
||
"casilla *Subcontratación*."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:32
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To define if a product must be subcontracted, use a *Bill of Materials "
|
||
"(BoM)* of type *Subcontracting*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Para definir si un producto se debe subcontratar, utilice una *Lista de "
|
||
"Materiales (LdM)* de tipo *Subcontratación*."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:35
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create a new *BoM*, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> "
|
||
"Bill of Materials` and hit create. Then, list the components your "
|
||
"subcontractor needs to manufacture the product. For costing purposes, you "
|
||
"might want to register all the components, even the ones that are sourced "
|
||
"directly from the subcontractor."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:41
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once you have set the *BoM Type* to *Subcontracting*, specify one or several"
|
||
" subcontractors."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Una vez que haya establecido el *Tipo de LdM* en *Subcontratación*, "
|
||
"especifique a uno o varios subcontratistas."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:49
|
||
msgid "Basic Subcontracting Flow"
|
||
msgstr "Flujo básico de subcontratación"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:51
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To let your subcontractor know how many products you need, create and send "
|
||
"them purchase orders (PO). To do so, go to the *Purchase* app and create a "
|
||
"new purchase order. Be sure to send the PO to a vendor that is defined as a "
|
||
"subcontractor on the *BoM* of these products."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:60
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the *PO* is validated (1), a pending receipt is created. When the "
|
||
"products are received, validate the receipt (2), with the actual quantity "
|
||
"received. As a result, Odoo does the following things for you:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:64
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Consumes the respective components at the subcontractor’s location, based on"
|
||
" the *BoM* and your input (3);"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:66
|
||
msgid "Produces the finished goods at the subcontractor’s location (4);"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:68
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Moves products from that subcontractor’s location to YourCompany via the "
|
||
"validated receipt (5)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:73
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The *PO* is optional. If you create a receipt manually, with the right "
|
||
"subcontractor, Odoo still performs all the moves. This can be useful if the "
|
||
"subcontractor does not bill a fixed price per item, but rather the time and "
|
||
"materials used."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:79
|
||
msgid "Inventory Valuation"
|
||
msgstr "Valoración del inventario"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:81
|
||
msgid "The cost of the manufactured product “C” is defined as:"
|
||
msgstr "El costo del producto fabricado “C” se define como:"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:83
|
||
msgid "**C = A + B + s**"
|
||
msgstr "**C = A + B + s**"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:85
|
||
msgid "With:"
|
||
msgstr "Con:"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:87
|
||
msgid "**A**: Cost of raw materials coming from YourCompany;"
|
||
msgstr "**A**: Costo de las materias primas provenientes de SuEmpresa;"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:90
|
||
msgid "**B**: Cost of raw materials sourced directly from the"
|
||
msgstr "**B**: Costo de las materias primas obtenidas directamente del"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:90
|
||
msgid "subcontractor;"
|
||
msgstr "subcontratista;"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:92
|
||
msgid "**s**: Cost of the subcontracted service."
|
||
msgstr "**s**: Costo del servicio subcontratado."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:94
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Sending raw materials to your subcontractors (**A**) does not impact the "
|
||
"inventory valuation, as the components are still valued as part of your "
|
||
"stock. This is managed by making the *Subcontracting Location* an *Internal "
|
||
"Location*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:99
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, the vendor price set on the product C form has to be what has to be "
|
||
"paid to the subcontractor for his parts and service time: **B + s**. The "
|
||
"product cost has to be: **A + B + s**, how much the product is valued in the"
|
||
" accounting."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Entonces, el precio del proveedor fijado en el formulario C del producto es "
|
||
"lo que hay que pagar al subcontratista por sus piezas y tiempo de servicio: "
|
||
"**B + s**. El costo del producto tiene que ser: **A + B + s**, lo que se "
|
||
"valora el producto en la contabilidad."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:104
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Finally, the subcontractor bill then matches the purchase order, with the "
|
||
"proposed price coming from the finished products C."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:108
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If managing the replenishment of raw materials **B** at your subcontractor’s"
|
||
" location is not needed, simply include the cost of **B** in the "
|
||
"subcontractor’s price **s** and remove the products *B* from the *BoM*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si la gestión de la reposición de las materias primas **B** en la ubicación "
|
||
"de su subcontratista no es necesaria, simplemente incluya el costo de **B** "
|
||
"en el precio del subcontratista **s** y elimine los productos *B* de la "
|
||
"*LdM*."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:114
|
||
msgid "Traceability"
|
||
msgstr "Trazabilidad"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:116
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In case the received products from the subcontractor contain tracked "
|
||
"components, their serial or lot numbers need to be specified during the "
|
||
"receipt."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:120
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In that case, on the receipt of the subcontracted product, a *Record "
|
||
"Components* button appears. Click on it to open a dialog box and record the "
|
||
"serial/lot numbers of the components. If the finished product is also "
|
||
"tracked, its serial/lot number can be registered here too."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:129
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For audit purposes, it is possible to check the lot numbers recorded on a "
|
||
"receipt by using the icon on the right of the finished products:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"A efectos de auditoría, es posible comprobar los números de lote registrados"
|
||
" en un recibo utilizando el icono situado a la derecha de los productos "
|
||
"finales:"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:136
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Also note that in case flexible consumption has been selected on the "
|
||
"subcontracted BOM for a non-tracked product, the record components option "
|
||
"will also appear optionally on each move line, if you want to register more "
|
||
"or less component consumption at your subcontracting location, when "
|
||
"receiving your final product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:145
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"As you can see, the reception of both of these non-tracked products can "
|
||
"either be executed by selecting the 'Set Quantities' Option or via the move "
|
||
"line hamburger menus."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:149
|
||
msgid "Automate Replenishment of Subcontractors"
|
||
msgstr "Automatizar la reposición para los subcontratistas"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:151
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"There are two ways to automate the supply of raw materials to your "
|
||
"subcontractors when purchasing the final product. The chosen method depends "
|
||
"on whether or not you want the materials to transit through your warehouse. "
|
||
"Both of these methods are described as pull style mechanisms as their "
|
||
"trigger is the inital PO to the subcontractor, which creates a need at the "
|
||
"subcontracting location, for raw material."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:158
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you are supplying your subcontractor with raw material from your own "
|
||
"warehouse, you must activate the 'Resupply Subcontractor on Order' route as "
|
||
"shown below. If this is a component that you buy from a vendor, the buy "
|
||
"route should also be activated."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:169
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now, if you want your vendor to resupply your subcontractor directly, you "
|
||
"must choose the 'Dropship Subcontractor on Order' option instead. In order "
|
||
"for this option to be active on the product form, you must first activate "
|
||
"the dropship option from :menuselection:`Purchase --> Configuration --> "
|
||
"Settings --> Dropshipping`. Once the PO to the subcontractor is validated, "
|
||
"this route will create a dropship RFQ from your vendor to that "
|
||
"subcontractor. You then just need to review and validate it."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:182
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Note that the buy route is not selected in this case, as the dropship route "
|
||
"is a buy route already."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:185
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Finally, if you want to track the stock of these raw materials at your "
|
||
"subcontracting location(s), then you must activate *Multi-locations* in "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> Storage "
|
||
"locations`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:189
|
||
msgid "From the location form, you are then able to access the Current Stock."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:198
|
||
msgid "Manual Replenishment"
|
||
msgstr "Abastecimiento Manual"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:200
|
||
msgid "You can also choose to replenish your subcontractors manually."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:202
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you want to send components to your subcontractor at your own "
|
||
"convenience, select the 'Resupply Subcontractor' Operation Type from the "
|
||
"*Inventory* Module, and create a picking, specifying to which subcontractor "
|
||
"you are delivering to."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:210
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Alternatively, you can also manually ask your vendor to resupply your "
|
||
"subcontractor by creating a dropship type PO, with your subcontractor set as"
|
||
" the delivery address."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Use the Master Production Schedule"
|
||
msgstr "Utilizar el programa maestro de producción"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The Master Production Schedule (MPS) is a valuable tool to plan your "
|
||
"production based on your demand forecast."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"El programa maestro de producción (PMP) es una valiosa herramienta para "
|
||
"planificar la producción a partir de la previsión de la demanda."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:11
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Go to the :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings` "
|
||
"and activate the Master Production Schedule feature before hitting save."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vaya a la sección :menuselection:`Aplicación de Fabricación --> "
|
||
"Configuración --> Ajustes` y active la función del Programa maestro de "
|
||
"producción antes de hacer clic en guardar."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:15
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the MPS settings, you can define the time range of your MPS "
|
||
"(month/week/day) and the number of periods you want to display at all times."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:18
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now, go to :menuselection:`Planning --> Master Production Schedule` and "
|
||
"click on *add a product*. You can now define your safety stock target (= the"
|
||
" stock you want to have on hand at the end of the period) and the minimum "
|
||
"and maximum quantities that must or can be replenished in each period."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:26
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the MPS view, you can decide which information you would like to display "
|
||
"by clicking on *rows*. For instance, the *Actual demand* will show you which"
|
||
" quantity of products has already been ordered for the period, or *Available"
|
||
" to Promise*, what can still be sold during that same period (what you plan "
|
||
"to replenish - what is already sold during the period). You can also decide "
|
||
"to hide rows if you like."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:36
|
||
msgid "Estimate your demand and launch replenishment"
|
||
msgstr "Calcule su demanda e inicie el reabastecimiento"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:38
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The next step is to estimate the demand for the chosen period. This is done "
|
||
"in the *Forecasted Demand* Row. You can easily, at any time, compare the "
|
||
"demand forecast with the actual demand (= confirmed sales). The demand "
|
||
"forecast for a finished product will impact the indirect demand for its "
|
||
"components."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:46
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the forecasted demand has been set, the quantity to replenish for the "
|
||
"different periods will automatically be computed. The replenishments you are"
|
||
" supposed to launch based on your lead times (vendor lead time or "
|
||
"manufacturing lead time) are then displayed in green. You can now launch the"
|
||
" replenishment by clicking on the replenish button."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:52
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Depending on the configuration of the product (buy vs. manufacture), "
|
||
"requests for quotations or manufacturing orders will be created. You can "
|
||
"easily access those by clicking on the *Actual Replenishment* cell."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Se crearán solicitudes de cotización u órdenes de fabricación según la "
|
||
"configuración del producto (compra o fabricación). Puede acceder fácilmente "
|
||
"a ellas haciendo clic en la celda *Reabastecimiento real*."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:59
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In case you manually edit the *Suggested Replenishment* quantity, a small "
|
||
"cross will appear on the left hand side of the cell. In case you want to go "
|
||
"back to the automatically computed value given by Odoo, simply click the "
|
||
"cross."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:65
|
||
msgid "Cells color signification"
|
||
msgstr "Significado del color de las celdas"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:67
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The cells, which are part of the *Suggested Replenishment* line, can take "
|
||
"different colors depending on the situation:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:70
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Green**: quantity of products which should be replenished to reach the "
|
||
"expected safety stock considering the demand forecast and the indirect "
|
||
"demand forecast."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"**Verde**: cantidad de productos que se deben de reabastecer para alcanzar "
|
||
"las existencias de seguridad previstas teniendo en cuenta la previsión de la"
|
||
" demanda y la previsión de la demanda indirecta."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:72
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Grey**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity "
|
||
"still matches current data."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"**Gris**: ya se ha generado la orden de reabastecimiento y su cantidad sigue"
|
||
" coincidiendo con los datos actuales."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:74
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Red**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity "
|
||
"was too high considering current data."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"**Rojo**: ya se ha generado la orden de reabastecimiento y la cantidad era "
|
||
"demasiado alta considerando los datos actuales."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:76
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Orange**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity"
|
||
" was too low considering current data."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"**Naranja**: ya se ha generado la orden de reabastecimiento y su cantidad "
|
||
"era demasiado baja considerando los datos actuales."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:78
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The *Forecasted stock* line can also contain red cells, which means the "
|
||
"stock will be negative during the period in question."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"La línea de *Previsión de existencias* también puede contener celdas rojas, "
|
||
"lo que significa que las existencias serán negativas durante dicho periodo."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:82
|
||
msgid "What if I have underestimated the demand?"
|
||
msgstr "¿Qué pasa si subestimé la demanda?"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:84
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can still increase the demand forecast. It will impact the quantity to "
|
||
"replenish. The cell will become orange, and you’ll be able to launch a new "
|
||
"replenishment."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Todavía puede aumentar la previsión de la demanda. Esto repercutirá en la "
|
||
"cantidad a reabastecer. La celda se volverá naranja y podrá iniciar un nuevo"
|
||
" reabastecimiento."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:89
|
||
msgid "What if I have overestimated the demand?"
|
||
msgstr "¿Y si sobrestimé la demanda?"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:91
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can decrease the demand forecast. The cell will become red to inform you"
|
||
" that you’ve ordered more than planned. If you’re still able to do it, you "
|
||
"can cancel some RFQ or MO manually."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Puede disminuir la previsión de la demanda. La celda se volverá roja para "
|
||
"informarle que ha ordenado más de lo previsto. Si todavía puede, cancele "
|
||
"manualmente algunas u órdenes de fabricación."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:96
|
||
msgid "What if I wrongly added a product to the MPS?"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"¿Qué pasa si me equivoco y agrego un producto que no debería ir en el "
|
||
"programa maestro de producción?"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:98
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can easily remove a product from the MPS by clicking the small bin on "
|
||
"the right of its name."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Puede eliminar un elemento del PMP al hacer clic en el icono de bote de "
|
||
"basura ubicado a la derecha del producto."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Manage work orders using work centers"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo Manufacturing allows for work orders to be carried out at specific work"
|
||
" centers. When a manufacturing order is created for a product, any work "
|
||
"orders listed in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab of the product bill of "
|
||
"materials (BoM) will be automatically created as well and assigned to the "
|
||
"specified work center. Work orders can be managed in the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Manufacturing` module by selecting :menuselection:`Operations -->"
|
||
" Work Orders`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:11
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In order to use work centers, the :guilabel:`Work Orders` feature must first"
|
||
" be enabled. To do so, go to the :guilabel:`Manufacturing` module, select "
|
||
":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, and activate the checkbox next "
|
||
"to :guilabel:`Work Orders`. Work centers can then be created and managed by "
|
||
"selecting :menuselection:`Configuration --> Work Centers`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:17
|
||
msgid "Create a work center"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:19
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Within the :guilabel:`Manufacturing` module, select "
|
||
":menuselection:`Configuration --> Work Centers --> Create`. The work center "
|
||
"form can then be filled out as follows:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:22
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Work Center Name`: give the work center a concise name that "
|
||
"describes the type of operations it will be used for"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:24
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Alternative Workcenters`: specify an alternative work center for "
|
||
"operations to be carried out at if the main work center is not available"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:26
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Code`: assign the work center a reference code"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:27
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Working Hours`: define the number of hours that the work center "
|
||
"can be in use each week"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:28
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Company`: select the company that the work center belongs to"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst-1
|
||
msgid "An example of a fully configured work center form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:35
|
||
msgid "Set standards for work center productivity"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:37
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The :guilabel:`General Information` tab on the work center form allows for "
|
||
"productivity goals to be assigned to a work center:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:40
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Time Efficiency`: used to calculate the expected duration of a "
|
||
"work order at the work center; for example, if a work order normally takes "
|
||
"one hour and the efficiency is set to 200%, the work order will take 30 "
|
||
"minutes"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:43
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Capacity`: the number of operations that can be performed at the "
|
||
"work center simultaneously"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:45
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`OEE Target`: the target for efficiency at the work center"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:46
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Time before prod.`: setup time required before work can commence"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:47
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Time after prod.`: breakdown or cleanup time required after work "
|
||
"is finished"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:48
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Cost per hour`: the cost of operating the work center for one "
|
||
"hour"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:49
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Analytic Account`: the account where the cost of the work center "
|
||
"should be recorded"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst-1
|
||
msgid "The general information tab of the work center form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:56
|
||
msgid "Assign equipment to a work center"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:58
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Using the :guilabel:`Equipment` tab, it is possible for specific pieces of "
|
||
"equipment to be assigned to a work center. The following information will be"
|
||
" displayed for each piece of equipment added:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:61
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Equipment Name`: the name of the piece of equipment"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:62
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Technician`: the technician responsible for servicing the "
|
||
"equipment"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:63
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Equipment Category`: the category the equipment belongs to"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:64
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`MTBF`: mean time between failures; the average time that the "
|
||
"piece of equipment will operate before failing"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:66
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`MTTR`: mean time to recovery; the average time it takes for the "
|
||
"equipment to become fully operational again"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:68
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Est. Next Failure`: an estimate of when the next equipment "
|
||
"failure will occur"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst-1
|
||
msgid "The equipment tab of the work center form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:75
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`MTBF`, :guilabel:`MTTR`, and :guilabel:`Est. Next Failure` are "
|
||
"all calculated automatically based on past failure data, if any exists."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:79
|
||
msgid "Integrate IoT devices"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:81
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The :guilabel:`IoT Triggers` tab enables the integration of :abbr:`IoT "
|
||
"(Internet of Things)` devices with a work center:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:84
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Device`: specifies the IoT device to be triggered"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:85
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Key`: the security key for the device"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:86
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Action`: the IoT device action triggered"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst-1
|
||
msgid "The IoT Triggers tab of the work center form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:93
|
||
msgid "Use case: configure an alternative work center"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:95
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When a work center is at capacity, it cannot accept any new work orders. "
|
||
"Instead of waiting for the work center to become available, it is possible "
|
||
"to specify an alternative work center where surplus work orders should be "
|
||
"carried out."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:99
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Begin by creating a new work center. Configure the :guilabel:`Equipment` tab"
|
||
" so that it has all of the same equipment as the main work center. This will"
|
||
" ensure that the same tasks can be carried out at both work centers. "
|
||
"Navigate to the main work center and include the new work center in the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Alternative Workcenters` selection field."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:104
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now, create a new manufacturing order that uses the main work center for one"
|
||
" of its operations. The main work center will automatically be selected for "
|
||
"the operation in the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab. After confirming the "
|
||
"manufacturing order, click the :guilabel:`Plan` button that appears at the "
|
||
"top left of the form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click the plan button to automatically select an available work center."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:113
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If the main work center is at capacity, the work center selected for the "
|
||
"operation will be automatically changed to the alternative work center."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst-1
|
||
msgid "The alternative work center is automatically selected."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:121
|
||
msgid "Monitor work center performance"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:123
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Performance for an individual work center can be viewed by selecting "
|
||
":menuselection:`Configuration --> Work Centers`, and clicking on a work "
|
||
"center. A variety of metrics showing work center performance can be viewed "
|
||
"at the top right of the form:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:127
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`OEE`: overall effective efficiency, the percentage of time that "
|
||
"the work center has been fully productive"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:129
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Lost`: the amount of time lost due to work stoppages"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:130
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Load`: the amount of time it will take to complete the current "
|
||
"workload"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:131
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Performance`: the real duration of work time, shown as a "
|
||
"percentage of the expected duration"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Quality control"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Create quality alerts"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Configuring quality control points is a great way to ensure that quality "
|
||
"checks are performed at routine stages during specific operations. However, "
|
||
"quality issues can often appear outside of these scheduled checks. Using "
|
||
"Odoo *Quality*, users can create quality alerts for issues that are not "
|
||
"detected by automated processes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:11
|
||
msgid ":doc:`Add quality control points <quality_control_points>`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:14
|
||
msgid "Find and fill out the quality alerts form"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:16
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In some situations, it is necessary to manually create quality alerts within"
|
||
" the *Quality* module."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:19
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A helpdesk user who is notified of a product defect by a customer ticket can"
|
||
" create an alert that brings the issue to the attention of the relevant "
|
||
"quality team."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:22
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create a new quality alert, start from the :menuselection:`Quality` "
|
||
"module and select :menuselection:`Quality Control --> Quality Alerts --> "
|
||
"Create`. The quality alert form can then be filled out as follows:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:26
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Title`: choose a concise, yet descriptive title for the quality "
|
||
"alert"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:27
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Product`: the product about which the quality alert is being "
|
||
"created"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:28
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Product Variant`: the specific variant of the product that has "
|
||
"the quality issue, if applicable"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:30
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Lot`: the lot number assigned to the product"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:31
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Work Center`: the work center where the quality issue originated"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:32
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Picking`: the picking operation during which the quality issue "
|
||
"originated"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:33
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Team`: the quality team that will be notified by the quality "
|
||
"alert"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:34
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Responsible`: the individual responsible for managing the quality"
|
||
" alert"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:35
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Tags`: classify the quality alert based on user-created tags"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:36
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Root Cause`: the cause of the quality issue, if known"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:37
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Priority`: assign a priority between one and three stars to "
|
||
"ensure more urgent issues are prioritized"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:40
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:40
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The tabs at the bottom of the form can be used to provide additional "
|
||
"information to quality teams:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:42
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Description`: provide additional details about the quality issue"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:43
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Corrective Actions`: the method for fixing affected products"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:44
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Preventive Actions`: procedures for preventing the issue from "
|
||
"occurring in the future"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:46
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Miscellaneous`: the product vendor (if applicable), the company "
|
||
"that produces the product, and the date assigned"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst-1
|
||
msgid "An example of a completed quality alert form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:54
|
||
msgid "Add quality alerts during the manufacturing process"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:56
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo enables manufacturing employees to create quality alerts within a work "
|
||
"order without accessing the *Quality* module. From the work order tablet "
|
||
"view, click the :guilabel:` ☰ ` hamburger menu icon in the top left corner "
|
||
"and select :guilabel:`Quality Alert`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Access the work order menu."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:64
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The quality alert form can then be filled out as detailed in the previous "
|
||
"section. After saving the form, a new alert will appear on the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Quality Alerts` dashboard that can be found through the "
|
||
":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control` menu."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:69
|
||
msgid "Manage existing quality alerts"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:71
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By default, quality alerts are organized in a kanban board view. The stages "
|
||
"of the kanban board are fully configurable and alerts can be moved from one "
|
||
"stage to the next by dragging and dropping or from within each alert. "
|
||
"Additional options are available for viewing alerts, including graph, "
|
||
"calendar, and pivot table views."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:77
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Filter alerts based on diverse criteria like date assigned or date closed. "
|
||
"Alerts can also be grouped by quality team, root cause, or other parameters "
|
||
"found under the :guilabel:`Filters` button menu."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Add quality controls"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Use **Odoo Quality** to control the quality of products before they are "
|
||
"registered into stock, during picking operations, and when leaving the "
|
||
"warehouse for a delivery order. By creating *quality control points*, "
|
||
"manufacturers can set up quality checks that automatically trigger at "
|
||
"specific points during production."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:11
|
||
msgid "Configure quality control points"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:13
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create a new quality control point, go to :menuselection:`Quality Control"
|
||
" --> Control Points --> Create`. Then, fill in the following form fields, "
|
||
"accordingly:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:16
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Title`: give the quality control point a simple, but informative "
|
||
"title so production floor and quality check teams can understand it easily"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:18
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Products`: indicate which product(s) should pass through the "
|
||
"specific quality control point"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:20
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Operations`: determine which operations team(s) should perform "
|
||
"the quality control check (e.g., `Manufacturing`, `Receipts`, `Delivery "
|
||
"Orders`, etc.)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:22
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Work Order Operation`: for manufacturing operations, use the "
|
||
"drop-down menu to indicate which type of work order the quality control "
|
||
"point applies to: :guilabel:`Manual Assembly`, :guilabel:`Packing`, "
|
||
":guilabel:`Assembly`, :guilabel:`Testing` or :guilabel:`Long time assembly`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:26
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Company`: add the company that will implement the quality control"
|
||
" point. Usually this will be the company that owns the Odoo database. "
|
||
"However, a multi-company or vendor profile can be selected, as well, for "
|
||
"cases where there are multiple manufacturing or engineering locations"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:29
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Control Type`: using the drop-down menu, choose from "
|
||
":guilabel:`All Operations`, :guilabel:`Randomly` or :guilabel:`Periodically`"
|
||
" to determine how often the control point should executed"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:32
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Type`: using the drop-down menu, choose the control point type: "
|
||
":guilabel:`Instructions`, :guilabel:`Take a Picture`, :guilabel:`Pass - "
|
||
"Fail`, or :guilabel:`Measure`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:35
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Team`: decide which quality team should receive the results of "
|
||
"the quality control point check"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:37
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Responsible`: add a point person to manage the status and "
|
||
"evolution of the quality control point over time"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:42
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Instructions`: describe the quality check to be performed"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:43
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Message If Failure`: detail what should be done if the check "
|
||
"fails"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:44
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Notes`: use to include any additional information"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"An example of a completed quality control point form for a Pass-Fail test."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:50
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once a control point has been configured, a quality check will be "
|
||
"automatically created and assigned when the specified operation or work "
|
||
"order has been reached. Quality checks can be managed by selecting "
|
||
":menuselection:`Quality Control --> Quality Checks`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:55
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To see all of the quality checks created by a control point, go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Quality Control --> Control Points`, select a control point,"
|
||
" and click :guilabel:`Quality Checks` in the top right corner."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:60
|
||
msgid "Use case: configure a measure quality check"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:62
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To ensure that a product meets specific measurement requirements, select "
|
||
":guilabel:`Measure` from the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down menu. Selecting the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Measure` quality check type reveals three new fields: "
|
||
":guilabel:`Device`, :guilabel:`Norm`, and :guilabel:`Tolerance`. These "
|
||
"fields can be configured so that only products within a certain tolerance "
|
||
"will pass the check:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:67
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Device`: select the measuring device that should be used to take "
|
||
"the measurement (e.g., measuring tape)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:69
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Norm`: specify the desired measurement that the product should "
|
||
"conform to and the unit of measurement that should be used"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:71
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Tolerance`: select the range that a measurement can be within "
|
||
"while still passing the check (e.g., :guilabel:`from` 59.5 mm :guilabel:`to`"
|
||
" 60.5 mm)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"An example of a quality control point form configured for a measure quality "
|
||
"check."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:78
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When the quality control points form is complete, click :guilabel:`Save`. "
|
||
"Now, this measurement-based test will trigger for products that were "
|
||
"specified on the form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:81
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When production of the specified product reaches the operation that requires"
|
||
" a measure quality check, the manufacturing employee responsible will be "
|
||
"prompted to record and validate the measured value in the tablet view. For "
|
||
"products that measure within the values indicated in the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Tolerance` fields, the test will pass. However, for products that"
|
||
" measure outside of those values, the test will fail. In that case, the "
|
||
"worker who performed the check would create a quality alert from the tablet "
|
||
"view. That quality alert can then be addressed by the quality management "
|
||
"team."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:8
|
||
msgid "Purchase"
|
||
msgstr "Compra"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:10
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Odoo Purchase** helps you keep track of purchase agreements, quotations, "
|
||
"and purchase orders. Learn how to keep track of purchase tender, automate "
|
||
"replenishments and follow up on your orders."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"La aplicación de **Compra de Odoo** le ayuda a llevar un seguimiento de los "
|
||
"acuerdos de compra, las cotizaciones y las órdenes de compra. Aprenda a "
|
||
"automatizar el proceso de reabastecimiento y a llevar un seguimiento tanto "
|
||
"de las ofertas de compra como de sus órdenes."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:14
|
||
msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Purchase <https://www.odoo.com/slides/purchase-23>`_"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"`Tutoriales de Odoo: Compra <https://www.odoo.com/slides/purchase-23>`_"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Advanced"
|
||
msgstr "Avanzado"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Analyze the performance of your purchases"
|
||
msgstr "Analice el rendimiento de sus compras"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If your company regularly purchases products, you have several reasons to "
|
||
"track and analyze your performance. The insights gathered can help you to "
|
||
"better forecast and plan your future orders. For example, you can assess if "
|
||
"your business is dependent on particular vendors, and the data can help you "
|
||
"negotiate discounts on prices."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si su empresa suele comprar productos, tiene varias razones para analizar su"
|
||
" rendimiento. Realizar este análisis le servirá para mejorar sus pronósticos"
|
||
" y planeación de sus futuras órdenes. Por ejemplo, puede evaluar si su "
|
||
"empresa depende de ciertos proveedores y esta información puede ayudarle a "
|
||
"negociar descuentos en los precios."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:11
|
||
msgid "Generate customized reports"
|
||
msgstr "Generar reportes personalizados"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:13
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Go to *Reporting* to access the purchase analysis. Simply by accessing the "
|
||
"reporting dashboard, you can get a quick overview of your actual "
|
||
"performance. By default, the reporting dashboard displays a line chart "
|
||
"presenting the untaxed amount of your purchase orders per day, and below it,"
|
||
" key metrics and a pivot table."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vaya a *Reportes* para acceder al análisis de compras. Con solo acceder al "
|
||
"tablero de reportes, usted puede obtener una idea general de su rendimiento "
|
||
"real. De forma predeterminada, el tablero de reportes muestra un gráfico de "
|
||
"líneas que presenta la cantidad sin impuestos de sus órdenes de compra por "
|
||
"día, y en la parte inferior, las métricas principales y una tabla dinámica."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Reporting dashboard in Odoo Purchase"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:22
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"While the data initially presented is useful, there are several tools and "
|
||
"features you can use to get even more insights on your purchases."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Aunque los datos presentados al principio son útiles, hay varias "
|
||
"herramientas y funciones que puede utilizar para obtener aún más información"
|
||
" sobre sus compras."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:26
|
||
msgid "Use filters to select the data you need"
|
||
msgstr "Uso de filtros para seleccionar los datos necesarios"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:28
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo offers several default filters you can use and combine by clicking on "
|
||
"*Filters*. When you select one or several filters, Odoo looks for all the "
|
||
"orders that match at least one of the filters you have chosen and populates "
|
||
"the chart, key metrics, and pivot table with the data. The pre-configured "
|
||
"filters are:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Odoo cuenta con varios filtros predeterminados que puede usar y combinar al "
|
||
"hacer clic en *Filtros*. Cuando se selecciona algún filtro, Odoo busca todas"
|
||
" las órdenes que coincidan con al menos un filtro seleccionado y completa el"
|
||
" gráfico, las métricas principales y la tabla dinámica con los datos. Los "
|
||
"filtros preconfigurados son:"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:33
|
||
msgid "All *Requests for Quotation*"
|
||
msgstr "Todas las *solicitudes de cotización*"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:35
|
||
msgid "All *Purchase Orders*, except canceled ones"
|
||
msgstr "Todas las *órdenes de compra*, con excepción de las canceladas"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:37
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"*Confirmation Date Last Year* includes all orders that were confirmed the "
|
||
"previous year, canceled purchase orders included"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"La *fecha de confirmación el año pasado* incluye todas las órdenes que se "
|
||
"confirmaron el año anterior, incluyendo las órdenes canceladas"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:40
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"*Order Date* includes all orders - request for quotations and purchases "
|
||
"orders (canceled ones included) - depending on their date of creation"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"La *fecha de la orden* incluye todas las órdenes, solicitudes de cotización "
|
||
"y órdenes de compra (incluyendo las canceladas), dependiendo de su fecha de "
|
||
"creación."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:43
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"*Confirmation Date* includes all confirmed orders, canceled ones included, "
|
||
"depending on their date of confirmation"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"La *fecha de confirmación* incluye todas las órdenes confirmadas, incluso "
|
||
"las canceladas, dependiendo de su fecha de confirmación"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:47
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When you have to select a period, you can use multiple years, and, with at "
|
||
"least one year selected, multiple quarters and the three most recent months."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Cuando tenga que seleccionar un periodo, puede elegir varios años y, si "
|
||
"selecciona al menos un año, también puede elegir varios trimestres y los "
|
||
"últimos tres meses del periodo."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:51
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you use the *Order Date* or *Confirmation Date* filters, the *Comparison*"
|
||
" feature appears next to *Filters*. It enables you to compare the period you"
|
||
" filtered with the previous one."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si utiliza los filtros *Fecha de la orden* o *Fecha de confirmación*, la "
|
||
"función *Comparación* aparece junto a *Filtros*. Le permite comparar el "
|
||
"periodo filtrado con el anterior."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Reporting filters in Odoo Purchase"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:59
|
||
msgid "Add custom filters"
|
||
msgstr "Añadir filtros personalizados"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:61
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Thanks to the 31 filtering options to choose from, the possibilities of your"
|
||
" customizing your dataset are almost limitless. Go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Filters --> Add Custom Filter`, specify the condition the "
|
||
"filtering option should meet (e.g. *is equal to*, *contains*, etc.), and "
|
||
"click on *Apply*. If you want to select orders matching several conditions "
|
||
"simultaneously (*and* operator), repeat the process to add another custom "
|
||
"filter. If you want to use the *or* operator, don't click on *Apply*, and "
|
||
"click on *Add a condition* instead. Once you have added all the desired "
|
||
"filtering options, click on *Apply*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Gracias a las 31 opciones de filtros entre las que puede elegir, las "
|
||
"posibilidades de personalización de sus datos son casi ilimitadas. Vaya a "
|
||
":menuselection:`Filtros --> Añadir filtro personalizado`, especifique la "
|
||
"condición que debe cumplir la opción de filtrado (por ejemplo, *es igual a*,"
|
||
" *contiene*, etc.) y haga clic en *Aplicar*. Si desea seleccionar órdenes "
|
||
"que cumplan varias condiciones a la vez (operador *y*), repita el proceso "
|
||
"para añadir otro filtro personalizado. Si desea utilizar el operador *o*, no"
|
||
" haga clic en *Aplicar*, y en su lugar haga clic en *Añadir una condición*. "
|
||
"Una vez que haya incluido todas las opciones de filtrado deseadas, haga clic"
|
||
" en *Aplicar*."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Custom reporting filter in Odoo Purchase"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:74
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To avoid having to recreate custom filters every time, save them by clicking"
|
||
" on :menuselection:`Favorites --> Save current search --> Save`. The "
|
||
"customized search filter can then be accessed by clicking on *Favorites* or "
|
||
"can even be set as the default filter when you open the reporting dashboard."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Para evitar tener que volver a crear los filtros personalizados en cada "
|
||
"ocasión, guárdelos haciendo clic en :menuselection:`Favoritos --> Guardar la"
|
||
" búsqueda actual --> Guardar`. A continuación, se puede acceder al filtro de"
|
||
" búsqueda personalizado haciendo clic en *Favoritos* o incluso se puede "
|
||
"establecer como filtro predeterminado al acceder al tablero de reportes."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:80
|
||
msgid "Measure exactly what you need"
|
||
msgstr "Seleccionar las medidas deseadas"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:82
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Before selecting what you want to measure, you need to decide whether you "
|
||
"prefer using the graph view or the pivot view. By default, the dashboard "
|
||
"presents both views. However, the measures you select won't be applied to "
|
||
"both views. You can access each view separately by clicking on the icons at "
|
||
"the top right of the dashboard."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Antes de seleccionar las medidas que desea implementar, debe decidir si "
|
||
"prefiere utilizar la vista de gráfico o la vista de tabla dinámica. El "
|
||
"tablero se presenta de forma predeterminada en ambas vistas. Sin embargo, no"
|
||
" se aplicarán las medidas que seleccione a ambas vistas. Puede acceder a "
|
||
"cada vista por separado haciendo clic en los iconos de la parte superior "
|
||
"derecha del tablero."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Switch reporting view in Odoo Purchase"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:92
|
||
msgid "Visualize your data"
|
||
msgstr "Visualizar datos"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:94
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can transform the main graph in just a click by selecting one of the "
|
||
"three charts: bar, line or pie. Fourteen different measures are available, "
|
||
"but you can only use one at a time. However, you can group the measure using"
|
||
" one or several of the 19 *Groups*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Puede transformar el gráfico principal con un solo clic al seleccionar uno "
|
||
"de los tres gráficos: barra, línea o circular. Aunque existan catorce "
|
||
"medidas diferentes, solo puede utilizar una a la vez. En cambio, puede "
|
||
"agrupar la medida utilizando uno o varios de los 19 *Grupos*."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Reporting graph view in Odoo Purchase"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:102
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For bar and line charts, the selected measure is your y-axis, and the first "
|
||
"group you select is used to create the x-axis. Adding more group adds "
|
||
"additional lines (line chart) or transforms your bar chart into a stacked "
|
||
"bar chart. For pie charts, the more groups you select, the more slices are "
|
||
"displayed."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En el caso de los gráficos de barras y líneas, la medida seleccionada es el "
|
||
"eje Y, y el primer grupo que seleccione se utilizará para crear el eje X. Si"
|
||
" se añaden más grupos, se añaden líneas adicionales (gráfico de líneas) o el"
|
||
" gráfico de barras se transforma en un gráfico de barras apiladas. En el "
|
||
"caso de los gráficos circulares, mientras más grupos se seleccionen, se "
|
||
"mostrarán más secciones."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:108
|
||
msgid "Explore your data"
|
||
msgstr "Analizar datos"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:110
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The pivot table view enables you to explore your data in great detail. "
|
||
"Unlike the graph view, the pivot table enables you to add several measures "
|
||
"at the same time. By clicking on *Measures* or on the **+** sign in the "
|
||
"*Total* column, you can add as many as you want, each assigned to a new "
|
||
"column. By clicking on the **+** sign in the *Total* row, you can add "
|
||
"*Groups*. If you click on a group's **+** sign, you can add a sub-group, and"
|
||
" so on."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"La vista de tabla dinámica le permite analizar sus datos con gran detalle. "
|
||
"Al contrario de la vista de gráfico, la vista de tabla dinámica permite "
|
||
"añadir varias medidas al mismo tiempo. Si hace clic en los botones de "
|
||
"*Medidas* o *+* ubicados en la columna de *Total*, podrá agregar todas las "
|
||
"medidas que desee, cada una en una nueva columna. Si hace clic en el botón "
|
||
"*+* ubicado en la fila de *Total*, podrá agregar *Grupos*. Si hace clic en "
|
||
"el botón *+* de un grupo, podrá añadir un subgrupo y así sucesivamente."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Pivot table view in Odoo Purchase"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:121
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can insert your pivot table's data directly in the Spreadsheet app or "
|
||
"export it as an Excel file."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Puede insertar su tabla dinámica directamente en la aplicación Hoja de "
|
||
"cálculo o exportarla como archivo de Excel."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Manage deals"
|
||
msgstr "Gestionar ofertas"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Use blanket orders to create purchase agreements with vendors"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Blanket orders are long-term purchase agreements between a company and a "
|
||
"vendor to deliver products on a recurring basis with predetermined pricing. "
|
||
"Using blanket orders are useful when products are always purchased from the "
|
||
"same vendor, but in different quantities at different times."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:9
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By simplifying the ordering process, blanket orders not only save time, they"
|
||
" also save money, since they can be advantageous when negotiating bulk "
|
||
"pricing with vendors."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:13
|
||
msgid ":doc:`calls_for_tenders`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:16
|
||
msgid "Create a new blanket order"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:18
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create blanket orders, the *Purchase Agreements* feature first needs to "
|
||
"be enabled in the settings of the *Purchase* app. To do this, go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Purchase --> Configuration --> Settings`, and under the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Orders` section, click the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Purchase "
|
||
"Agreements`. Doing so will enable the ability to create blanket orders, as "
|
||
"well as alternative requests for quotation (RFQs)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Purchase Agreements enabled in the Purshase app settings."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:28
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create a blanket order, go to :menuselection:`Purchase --> Orders --> "
|
||
"blanket orders`, and click :guilabel:`New`. This creates (and navigates to) "
|
||
"a new blanket order form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:31
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"From this new blanket order form, different fields and settings can be "
|
||
"configured, so there are pre-determined rules that the recurring long-term "
|
||
"agreement must follow:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:34
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Purchase Representative`: is the user assigned to this specific "
|
||
"blanket order. By default, this is the user who created the agreement; the "
|
||
"user can be changed directly from the drop-down menu next to this field."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:37
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Agreement Type`: is the type of purchase agreement this blanket "
|
||
"order is classified as. In Odoo, blanket orders are the only official "
|
||
"purchase agreement."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:39
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Vendor`: is the supplier to whom this agreement is tied, either "
|
||
"once or on a recurring basis. The vendor can be selected directly from the "
|
||
"drop-down menu next to this field."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:41
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Currency`: is the agreed-upon currency that will be used for this"
|
||
" exchange. If multiple currencies have been activated in the database, the "
|
||
"currency can be changed from the drop-down menu next to this field."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:44
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Agreement Deadline`: is the date that this purchase agreement "
|
||
"will be set to expire on (if desired). If this blanket order should not "
|
||
"expire, leave this field blank."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:46
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Ordering Date`: is the date that this blanket order should be "
|
||
"placed on if a new quotation is created directly from the blanket order "
|
||
"form. If a new quotation is created, this value will automatically populate "
|
||
"the *Order Deadline* field on the :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:50
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Delivery Date`: is the expected delivery date that the products "
|
||
"included in an :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` created directly from the"
|
||
" blanket order form will be expected to arrive. If a new quotation is "
|
||
"created, this value will automatically populate the *Expected Arrival* field"
|
||
" on the :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:54
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Source Document`: is the source purchase order (PO) that this "
|
||
"blanket order will be tied to. If this blanket order should not be tied to "
|
||
"any existing :abbr:`POs (Purchase Orders)`, leave this field blank."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:57
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Company`: is the company assigned to this specific blanket order."
|
||
" By default, this is the company that the user creating the blanket order is"
|
||
" listed under. If the database is not a multi-company database, this field "
|
||
"can not be changed, and will default to the only company listed in the "
|
||
"database."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst-1
|
||
msgid "New blanket order purchase agreement with added products."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:66
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once all relevant fields have been filled out, click :guilabel:`Add a line` "
|
||
"to add products under the :guilabel:`Product` column. Then, change the "
|
||
"quantity of each product in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column (if desired), "
|
||
"and set a price in the :guilabel:`Unit Price` column."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:71
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When adding products to a new blanket order, the pre-existing prices of "
|
||
"products will not be added automatically to the product lines. The prices "
|
||
"must be manually assigned by changing the value in the :guilabel:`Unit "
|
||
"Price` column to an agreed-upon price with the listed vendor. Otherwise, the"
|
||
" price will remain **0**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:76
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To view and change the default purchase agreement settings for blanket "
|
||
"orders directly from the blanket order form, click the :guilabel:`internal "
|
||
"link (arrow icon)` next to the :guilabel:`Agreement Type` field where "
|
||
":guilabel:`Blanket Order` is listed. This navigates to the blanket order "
|
||
"settings."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:81
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"From here, the settings for blanket orders can be edited. Under the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Agreement Type` section, the name of the :guilabel:`Agreement "
|
||
"Type` can be changed (if desired), and the :guilabel:`Agreement Selection "
|
||
"Type` can be changed, as well. There are two options that can be activated "
|
||
"for the type of selection:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:86
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Select only one RFQ (exclusive)`: when a purchase order is "
|
||
"confirmed, the remaining purchase orders will be canceled."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:88
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Select multiple RFQ (non-exclusive)`: when a purchase order is "
|
||
"confirmed, remaining purchase orders will ***not** be canceled. Instead, "
|
||
"multiple purchase orders are allowed."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:91
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Under the :guilabel:`Data For New Quotations` section, the settings for how "
|
||
"product lines and quantities will be populated on new quotations using this "
|
||
"purchase agreeement can be changed next to the :guilabel:`Lines` and "
|
||
":guilabel:`Quantities` fields."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Purchase Agreement type edit screen for blanket orders."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:99
|
||
msgid "There are two options that can be activated for :guilabel:`Lines`:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:101
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Use lines of agreement`: when creating a new quotation, the "
|
||
"product lines will pre-populate with the same products listed on the blanket"
|
||
" order, if said blanket order is chosen on the new quotation."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:104
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Do not create RfQ lines automatically`: when creating a new "
|
||
"quotation and selecting an existing blanket order, the settings will carry "
|
||
"over to the new quotation, but the product lines will not populate."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:108
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"And, there are two options that can be activated for :guilabel:`Quantities`:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:110
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Use quantities of agreement`: when creating a new quotation, the "
|
||
"product quantities listed on the blanket order will pre-populate on the "
|
||
"product lines, if said blanket order is chosen on the new quotation."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:113
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Set quantities manually`: when creating a new quotation and "
|
||
"selecting an existing blanket order, the product lines will pre-populate, "
|
||
"but all quantities will be set to **0**. The quantities will need to be "
|
||
"manually set by the user."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:117
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the desired changes have been made (if any), click :guilabel:`New` (via"
|
||
" the breadcrumbs, at the top of the page) to navigate back to the blanket "
|
||
"order form, and click :guilabel:`Confirm` to save this new purchase "
|
||
"agreement. Once confirmed, the blanket order changes from *Draft* to "
|
||
"*Ongoing*, meaning this agreement can be selected and used when creating new"
|
||
" :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:124
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After creating and confirming a blanket order, products, quantities, and "
|
||
"prices can still be edited, added, and removed from the purchase agreement."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:128
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Create a new :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` from the blanket order"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:130
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After confirming a blanket order, new quotations can be created directly "
|
||
"from the blanket order form that will use the rules set on the form and pre-"
|
||
"populate the new quotation with the correct information. Additionally, this "
|
||
"new quotation will be automatically linked to this blanket order form via "
|
||
"the :guilabel:`RFQs/Orders` smart button at the top right of the form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:135
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create a new quotation from the blanket order form, click :guilabel:`New "
|
||
"Quotation`. This creates (and navigates to) a new :abbr:`RFQ (Request for "
|
||
"Quotation)`, that is pre-populated with the correct information, depending "
|
||
"on the settings configured on the blanket order form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:139
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"From the new :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` form, click :guilabel:`Send"
|
||
" by Email` to compose and send an email to the listed vendor; click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Print RFQ` to generate a printable PDF of the quotation; or, once"
|
||
" ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the purchase order (PO)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst-1
|
||
msgid "New quotation with copied products and rules from blanket order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:147
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` has been confirmed, click back to the "
|
||
"blanket order form (via the breadcrumbs, at the top of the page). From the "
|
||
"blanket order form, there is now one :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` "
|
||
"listed in the :guilabel:`RFQs/Orders` smart button at the top right of the "
|
||
"form. Click the :guilabel:`RFQs/Orders` smart button to see the purchase "
|
||
"order that was just created."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst-1
|
||
msgid "RFQs and Orders smart button from blanket order form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:157
|
||
msgid "Create a new blanket order from an :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:159
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:49
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:148
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create a new :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)`, navigate to the "
|
||
":menuselection:`Purchase` app, and click :guilabel:`New`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:162
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, add information to the :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` form: add a"
|
||
" vendor from the drop-down menu next to the :guilabel:`Vendor` field, and "
|
||
"click :guilabel:`Add a product` to select a product from the drop-down menu "
|
||
"in the :guilabel:`Product` column. Then, set the desired purchase quantity "
|
||
"in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column, and change the purchase price in the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Unit Price` column, if desired."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:168
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Clicking the :guilabel:`additional options (two-dots)` icon provides "
|
||
"additional visibility options to add to the line item. Repeat these steps to"
|
||
" add as many additional options as desired, including the :guilabel:`UoM` "
|
||
"(Units of Measure) to purchase the products in, and the :guilabel:`Expected "
|
||
"Arrival` date."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:173
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Before confirming the new quotation and creating a purchase order, click the"
|
||
" drop-down menu next to the :guilabel:`Blanket Order` field, and type a new "
|
||
"name for the new blanket order. This creates a brand new purchase agreement,"
|
||
" and saves the information entered in the fields of the purchase order form,"
|
||
" as well as the product information entered on the product lines."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:178
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"From the new :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` form, click :guilabel:`Send"
|
||
" by Email` to compose and send an email to the listed vendor; click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Print RFQ` to generate a printable PDF of the quotation; or, once"
|
||
" ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the :abbr:`PO (purchase "
|
||
"order)`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst-1
|
||
msgid "New blanket order created directly from quotation."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:188
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To see the newly-created blanket order purchase agreement, go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Orders --> Blanket Orders`, and click into the new blanket "
|
||
"order. From here, settings and rules can be changed, if desired."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:193
|
||
msgid "Blanket orders and replenishment"
|
||
msgstr "Órdenes generales y reabastecimiento"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:195
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once a blanket order is confirmed, a new vendor line is added under the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Purchase` tab of of the products included in the :abbr:`BO "
|
||
"(Blanket Order)`. This makes blanket orders useful with :doc:`automated "
|
||
"replenishment <../../purchase/products/reordering>`, because information "
|
||
"about the :guilabel:`Vendor`, :guilabel:`Price`, and the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Agreement` are referenced on the vendor line. This information is"
|
||
" used to determine where, when, and for what price this product could be "
|
||
"replenished."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Product form with replenishment agreement linked to blanket order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Create alternative requests for quotation for multiple vendors"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Sometimes, companies might want to request offers from multiple vendors at "
|
||
"the same time, by inviting those vendors to submit offers for similar goods "
|
||
"or services all at once. This helps companies to select the cheapest (and "
|
||
"fastest) vendors, depending on their specific business needs."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:9
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In Odoo, this can be done by adding alternative requests for quotation "
|
||
"(RFQs) for different vendors. Once a response is received from each vendor, "
|
||
"the product lines from each :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` can be "
|
||
"compared, and a decision can be made for which products to purchase from "
|
||
"which vendors."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:14
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Sometimes referred to as a *call for tender*, this process is primarily used"
|
||
" by organizations in the public sector, who are legally bound to use it when"
|
||
" making a purchase. However, private companies can also use alternative "
|
||
":abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)` to spend money efficiently, as well."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:20
|
||
msgid ":doc:`blanket_orders`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:23
|
||
msgid "Configure purchase agreement settings"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:25
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create alternative :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)` directly from a "
|
||
"quotation, the *Purchase Agreements* feature first needs to be enabled in "
|
||
"the settings of the *Purchase* app. To do this, go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Purchase --> Configuration --> Settings`, and under the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Orders` section, click the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Purchase "
|
||
"Agreements`. Doing so will enable the ability to create alternative "
|
||
":abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)`, as well as the ability to create "
|
||
"*blanket orders*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Purchase Agreements enabled in the Purchase app settings."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:37
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To save time on a *call for tender*, custom vendors, prices, and delivery "
|
||
"lead times can be set in the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab on a product form. To "
|
||
"do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase --> Products --> Products`, and "
|
||
"select a product to edit. From the product form, click the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Purchase tab`, then click :guilabel:`Add a line`. From the drop-"
|
||
"down menu, choose a vendor to set under the :guilabel:`Vendor` column, and "
|
||
"set a :guilabel:`Price` and :guilabel:`Delivery Lead Time` if desired. "
|
||
"Clicking the :guilabel:`additional options (two-dots)` icon provides "
|
||
"additional visibility options to add to the line item."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:47
|
||
msgid "Create an :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:52
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:151
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, add information to the :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` form: add a"
|
||
" vendor from the drop-down next to the :guilabel:`Vendor` field, and click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Add a product` to select a product from the drop-down menu in the"
|
||
" :guilabel:`Product` column. Then, set the desired purchase quantity in the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Quantity` column, and change the purchase price in the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Unit Price` column, if desired."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:58
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Clicking the :guilabel:`additional options (two-dots)` icon provides "
|
||
"additional visibility options to add to the line item. Repeat these steps to"
|
||
" add as many options as desired, including the :guilabel:`UoM` (Units of "
|
||
"Measure) to purchase the products in, and the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` "
|
||
"date."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:63
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Send by Email`. This causes a "
|
||
":guilabel:`Compose Email` pop-up window to appear, wherein the message to "
|
||
"the vendor can be customized. Once ready, click :guilabel:`Send`. This turns"
|
||
" the :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` into a purchase order (PO), and "
|
||
"sends an email to the vendor listed on the purchase order form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Compose and send quotation email pop-up."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:73
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Sending emails to each vendor can be useful when creating alternative "
|
||
":abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)`, because vendors can confirm if their "
|
||
"past prices still hold today, which can help companies choose the best "
|
||
"offers for them."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:78
|
||
msgid "Create alternatives to an :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:80
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` is created and sent by email to a vendor,"
|
||
" alternative :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)` can be created and sent "
|
||
"to additional, alternate vendors to compare prices, delivery times, and "
|
||
"other factors to make a decision from which vendors to order which products."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:85
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create alternative :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)`, click the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Alternatives` tab from the purchase order form, then click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Create Alternative`. When clicked, a :guilabel:`Create "
|
||
"alternative` pop-up window appears."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Calls for tenders pop-up to create alternative quotation."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:93
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"From this window, select a new/different vendor from the drop-down menu next"
|
||
" to the :guilabel:`Vendor` field to assign this alternative quotation to."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:96
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Next to this, there is a :guilabel:`Copy Products` checkbox that is selected"
|
||
" by default. When selected, the product quantities of the original :abbr:`PO"
|
||
" (Purchase Order)` are copied to the alternative. For this first alternative"
|
||
" quotation, leave the checkbox checked. Once finished, click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Create Alternative`. This creates (and navigates to) a new "
|
||
":abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:101
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Since the :guilabel:`Create Alternative` checkbox was left checked, this new"
|
||
" purchase order form is already populated with the same products, "
|
||
"quantities, and other details as the previous, original :abbr:`PO (Purchase "
|
||
"Order)`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:106
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When the :guilabel:`Copy Products` checkbox is selected while creating an "
|
||
"alternative quotation, additional products do not need to be added on the "
|
||
"purchase order form unless desired. However, if a chosen vendor is listed in"
|
||
" the :guilabel:`Vendor` column under the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab on a "
|
||
"product form included in the purchase order, the values set on the product "
|
||
"form carry over to the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`, and have to be changed "
|
||
"manually, if desired."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:112
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once ready, create a second alternative quotation by clicking the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Alternatives` tab, and once again, click :guilabel:`Create "
|
||
"Alternative`. This causes the :guilabel:`Create alternative` pop-up window "
|
||
"to appear again. This time, choose a different vendor from the drop-down "
|
||
"menu next to :guilabel:`Vendor`, and this time, *uncheck* the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Copy Products` checkbox. Then, click :guilabel:`Create "
|
||
"Alternative`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:119
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If an alternative quotation needs to be removed from the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Alternatives` tab, they can be individually removed by clicking "
|
||
"on the :guilabel:`Remove (X)` icon at the end of their row."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:122
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"This creates a third, new purchase order. But, since the product quantities "
|
||
"of the original :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` were *not* copied over, the "
|
||
"product lines are empty, and new products need to be added by clicking "
|
||
":guilabel:`Add a product`, and selecting the desired products from the drop-"
|
||
"down menu. Once the desired number of products are added, click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Send by Email`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Blank alternative quotation with alternatives in breadcrumbs."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:131
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"This causes a :guilabel:`Compose Email` pop-up window to appear, wherein the"
|
||
" message to the vendor can be customized. Once ready, click :guilabel:`Send`"
|
||
" to send an email to the vendor listed on the purchase order form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:135
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"From this newest purchase order form, click the :guilabel:`Alternatives` "
|
||
"tab. Under this tab, all three purchase orders can be seen in the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Reference` column. Additionally, the vendors are listed under the"
|
||
" :guilabel:`Vendor` column, and the order :guilabel:`Total` and "
|
||
":guilabel:`Status` of the orders are in the rows, as well."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:141
|
||
msgid "Link a new :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` to existing quotations"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:143
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Creating alternative quotations directly from a purchase order form under "
|
||
"the :guilabel:`Alternatives` tab is the easiest way to create and link "
|
||
"quotations. However, separate :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)` can also"
|
||
" be linked *after* the fact, even if they are created completely separately "
|
||
"at first."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:157
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Send by Email`. This causes a "
|
||
":guilabel:`Compose Email` pop-up window to appear, wherein the message to "
|
||
"the vendor can be customized. Once ready, click :guilabel:`Send` to send an "
|
||
"email to the vendor listed on the purchase order form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:161
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, click the :guilabel:`Alternatives` tab once more. Since this new "
|
||
":abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` was created separately, there are no other "
|
||
"orders linked yet. To link this order with the alternatives created "
|
||
"previously, click :guilabel:`Link to Existing RfQ` on the first line in the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Vendor` column."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1
|
||
msgid "pop-up to link new quotation to existing RFQs."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:170
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"This causes an :guilabel:`Add: Alternative POs` pop-up window to appear. "
|
||
"Select the three purchase orders created previously, and click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Select`. All of these orders are now copied to this :abbr:`PO "
|
||
"(Purchase Order)` under the :guilabel:`Alternatives` tab."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:175
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If a large number of purchase orders are being processed and the previous "
|
||
":abbr:`POs (Purchase Orders)` can't be located, try clicking "
|
||
":menuselection:`Group By --> Vendor` under the search bar at the top of the "
|
||
"pop-up window to group by the vendors selected on the previous orders."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:181
|
||
msgid "Compare product lines"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:183
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When there are multiple :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)` linked as "
|
||
"alternatives, they can be compared side-by-side in order to determine which "
|
||
"vendors offer the best deals on which products. To compare each quotation, "
|
||
"go to the :menuselection:`Purchase` app, and select one of the quotations "
|
||
"created previously."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:188
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, click the :guilabel:`Alternatives` tab to see all the linked "
|
||
":abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)`. Next, under the :guilabel:`Create "
|
||
"Alternative` tab, click :guilabel:`Compare Product Lines`. This navigates to"
|
||
" a Compare Order Lines page."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Compare Product Lines page for alternative RFQs."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:196
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The Compare Order Lines page, by default, groups by :guilabel:`Product`. "
|
||
"Each product included in any of the :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)` is"
|
||
" displayed in its own drop-down, along with all of the :abbr:`PO (Purchase "
|
||
"Order)` numbers in the :guilabel:`Reference` column."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:200
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Additional columns on this page include the :guilabel:`Vendor` from which "
|
||
"products were ordered, the :guilabel:`Status` of the quotation (i.e., RFQ, "
|
||
"RFQ Sent); the :guilabel:`Quantity` of products ordered from each vendor; "
|
||
"the :guilabel:`Unit Price` per product and :guilabel:`Total` price of the "
|
||
"order, and more."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:206
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To remove product lines from the Compare Order Lines page, click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Clear` at the far right end of that product line's row. This "
|
||
"removes this product as a chooseable option from the page, and changes the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Total` price of that product on the page to **0**. On the "
|
||
"purchase order form in which that product was included, its ordered quantity"
|
||
" is changed to **0**, as well."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:212
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the best offers have been identified, at the end of each row, "
|
||
"individual products can be selected by clicking :guilabel:`Choose`. Once all"
|
||
" the desired products have been chosen, click :guilabel:`Requests for "
|
||
"Quotation` (in the breadcrumbs, at the top of the page) to navigate back to "
|
||
"an overview of all :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:218
|
||
msgid "Cancel (or keep) alternatives"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:220
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now that the desired products have been chosen, based on which vendors "
|
||
"provided the best offer, the other :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)` "
|
||
"(from which no products were chosen) can be canceled."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:223
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Under the :guilabel:`Total` column, at the far right of each row, the orders"
|
||
" from which no products were chosen have automatically had their total cost "
|
||
"set to **0**. Although they haven't been canceled yet, this means that they "
|
||
"can ultimately be canceled without repercussions, *after* the desired "
|
||
"purchase orders have been confirmed."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Canceled quotations in the Purchase app overview."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:232
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To confirm a quotation that contains the chosen product quantities, click "
|
||
"into one. Then, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`. This causes an "
|
||
":guilabel:`Alternative Warning` pop-up window to appear. From there, either "
|
||
":guilabel:`Cancel Alternatives` or :guilabel:`Keep Alternatives` can be "
|
||
"clicked. If this :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` should *not* be confirmed, "
|
||
"click :guilabel:`Cancel`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:237
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Cancel Alternatives` automatically cancels the alternative "
|
||
"purchase orders. :guilabel:`Keep Alternatives` keeps the alternative "
|
||
"purchase orders open, so they can still be accessed if any additional "
|
||
"product quantities need to be ordered. Once all products are ordered, "
|
||
":guilabel:`Cancel Alternatives` can be selected from whichever :abbr:`PO "
|
||
"(Purchase Order)` is open."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:242
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To view a detailed form of one of the :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)` "
|
||
"listed, click the line item for that quotation. This causes an "
|
||
":guilabel:`Open: Alternative POs` pop-up window to appear, from which all "
|
||
"details of that particular quotation can be viewed. Click :guilabel:`Close` "
|
||
"when finished."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Keep or cancel pop-up for alternative RFQs."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:251
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"From the :guilabel:`Alternative Warning` pop-up window, click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Keep Alternatives` to keep all alternative quotations open for "
|
||
"now. Then, click :guilabel:`Requests for Quotation` (in the breadcrumbs, at "
|
||
"the top of the page) to navigate back to an overview of all :abbr:`RFQs "
|
||
"(Requests for Quotation)`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:256
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click into the remaining quotation(s) that contain products that need to be "
|
||
"ordered, and click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`. This causes the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Alternative Warning` pop-up window to appear again. This time, "
|
||
"click :guilabel:`Cancel Alternatives` to cancel all other alternative "
|
||
":abbr:`RFQs` linked with this quotation."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:261
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Finally, click :guilabel:`Requests for Quotation` (in the breadcrumbs, at "
|
||
"the top of the page) to navigate back to an overview of all :abbr:`RFQs "
|
||
"(Requests for Quotation)`. The canceled orders can be seen greyed out and "
|
||
"listed with a :guilabel:`Cancelled` status under the :guilabel:`Status` "
|
||
"column at the far right of their rows."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:266
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now that all product quantities have been ordered, the purchase process can "
|
||
"be followed, and continued to completion, until the products are received "
|
||
"into the warehouse."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Bill control policies"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In Odoo, the *bill control* policy determines the quantities billed by "
|
||
"vendors on every purchase order, for ordered or received quantities. The "
|
||
"policy selected in the settings will act as the default value and will be "
|
||
"applied to any new product created."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:12
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To view the default bill control policy and make changes, go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Purchase --> Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll down to"
|
||
" the :guilabel:`Invoicing` section. Here, there are the two :guilabel:`Bill "
|
||
"Control` policy options: :guilabel:`Ordered quantities` and "
|
||
":guilabel:`Received quantities`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:17
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The policy selected will be the default for any new product created. The "
|
||
"definition of each policy is as follows:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:20
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Ordered quantities`: creates a vendor bill as soon as a purchase "
|
||
"order is confirmed. The products and quantities in the purchase order are "
|
||
"used to generate a draft bill."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:22
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Received quantities`: a bill is created only *after* part of the "
|
||
"total order has been received. The products and quantities *received* are "
|
||
"used to generate a draft bill. An error message will appear if creation of a"
|
||
" vendor bill is attempted without receiving anything."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Bill control policy draft bill error message."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:31
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If one or two products need a different control policy, the default bill "
|
||
"control setting can be overridden by going to the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab "
|
||
"in a product's template and modifying its :guilabel:`Control Policy` field."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:36
|
||
msgid "Example flow: Ordered quantities"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:38
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To complete an example workflow using the *ordered quantities* bill control "
|
||
"policy, first go to :menuselection:`Purchase --> Configuration --> "
|
||
"Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Invoicing` section, and select "
|
||
":guilabel:`Ordered quantities`. Then, :guilabel:`Save` changes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:42
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the :guilabel:`Purchase` app, create a new :abbr:`RFQ (Request for "
|
||
"Quotation)`. Fill out the information on the quotation form, add products to"
|
||
" the invoice lines, and click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`. Then, click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Create Bill`. Since the policy is set to *ordered quantities*, "
|
||
"the draft bill can be confirmed as soon as it is created, without any "
|
||
"products actually being received."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:48
|
||
msgid "Example flow: Received quantities"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:50
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To complete an example workflow using the *received quantities* bill control"
|
||
" policy, first go to :menuselection:`Purchase --> Configuration --> "
|
||
"Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Invoicing` section, and select "
|
||
":guilabel:`Received quantities`. Then, :guilabel:`Save` changes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:54
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the :guilabel:`Purchase` app, create a new :abbr:`RFQ (Request for "
|
||
"Quotation)`. Fill out the information on the quotation form, add products to"
|
||
" the invoice lines, and click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`. Then, click on the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Receipt smart button`. Set the quantities in the :guilabel:`Done`"
|
||
" column to match the quantities in the :guilabel:`Demand` column, and "
|
||
":guilabel:`Validate` the changes. Then, in the purchase order, click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Create Bill` and :guilabel:`Confirm`. Since the policy is set to "
|
||
"*received quantities*, the draft bill can be confirmed *only* when at least "
|
||
"some of the quantities are received."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:63
|
||
msgid "3-way matching"
|
||
msgstr "Asignación de 3-vías"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:65
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Activating :guilabel:`3-way matching` ensures that vendor bills are only "
|
||
"paid once some or all of the products included in the purchase order have "
|
||
"actually been received. To activate it, go to :menuselection:`Purchase --> "
|
||
"Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Invoicing` "
|
||
"section. Then, click :guilabel:`3-way matching: purchases, receptions, and "
|
||
"bills`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:72
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"3-way matching is *only* intended to work when the bill control policy is "
|
||
"set to *received quantities*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:76
|
||
msgid "Pay vendor bills with 3-way matching"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:78
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When :guilabel:`3-way matching` is activated, vendor bills will display the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Should Be Paid` field under the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab. When "
|
||
"a new vendor bill is created, the field will be set to :guilabel:`Yes`, "
|
||
"since a bill can't be created until at least some of the products included "
|
||
"in a purchase order have been received."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Draft bill should be paid field status."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:88
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If the total quantity of products from a purchase order has not been "
|
||
"received, Odoo only includes the products that *have* been received in the "
|
||
"draft vendor bill."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:91
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Draft bills can be edited to increase the billed quantity, change the price "
|
||
"of the products in the bill, and add additional products to the bill. If "
|
||
"this is done, the :guilabel:`Should Be Paid` field status will be set to "
|
||
":guilabel:`Exception`. This means that Odoo notices the discrepancy, but "
|
||
"doesn't block the changes or display an error message, since there might be "
|
||
"a valid reason for making changes to the draft bill."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:97
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once payment has been registered for a vendor bill and displays the green "
|
||
":guilabel:`Paid` banner, the :guilabel:`Should Be Paid` field status will be"
|
||
" set to :guilabel:`No`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:101
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The :guilabel:`Should Be Paid` status on bills is set automatically by Odoo."
|
||
" However, the status can be changed manually by clicking the field's drop-"
|
||
"down menu inside the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:106
|
||
msgid "View a purchase order's billing status"
|
||
msgstr "Ver el estado de facturación de una orden"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:108
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When a purchase order is confirmed, its :guilabel:`Billing Status` can be "
|
||
"viewed under the :guilabel:`Other Information` tab on the purchase order "
|
||
"form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Purchase order billing status."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:115
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Below is a list of the different statuses that a :guilabel:`Billing Status` "
|
||
"could appear as and when they are displayed, depending on the bill control "
|
||
"policy used."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:119
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Billing Status`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:119
|
||
msgid "**Conditions**"
|
||
msgstr "**Condiciones**"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:121
|
||
msgid "*On received quantities*"
|
||
msgstr "*Sobre cantidades recibidas*"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:121
|
||
msgid "*On ordered quantities*"
|
||
msgstr "*Sobre cantidades pedidas*"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:123
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Nothing to Bill`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:123
|
||
msgid "PO confirmed; no products received"
|
||
msgstr "Orden de compra confirmada, no se han recibido productos"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:123
|
||
msgid "*Not applicable*"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:125
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Waiting Bills`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:125
|
||
msgid "All/some products received; bill not created"
|
||
msgstr "Todos/algunos productos recibidos; factura no creada"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:125
|
||
msgid "PO confirmed"
|
||
msgstr "Orden de compra confirmada"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:127
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Fully Billed`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:127
|
||
msgid "All/some products received; draft bill created"
|
||
msgstr "Todos/algunos productos recibidos; borrador de factura creado"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:127
|
||
msgid "Draft bill created"
|
||
msgstr "Borrador de factura creado"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Manage vendor bills"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The **Purchase** application allows you to manage your purchase orders, "
|
||
"incoming products, and vendor bills all seamlessly in one place."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"La aplicación de **Compras** permite que usted maneje las órdenes de "
|
||
"compras, los productos entrantes y las facturas de los proveedores, todo en "
|
||
"un mismo lugar. "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you want to set up a vendor bill control process, the first thing you "
|
||
"need to do is to have purchase data in Odoo. Knowing what has been purchased"
|
||
" and received is the first step towards understanding your purchase "
|
||
"management processes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si desea establecer un proceso de control de factura de proveedor, el primer"
|
||
" paso es tener los datos de compras en Odoo. Debe saber lo que se ha "
|
||
"comprado y recibido para entender sus procesos de gestión de compras."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:13
|
||
msgid "Here is the standard work flow in Odoo:"
|
||
msgstr "Este es un flujo de trabajo normal en Odoo:"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:15
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You begin with a **Request for Quotation (RFQ)** to send out to your "
|
||
"vendor(s)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Empezará con las **solicitudes de cotización** que se enviarán a sus "
|
||
"proveedores."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:18
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the vendor has accepted the RFQ, confirm the RFQ into a **Purchase "
|
||
"Order (PO)**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Una vez que el proveedor haya aceptado la solicitud de cotización, es "
|
||
"necesario confirmarla para convertirla en **orden de compra**."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:21
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Confirming the PO generates an **Incoming Shipment** if you purchased any "
|
||
"stockable products."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Al confirmar la orden de compra se generará un **envío entrante**, en caso "
|
||
"de adquirir cualquiera de los productos almacenables."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:24
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Upon receiving a **Vendor Bill** from your Vendor, validate the bill with "
|
||
"products received in the previous step to ensure accuracy."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Al recibir una **factura de proveedor** de su proveedor, debe validar la "
|
||
"cuenta con los productos recibidos en el paso anterior para asegurar la "
|
||
"precisión."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:27
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"This process may be done by three different people within the company, or "
|
||
"only one."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Este proceso lo pueden hacer tres personas diferentes de una misma empresa o"
|
||
" solo una."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:34
|
||
msgid "Installing the Purchase and Inventory applications"
|
||
msgstr "Instalar las aplicaciones Compra e Inventario"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:36
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"From the **Apps** application, search for the **Purchase** module and "
|
||
"install it. Due to certain dependencies, installing Purchase will "
|
||
"automatically install the **Inventory** and **Accounting** applications."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Desde la aplicación de **Aplicaciones**, busque el módulo **Compra** y haga "
|
||
"clic en instalar. Debido a ciertas dependencias, al instalar Compra, también"
|
||
" se instalarán las aplicaciones de **Inventario** y **Contabilidad** de "
|
||
"manera automática."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:41
|
||
msgid "Creating products"
|
||
msgstr "Creando productos"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:43
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Creating products in Odoo is essential for quick and efficient purchasing "
|
||
"within Odoo. Simply navigate to the Products submenu under Purchase and "
|
||
"click create."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Crear productos en Odoo es esencial para realizar compras de manera rápida y"
|
||
" eficiente. Simplemente vaya al submenú de productos, debajo de Compra, y "
|
||
"haga clic en crear."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:50
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When creating the product, pay attention to the **Product Type** field, "
|
||
"since it is important:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Ponga atención al campo **tipo de producto** al crear el producto, ya que es"
|
||
" muy importante:"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:53
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Products that are set as **Stockable or Consumable** will allow you to keep "
|
||
"track of their inventory levels. These options imply stock management and "
|
||
"will allow for receiving these kinds of products."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Los productos que se configuran como **almacenable** o **consumible** le "
|
||
"permitirán realizar un seguimiento de sus niveles de inventario. Estas "
|
||
"opciones implican la gestión de existencias y permitirán la recepción de "
|
||
"este tipo de productos."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:58
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Conversely, products that are set as a **Service or Digital Product** will "
|
||
"not imply stock management, simply due to the fact that there is no "
|
||
"inventory to manage. You will not be able to receive products under either "
|
||
"of these designations."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Por el contrario, los productos que se configuran como **servicio** o "
|
||
"**producto digital** no necesitarán de la gestión de almacén, simplemente "
|
||
"por el hecho de que no existe un inventario que administrar. No podrá "
|
||
"recibir productos en cualquiera de estas designaciones."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:64
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"It is recommended that you create a **Miscellaneous** product for all "
|
||
"purchases that occur infrequently and do not require inventory valuation or "
|
||
"management. If you create such a product, it is recommended to set the "
|
||
"product type to **Service**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Se recomienda crear un producto **Varios** para todas las compras que se "
|
||
"realicen con poca frecuencia y que no requieran valoración o gestión de "
|
||
"inventario. Si crea un producto de este tipo, se recomienda establecer el "
|
||
"tipo de producto como **Servicio**."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:69
|
||
msgid "Managing your Vendor Bills"
|
||
msgstr "Gestionar las facturas de proveedores"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:72
|
||
msgid "Purchasing products or services"
|
||
msgstr "Comprar productos o servicios"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:74
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"From the purchase application, you can create a purchase order with as many "
|
||
"products as you need. If the vendor sends you a confirmation or quotation "
|
||
"for an order, you may record the order reference number in the **Vendor "
|
||
"Reference** field. This will enable you to easily match the PO with the the "
|
||
"vendor bill later (as the vendor bill will probably include the Vendor "
|
||
"Reference)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Desde la aplicación de Compra, puede crear una orden de compra con tantos "
|
||
"productos como sean necesarios. Si el proveedor le envía una confirmación o "
|
||
"una cotización de una orden, puede registrar el número de referencia de la "
|
||
"orden en el campo de **referencia del proveedor**. Gracias a esto, la orden "
|
||
"de compra coincidirá con la factura del proveedor en el futuro (ya que es "
|
||
"probable que la factura de proveedor incluya la referencia del proveedor)"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:84
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Validate the purchase order and receive the products from the Inventory "
|
||
"application."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Valide la orden de compra y reciba los productos desde la aplicación "
|
||
"Inventario."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:88
|
||
msgid "Receiving Products"
|
||
msgstr "Recibiendo productos"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:90
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you purchased any stockable products that you manage the inventory of, "
|
||
"you will need to receive the products from the Inventory application after "
|
||
"you confirm a purchase order. From the **Inventory dashboard**, you should "
|
||
"see a button linking you directly to the transfer of products. This button "
|
||
"is outlined in red below:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si compró algún producto almacenable del cual administra el inventario, "
|
||
"deberá recibir los productos desde la aplicación de Inventario después de "
|
||
"confirmar una orden de compra. En el **tablero de Inventario**, debería ver "
|
||
"un botón que le lleva directamente al traslado de productos. A continuación "
|
||
"se muestra este botón señalado en rojo:"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:99
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Navigating this route will take you to a list of all orders waiting to be "
|
||
"received."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si sigue estos pasos llegará a una lista con todas las órdenes pendientes de"
|
||
" recibir."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:105
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you have a lot of awaiting orders, apply a filter using the search bar in"
|
||
" the upper right. With this search bar, you may filter based on the vendor "
|
||
"(partner), the product, or the source document (also known as the reference "
|
||
"of your purchase order). You can also group the orders by different criteria"
|
||
" under **Group By**. Selecting an item from this list will open the "
|
||
"following screen where you then will receive the products."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si cuenta con muchas órdenes pendientes, vaya a la barra de búsqueda en la "
|
||
"esquina superior derecha para usar un filtro. Puede filtrar por proveedor "
|
||
"(partner), producto, documento origen (referencia de la orden de compra). "
|
||
"También puede agrupar las órdenes por diferentes parámetros con **Agrupar "
|
||
"por**. Si selecciona un artículo de esta lista, se abrirá la siguiente "
|
||
"pantalla en la cual recibirá los productos."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:116
|
||
msgid "Purchasing service products does not trigger a delivery order."
|
||
msgstr "Comprar productos de servicio no genera una orden de entrega."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:119
|
||
msgid "Managing Vendor Bills"
|
||
msgstr "Gestionar las facturas de proveedores"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:121
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When you receive a vendor bill for a previous purchase, be sure to record it"
|
||
" in the Purchases application under the **Control Menu**. You need to create"
|
||
" a new vendor bill even if you already registered a purchase order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Cuando reciba una factura de proveedor de una compra anterior, asegúrese de "
|
||
"registrarla en la aplicación de Compra, debajo del **Menú de control**. "
|
||
"Necesita crear una nueva factura de proveedor aunque ya haya registrado la "
|
||
"orden de compra."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:129
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The first thing you will need to do upon creating a vendor bill is to select"
|
||
" the appropriate vendor, since doing so will also pull up any associated "
|
||
"accounting or pricelist information. From there, you can choose to specify "
|
||
"one or multiple Purchase Orders to populate the Vendor Bill with. When you "
|
||
"select a Purchase Order from the list, Odoo will pull any uninvoiced "
|
||
"products associated to that Purchase Order and automatically populate that "
|
||
"information below. If you are having a hard time finding the appropriate "
|
||
"vendor bill, you may search through the list by inputting the vendor "
|
||
"reference number or your internal purchase order number."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Lo primero que tendrá que hacer al crear una factura de proveedor es "
|
||
"seleccionar al proveedor correspondiente, ya que esto mostrará la "
|
||
"información contable o lista de precios relacionada. El siguiente paso es "
|
||
"especificar si se va a completar la factura de proveedor con una o varias "
|
||
"órdenes de compra. Al momento de seleccionar alguna orden de compra de la "
|
||
"lista, Odoo extraerá todos los productos no facturados relacionados con esa "
|
||
"orden de compra y completará la información requerida. Si no encuentra la "
|
||
"factura de proveedor correcta, puede buscarla mediante el número de "
|
||
"referencia o el número de orden de compra interno."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:143
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"While the invoice is in a draft state, you can make any modifications you "
|
||
"need (i.e. remove or add product lines, modify quantities, and change "
|
||
"prices)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Mientras la factura se encuentre en modo borrador podrá realizar los cambios"
|
||
" que necesite (por ejemplo, eliminar o agregar líneas de producto, modificar"
|
||
" cantidades y cambiar precios)."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:148
|
||
msgid "Your vendor may send you several bills for the same Purchase Order if:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Su proveedor puede enviar varias facturas para la misma orden de compra si:"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:150
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Your vendor is in back-order and is sending you invoices as they ship the "
|
||
"products."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Su proveedor va retrasado con sus entregas y le envía las facturas al mismo "
|
||
"tiempo en que envía los productos."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:151
|
||
msgid "Your vendor is sending you a partial bill or asking for a deposit."
|
||
msgstr "Su proveedor envía una factura parcial o pide un depósito."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:153
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Every time you record a new vendor bill, Odoo will automatically populate "
|
||
"the product quantities based on what has been received from the vendor. If "
|
||
"this value is showing a zero, this means that you have not yet received this"
|
||
" product and simply serves as a reminder that the product is not in hand and"
|
||
" you may need to inquire further into this. At any point in time, before you"
|
||
" validate the Vendor Bill, you may override this zero quantity."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Cada vez que registre una nueva factura de proveedor, Odoo automáticamente "
|
||
"completará las cantidades de producto basado en lo que recibió del "
|
||
"proveedor. Si este valor es cero, significa que todavía no ha recibido este "
|
||
"producto y solo sirve como recordatorio de que el producto no ha llegado y "
|
||
"debe investigar más a fondo el por qué. Además, antes de validar la factura,"
|
||
" puede modificar esta cantidad de cero."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:162
|
||
msgid "Vendor Bill Matching"
|
||
msgstr "Coincidencia de facturas de proveedores"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:165
|
||
msgid "What to do if your vendor bill does not match what you received"
|
||
msgstr "¿Qué hacer si su factura de proveedor no coincide con lo que recibió?"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:167
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If the bill you receive from the vendor has quantities that do not match the"
|
||
" quantities automatically populated by Odoo, this could be due to several "
|
||
"reasons:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si la factura que recibe del proveedor tiene cantidades que no coinciden con"
|
||
" las que puso Odoo automáticamente, se puede deber a varias razones:"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:171
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The vendor is incorrectly charging you for products and/or services that you"
|
||
" have not ordered."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"El proveedor le está cobrando productos y/o servicios que usted no pidió."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:174
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The vendor is billing you for products that you might not have received yet,"
|
||
" as the invoicing control may be based on ordered or received quantities."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"El proveedor está facturando productos que no recibe todavía, ya que el "
|
||
"control de la facturación puede basarse en cantidades ordenadas o recibidas."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:178
|
||
msgid "The vendor did not bill you for previously purchased products."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"El proveedor no había facturado productos que usted compró anteriormente."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:180
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In these instances it is recommended that you verify that the bill, and any "
|
||
"associated purchase order to the vendor, are accurate and that you "
|
||
"understand what you have ordered and what you have already received."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En estos casos se recomienda que verifique que la factura, y cualquier orden"
|
||
" de compra relacionada con el proveedor, sea correcta y entienda lo que "
|
||
"usted ordenó y recibió."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:184
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you are unable to find a purchase order related to a vendor bill, this "
|
||
"could be due to one of a few reasons:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si no puede encontrar una orden de compra relacionada con la factura de "
|
||
"proveedor, esto podría deberse a una de varias razones:"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:187
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The vendor has already invoiced you for this purchase order; therefore it is"
|
||
" not going to appear anywhere in the selection."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"El proveedor ya facturó esta orden de compra, por lo tanto no va a aparecer "
|
||
"en la selección."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:190
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Someone in the company forgot to record a purchase order for this vendor."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Alguien en la empresa olvidó registrar una orden de compra para este "
|
||
"proveedor."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:193
|
||
msgid "The vendor is charging you for something you did not order."
|
||
msgstr "El proveedor le cobró algo que usted no ordenó."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:198
|
||
msgid "How product quantities are managed"
|
||
msgstr "¿Cómo se manejan las cantidades de productos?"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:200
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By default, services are managed based on ordered quantities, while "
|
||
"stockables and consumables are managed based on received quantities."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Los servicios se gestionan en función de las cantidades ordenadas de manera "
|
||
"predeterminada. En cambio, los almacenables y consumibles se gestionan en "
|
||
"función de las cantidades recibidas."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:203
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you need to manage products based on ordered quantities over received "
|
||
"quantities, you will need to belong to the group **Purchase Manager**. Ask "
|
||
"your system administrator to enable these access on :menuselection:`Settings"
|
||
" --> Users --> Users --> Access Rights`. Once you belong to the correct "
|
||
"group, select the product(s) you wish to modify, and you should see a new "
|
||
"field appear, labeled **Control Purchase Bills**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si necesita gestionar productos en función de las cantidades ordenadas en "
|
||
"vez de cantidades recibidas, debe ser parte del grupo **Administrador de "
|
||
"compras**. Pida a su administrador del sistema que le de acceso en "
|
||
":menuselection:`Ajustes --> Usuarios --> Usuarios --> Derechos de acceso`. "
|
||
"Una vez que pertenezca al grupo correcto, seleccione los productos que desea"
|
||
" modificar; deberá ver un nuevo campo llamado **Control de facturas de "
|
||
"proveedor**."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:213
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can then change the default management method for the selected product "
|
||
"to be based on either:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Después, puede cambiar el método de gestión predeterminado para que el "
|
||
"producto seleccionado se base en:"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:216
|
||
msgid "Ordered quantities"
|
||
msgstr "Cantidades pedidas"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:218
|
||
msgid "or Received quantities"
|
||
msgstr "o cantidades recibidas"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:221
|
||
msgid "Batch Billing"
|
||
msgstr "Facturación por lotes"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:223
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When creating a vendor bill and selecting the appropriate purchase order, "
|
||
"you may continue to select additional purchase orders. Odoo will add the "
|
||
"additional line items from the purchase orders you select. If you have not "
|
||
"deleted the previous line items from the first purchase order, the bill will"
|
||
" be linked to all the appropriate purchase orders."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Al crear una factura de proveedor y seleccionar la orden de compra "
|
||
"correspondiente, puede continuar seleccionando órdenes de compra "
|
||
"adicionales. Odoo agregará las líneas de orden adicionales de las órdenes de"
|
||
" compra que seleccione. Si no ha eliminado las líneas de orden anteriores de"
|
||
" la primera orden de compra, la factura se vinculará a todas las órdenes de "
|
||
"compra correspondientes."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Configure reordering rules"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For certain products, it is necessary to ensure that there is always a "
|
||
"minimum amount available on hand at any given time. By adding a reordering "
|
||
"rule to a product, it is possible to automate the reordering process so that"
|
||
" a purchase order is automatically created whenever the amount on hand falls"
|
||
" below a set threshold."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:11
|
||
msgid "The *Inventory* module must be installed to use reordering rules."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:14
|
||
msgid "Configure products for reordering"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:16
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Products must be configured in a specific way before a reordering rule can "
|
||
"be added to them."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:18
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Starting from the :menuselection:`Inventory`, "
|
||
":menuselection:`Manufacturing`, :menuselection:`Purchase`, or "
|
||
":menuselection:`Sales` module, navigate to :menuselection:`Products --> "
|
||
"Products` and then click :guilabel:`Create` to make a new product. "
|
||
"Alternatively, find a product that already exists in the database and click "
|
||
"into it's product form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:23
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Next, on the product form, enable reordering by checking the :guilabel:`Can "
|
||
"be Purchased` option underneathe the :guilabel:`Product Name` field. "
|
||
"Finally, set the :guilabel:`Product Type` to `Storable Product` under the "
|
||
":guilabel:`General Information` tab."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Configure a product for reordering in Odoo."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:32
|
||
msgid "Add a reordering rule to a product"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:34
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After properly configuring a product, a reordering rule can be added to it "
|
||
"by selecting the now visible :guilabel:`Reordering Rules` tab at the top of "
|
||
"that product's form, and then clicking :guilabel:`Create` on the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Reordering Rules` dashboard."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Access reordering rules for a product from the product page in Odoo."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:42
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once created, the reordering rule can be configured to generate purchase "
|
||
"orders automatically by defining the following fields:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:45
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Location` specifies where the ordered quantities should be stored"
|
||
" once they are received and entered into stock."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:47
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Min Quantity` sets the lower threshold for the reordering rule "
|
||
"while :guilabel:`Max Quantity` sets the upper threshold. If the stock on "
|
||
"hand falls below the minimum quantity, a new purchase order will be created "
|
||
"to replenish it up to the maximum quantity."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:52
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If :guilabel:`Min Quantity` is set to `5` and :guilabel:`Max Quantity` is "
|
||
"set to `25` and the stock on hand falls to four, a purchase order will be "
|
||
"created for 21 units of the product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:55
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Multiple Quantity` can be configured so that products are only "
|
||
"ordered in batches of a certain quantity. Depending on the number entered, "
|
||
"this can result in the creation of a purchase order that would put the "
|
||
"resulting stock on hand above what is specified in the :guilabel:`Max "
|
||
"Quantity` field."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:61
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If :guilabel:`Max Quantity` is set to `100` but :guilabel:`Multiple "
|
||
"Quantity` is set to order the product in batches of `200`, a purchase order "
|
||
"will be created for 200 units of the product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:65
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`UoM` specifies the unit of measurement by which the quantity will"
|
||
" be ordered. For discrete products, this should be set to `Units`. However, "
|
||
"it can also be set to units of measurement like `Volume` or `Weight` for "
|
||
"non-discrete products like water or bricks."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Configure the reordering rule in Odoo."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:74
|
||
msgid "Manually trigger reordering rules using the scheduler"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:76
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Reordering rules will be automatically triggered by the scheduler, which "
|
||
"runs once a day by default. To trigger reordering rules manually, navigate "
|
||
"to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Run Scheduler`. On the pop-"
|
||
"up window, confirm the manual action by clicking :guilabel:`Run Scheduler`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:82
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Manually triggering reordering rules will also trigger any other scheduled "
|
||
"actions."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:85
|
||
msgid "Manage reordering rules"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:87
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To manage the reordering rules for a single product, navigate to that "
|
||
"product page's form and select the :guilabel:`Reordering Rules` tab at the "
|
||
"top of the form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:90
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To manage all reordering rules for every product, go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Reordering Rules`. From this"
|
||
" dashboard, typical bulk actions in Odoo can be performed such as exporting "
|
||
"data or archiving rules that are no longer needed. As well, the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Filters`, :guilabel:`Group By` or triple-dotted menu on the form "
|
||
"are available to search for and/or organize the reordering rules as desired."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Purchase in different units of measure than sales"
|
||
msgstr "Compre en unidades de medida diferentes a las de venta"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When you purchase a product, it may happen that your vendor uses a different"
|
||
" unit of measure than you do when you sell it. This can cause confusion "
|
||
"between sales and purchase representatives. It is also time-consuming to "
|
||
"convert measures manually every time. With Odoo, you can configure your "
|
||
"product once and let Odoo handle the conversion."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Puede que su proveedor use una unidad de medida diferente a la que usted "
|
||
"quiera usar cuando venda su producto. Esto puede causar confusión entre los "
|
||
"representantes de ventas y de compras. Además, es una pérdida de tiempo "
|
||
"convertir las medidas manualmente cada vez. Con Odoo, puede configurar su "
|
||
"producto una vez y dejar que Odoo se encargue de la conversión."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:10
|
||
msgid "Consider the following examples:"
|
||
msgstr "Considere los siguientes ejemplos:"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:12
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You purchase orange juice from an American vendor, and they use **gallons**."
|
||
" However, your customers are European and use **liters**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Compra jugo de naranja a un vendedor estadounidense en **galones**. Sin "
|
||
"embargo, sus clientes son europeos y utilizan **litros**."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:15
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You buy curtains from a vendor in the form of **rolls** and you sell pieces "
|
||
"of the rolls to your customers using **square meters**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Compra cortinas a un proveedor en **rollos** y vende partes de los rollos a "
|
||
"sus clientes en **metros cuadrados**."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:19
|
||
msgid "Enable units of measure"
|
||
msgstr "Habilitar las unidades de medida"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:21
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Open your Sales app and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. "
|
||
"Under Product Catalog, enable *Units of Measure*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Abra la aplicación de Ventas y vaya a :menuselection:`Configuración --> "
|
||
"Ajustes`. Abajo del catálogo del producto, habilite *Unidades de medida*."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Enable the units of measure option in Odoo Sales"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:29
|
||
msgid "Specify sales and purchase units of measure"
|
||
msgstr "Especificar las unidades de medida de compra y venta"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:32
|
||
msgid "Standard units of measure"
|
||
msgstr "Unidades de medida estándar"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:34
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A variety of units of measure are available by default in your database. "
|
||
"Each belongs to one of the five pre-configured units of measure categories: "
|
||
"*Length / Distance*, *Unit*, *Volume*, *Weight* and *Working Time*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Cuenta con una variedad de unidades de medida disponibles de forma "
|
||
"predeterminada en su base de datos. Cada una pertenece a una de las cinco "
|
||
"categorías de unidades de medida: *Longitud/Distancia*, *Unidad*, *Volumen*,"
|
||
" *Peso* y *Tiempo de trabajo*."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:39
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can create your new units of measure and units of measure categories "
|
||
"(see next section)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Puede crear sus nuevas unidades de medida y categorías de unidades de medida"
|
||
" (consulte la siguiente sección)."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:41
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To specify different units of measures for sales and purchases, open the "
|
||
"Purchase app and go to :menuselection:`Products --> Products`. Create a "
|
||
"product or select an existing one. Under the product's *General Information*"
|
||
" tab, first select the *Unit of Measure* to be used for sales (as well as "
|
||
"for other apps such as inventory). Then, select the *Purchase Unit of "
|
||
"Measure* to be used for purchases."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Para especificar las diferentes unidades de medida para las compras y las "
|
||
"ventas, abra su aplicación de Compra y vaya a :menuselection:`Productos --> "
|
||
"Productos`. Cree un producto o seleccione uno existente. Primero seleccione "
|
||
"la *Unidad de medida* a usar para Ventas (al igual que para otras "
|
||
"aplicaciones como Inventario) debajo de la pestaña *Información general*. "
|
||
"Después seleccione la *Unidad de medida para Compra* que se va a utilizar "
|
||
"para las compras."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:47
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Back to the first example, if you purchase orange juice from your vendor in "
|
||
"**gallons** and sell it to your customers in **liters**, first select *L* "
|
||
"(liters) as the *Unit of Measure*, and *gal (US)* (gallons) as the *Purchase"
|
||
" Unit of Measure*, then click on *Save*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Regresando al primer ejemplo, si compra jugo de naranja en **galones** y lo "
|
||
"vende en **litros**, debe seleccionar *L* (litros) como *Unidad de medida* y"
|
||
" *gal (US)* (galones) como *Unidad de medida para compra* y hacer clic en "
|
||
"*Guardar*."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Configure a product's units of measure in Odoo"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:56
|
||
msgid "Create new units of measure and units of measure categories"
|
||
msgstr "Crear nuevas unidades y categorías de medida."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:58
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Sometimes you need to create your own units and categories, either because "
|
||
"the measure is not pre-configured in Odoo or because the units do not relate"
|
||
" with each other (e.g. kilos and centimeters)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"A veces necesita crear sus propias unidades y categorías, ya sea porque no "
|
||
"está preconfigurada la medida en Odoo o porque las unidades no están "
|
||
"relacionadas entre ellas (por ejemplo, kilos y centímetros)."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:62
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you take the second example where you buy curtains from a vendor in the "
|
||
"form of **rolls** and you sell pieces of the rolls using **square meters**, "
|
||
"you need to create a new *Units of Measure Category* in order to relate both"
|
||
" units of measure."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En el segundo ejemplo, se compran cortinas en **rollos** y se venden pedazos"
|
||
" de rollos en **metros cuadrados**, por lo que es necesario crear una nueva "
|
||
"categoría de unidades de medida para relacionarlas."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:66
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Units of Measure "
|
||
"Categories`. Click on *Create* and name the category."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Para hacerlo, vaya a :menuselection:`Configuración --> Categorías de "
|
||
"unidades medida`. y nombre la nueva categoría."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Create a new units of measure category in Odoo Purchase"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:73
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The next step is to create the two units of measures. To do so, go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Configuration --> Units of Measure`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"El siguiente paso es crear dos unidades de medida. Para hacerlo, vaya a "
|
||
":menuselection:`Configuración --> Unidades de medida`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:76
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"First, create the unit of measure used as the reference point for converting"
|
||
" to other units of measure inside the category by clicking on *Create*. Name"
|
||
" the unit and select the units of measure category you just created. For the"
|
||
" *Type*, select *Reference Unit of Measure for this category type*. Enter "
|
||
"the *Rounding Precision* you would like to use. The quantity computed by "
|
||
"Odoo is always a multiple of this value."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Primero, cree la unidad de medida usada como punto de referencia para "
|
||
"convertir las demás unidades de medida dentro de la categoría que acaba de "
|
||
"crear. Seleccione *Referencia de unidad de medida para el tipo de categoría*"
|
||
" como *Tipo*. Establezca la *Precisión de redondeo* que le gustaría usar. La"
|
||
" cantidad calculada por Odoo siempre será un múltiplo de este valor."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:82
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the example, as you cannot purchase less than 1 roll and won't use "
|
||
"fractions of a roll as a unit of measure, you can enter 1."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En este ejemplo, como no puede comprar menos de 1 rollo y no usará "
|
||
"fracciones de rollo como unidad de medida, puede ingresar 1."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Create a new reference unit of measure in Odoo Purchase"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:89
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you use a *Rounding Precision* inferior to 0.01, a warning message might "
|
||
"appear stating that it is higher than the *Decimal Accuracy* and that it "
|
||
"might cause inconsistencies. If you wish to use a *Rounding Precision* lower"
|
||
" than 0.01, first activate the :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>`, then "
|
||
"go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Database Structure --> "
|
||
"Decimal Accuracy`, select *Product Unit of Measure* and edit *Digits* "
|
||
"accordingly. For example, if you want to use a rounding precision of "
|
||
"0.00001, set *Digits* to 5."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si usa una *Precisión de redondeo* inferior a 0.01, aparecerá un mensaje de "
|
||
"advertencia indicando que es mayor que la *Precisión decimal* y podría "
|
||
"causar problemas. Si desea usar una *Precisión de redondeo* menor a 0.01, "
|
||
"primero debe activar :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>`, e ir a "
|
||
":menuselection:`Ajustes --> Técnico --> Estructura de la base de datos --> "
|
||
"Precisión decimal`, seleccionar *Unidad de medida del producto* y edite los "
|
||
"*Dígitos* como corresponda. Por ejemplo, si desea usar una precisión de "
|
||
"redondeo de 0.00001, establezca los *Dígitos* a 5."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:96
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Next, create a second unit of measure, name it, and select the same units of"
|
||
" measure category as your reference unit. As *Type*, select *Smaller* or "
|
||
"*Bigger than the reference Unit of Measure*, depending on your situation."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Después cree una segunda unidad de medida, póngale nombre y seleccione la "
|
||
"misma categoría de unidad de medida que su unidad de referencia. Seleccione "
|
||
"*Menor* o *Mayor que la referencia de unidad de medida* como *Tipo*, según "
|
||
"su situación."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:100
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"As the curtain roll equals to 100 square meters, you should select "
|
||
"*Smaller*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Como el rollo de cortina equivale a 100 metros cuadrados, debería "
|
||
"seleccionar *Menor*."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:102
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Next, you need to enter the *Ratio* between your reference unit and the "
|
||
"second one. If the second unit is smaller, the *Ratio* should be greater "
|
||
"than 1. If the second unit is larger, the ratio should be smaller than 1."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Ahora, debe introducir el *Ratio* entre su unidad de referencia y la "
|
||
"segunda. Si la segunda unidad es más pequeña, el *Ratio* debe ser mayor que "
|
||
"1. Si la segunda unidad es mayor, el ratio debe ser menor que 1."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:106
|
||
msgid "For your curtain roll, the ratio should be set to 100."
|
||
msgstr "Para el rollo de cortina, debe establecer un ratio de 100."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Create a second unit of measure in Odoo Purchase"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:112
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can now configure your product just as you would using Odoo's standard "
|
||
"units of measure."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Ahora puede establecer su producto como lo haría con las unidades de medida "
|
||
"estándar de Odoo."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Set a product's units of measure using your own units in Odoo Purchase"
|
||
msgstr ""
|